118F 0000 A

HC-B3TN-3K
HC-B3TN-3M
HC-B3TN-3N
HC-B3TN-3P
HC-B3TN-3S
HC-B3TN-3SY
HC-B3TN-3UL
HC-B3TN-3Z
HC-B3TW-3
HC-B3TW-3Y
HC-B3TN-5C
HC-B3TN-5CL
HC-B3TN-5D
HC-B3TN-5DL
HC-B3TN-5E
HC-B3TN-5FL
HC-B3TN-5G
HC-B3TN-5K
HC-B3TN-5M
HC-B3TN-5ML
HC-B3TN-5N
HC-B3TN-5NL
HC-B3TN-5P
HC-B3TN-5SL
HC-B3TN-5U
HC-A3VF-7
HC-A3VF-7A
HC-A3VF-7B
HC-A3MVF-7
HC-A3MVF-7A
HC-A3MVF-7B
HC-B3MN-3
HC-B3TN-2
HC-B3TN-2B
HC-B3TN-3
HC-B3TN-3A
HC-B3TN-3AE
HC-B3TN-3AEY
HC-B3TN-3AF
HC-B3TN-3AFY
HC-B3TN-3B
HC-B3TN-3BY
HC-B3TN-3C
HC-B3TN-3D
HC-B3TN-3DY
HC-B3TN-3DL
HC-B3TN-3E
HC-B3TN-3F
HC-B3TN-3G
HC-B3TN-3H
HC-B3TN-5V
HC-B3TN-5W
HC-B3TF-7
HC-B3TF-7A
HC-B3TF-7B
HC-B3TF-7C
STEEL HUB TURBINE
PROPELLER MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
FAA Approved
Manual No. 118F
61-10-18
Revision 19
December 2006
Hartzell Propeller Inc.
One Propeller Place
Piqua, Ohio 45356-2634 U.S.A.
Phone: 937.778.4200
Fax: 937.778.4391
Three Blade Four Blade
HC-B4MP-3
HC-B4MP-3A
HC-B4MP-3B
HC-B4MP-3C
HC-B4TN-3
HC-B4TN-3A
HC-B4TN-3B
HC-B4TN-3C
HC-B4MN-5AL
HC-B4MN-5BL
HC-B4MN-5L
HC-B4TN-5
HC-B4TN-5A
HC-B4TN-5AL
HC-B4TN-5C
HC-B4TN-5CL
HC-B4TN-5DL
HC-B4TN-5EL
HC-B4TN-5F
HC-B4TN-5FL
HC-B4TN-5GL
HC-B4TN-5HL
HC-B4TN-5JL
HC-B4TN-5KL
HC-B4TN-5ML
HC-B4TN-5NL
HC-B4TN-5PL
HC-B4TN-5QL
Page 2
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
COVER
(This page is intentionally blank.)
1987, 1992, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 - Hartzell Propeller Inc. - All rights reserved
PROPELLER MAINTENANCE MANUAL
118F
Page 1
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
REVISION HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION 19 HIGHLIGHTS:
Revised the Cover, Revision Highlights, List of Effective Pages, and the Table of
Contents to reect the manual revision
Revised the Airworthiness Limitations:
Added specic propeller model information.
Added a note for ice protection component effectivity.
Revised the Disassembly chapter:
Added tooling information.
Added beta valve disassembly procedures.
Revised the Check chapter:
Incorporated TR-018 and TR-019.
Revised other information as necessary.
Revised the Repair chapter:
Incorporated TR-020.
Revised the Assembly chapter:
Added general information.
Added tooling information.
Added beta valve assembly procedures.
Made other minor changes as necessary.
Revised the Fits and Clearances chapter:
Incorporated TR-017.
Revised the torque values table.
Revised the Illustrated Parts List chapter:
Incorporated Service Letter HC-SL-61-244.
Added ice protection system information.
Updated parts lists for all propeller modes.
118F
Page 2
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
REVISION HIGHLIGHTS
REVISIONS ISSUED
1. Introduction
A. General
This is a list of current revisions that have been issued against this manual. Please
compare to RECORD OF REVISIONS page to ensure that all revisions have been
added to the manual.
B. Components
(1) Revision No. indicates the revisions incorporated in this manual.
(2) Issue Date is the date of revision.
(3) Comments indicates the level of the revision.
(a) New Issue is a new manual distribution. The manual is distributed in its
entirety. All the revision dates are the same and no change bars are used.
(b) Reissue is a revision to an existing manual that includes major content
and/or major format changes. The manual is distributed in its entirety. All
the revision dates are the same and no change bars are used.
(c) Major Revision is a revision to an existing manual that includes major
content or minor format changes over a large portion of the manual. The
manual is distributed in its entirety. All the revision dates are the same, but
change bars are used to indicate the changes incorporated in the latest
revision of the manual.
(d) Minor Revision is a revision to an existing manual that includes minor
content changes to the manual. Only the revised pages of the manual are
distributed. Each page retains the date and the change bars associated
with the last revision to that page.

Revision No. Issue Date Comments
Rev. 7 Oct/99 Minor Revision
Rev. 8 July/00 Minor Revision
Rev. 9 Dec/00 Minor Revision
Rev. 10 Mar/01 Minor Revision
Rev. 11 Oct/01 Major Revision
Rev. 12 Apr/02 Minor Revision
Rev. 13 Jan/03 Minor Revision
Rev. 14 Apr/03 Minor Revision
Rev. 15 Nov/03 Minor Revision
Rev. 16 Nov/03 Minor Revision
Rev. 17 Jun/04 Minor Revision
Rev. 18 Aug/04 Minor Revision
Rev. 19 Dec/06 Minor Revision

118F
Page 1
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 RECORD OF REVISIONS
RECORD OF REVISIONS TO THIS MANUAL
Revision
Number
Issue
Date
Date
Inserted
Inserted
By

Revision 11 includes all
previous revisions.
11 Oct/01 Oct/01 HPI
12 Apr/02 Apr/02 HPI
13 Jan/03 Jan/03 HPI
14 Apr/03 Apr/03 HPI
15 Nov/03 Nov/03 HPI
16 Nov/03 Nov/03 HPI
17 Jun/04 Jun/04 HPI
18 Aug/04 Aug/04 HPI
19 Dec/06 Dec/06 HPI
Revision
Number
Issue
Date
Date
Inserted
Inserted
By
118F
Page 2
Rev. 11 Oct/01
61-10-18
RECORD OF REVISIONS
118F
Page 1
Rev. 11 Oct/01
61-10-18 RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
TR Number Issue Date
Date
Inserted Inserted By
Date
Removed Removed By
TR-001 through TR-007 are incorporated in Revision 12
TR-008 Aug/02 Aug/02 HPI Jan/03 HPI
TR-009 Oct/02 Oct/02 HPI Jan/03 HPI
TR-010 Oct/02 Oct/02 HPI Jan/03 HPI
TR-011 Nov/02 Nov/02 HPI Jan/03 HPI
TR-012 Jul/03 Jul/03 HPI Nov/03 HPI
TR-013 Jul/03 Jul/03 HPI Nov/03 HPI
TR-014 Sep/03 Sep/03 HPI Nov/03 HPI
TR-015 Sep/03 Sep/03 HPI Nov/03 HPI
TR-016 Dec/03 Dec/03 HPI Jun/04 HPI
TR-017 Sep/05 Sep/05 HPI Dec/06 HPI
TR-018 Nov/05 Nov/05 HPI Dec/06 HPI
TR-019 Feb/06 Feb/06 HPI Dec/06 HPI
TR-020 Mar/06 Mar/06 HPI Dec/06 HPI
118F
Page 2
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
TR Number Issue Date
Date
Inserted Inserted By
Date
Removed Removed By
118F
Page 1
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18 SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST
SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST
Service Doc.
No.
Incorporation
Rev./Date
Service Bulletins
SB 106B Rev. 4 Oct/97
SB 128A Rev. 14 Apr/03
SB 132 Rev. 4 Oct/97
SB 143B Rev. 4 Oct/97
SB 153S1 Rev. 4 Oct/97
SB A182A Rev. 4 Oct/97
SB A186 Rev. 4 Oct/97
SB A188 Rev. 4 Oct/97
Service Letters
SL 61T Rev. 4 Oct/97
SL 131A Rev. 6 Jun/99
SL 148A Rev. 4 Oct/97
SL 152A Rev. 4 Oct/97
SL 159 Rev. 4 Oct/97
HC-SL-61-173 Rev. 4 Oct/97
HC-SL-61-177 Rev. 4 Oct/97
SL 216 Rev. 12 Apr/02
HC-SL-61-256 Rev. 19 Dec/06
HC-SL-61-248 Rev. 19 Dec/06
HC-SL-61-244 Rev. 19 Dec/06
HC-SL-61-258 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Service Doc.
No.
Incorporation
Rev./Date
Service Advisories
SA 13 Rev. 4 Oct/97
SA 23 Rev. 4 Oct/97
SA 45 Rev. 4 Oct/97
SA 52 Rev. 4 Oct/97
SA 72 Rev. 4 Oct/97
Service Instructions
SI 39A Rev. 4 Oct/97
SI 146 Rev. 4 Oct/97
SI 182B Rev. 4 Oct/97
118F
61-10-18
Page 2
Rev. 19 Dec/06
Service Doc.
No.
Incorporation
Rev./Date
Service Doc.
No.
Incorporation
Rev./Date
118F
Page 1
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS
Royace H. Prather
Manager, Chicago Aircraft Certication Ofce,
ACE-115C
Federal Aviation Administration
AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS REVISIONS
The Airworthiness Limitations section is FAA approved and species maintenance required
under 43.16 and 91.403 of the Federal Aviation Regulations unless an alternative program
has been FAA approved.
FAA APPROVED

Rev. No. Description of Revision
4 Removed "L" stamp for life
limited blades, added MU-2
blade life limit, reformatted

by:
Added blade life limitations
16 for HC-B4MN-5B(L)/L)M9990N
propeller assemblies.
Reformatted chapter.

Rev. No. Description of Revision
118F
Page 2
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18
1. Replacement Time (Life Limits)
A. The FAA establishes specic life limits for certain component parts, as well as the
entire propeller. Such limits require replacement of the identied parts after a specied
number of hours of use.
B. The following data summarize all current information about Hartzell life limited parts
as related to propeller models affected by this manual. These parts are not life limited
on other installations; however, time accumulated toward life limit accrues when rst
operated on aircraft/engine/propeller combinations listed and continues regardless of
subsequent installations (which may or may not be life limited).
NOTE: Blade models that incorporate ice protection components do not affect the blade
life limit. Example: The (B,K,) letter designation in blade model T10178(B,K)
indicates that ice protection components may be installed. If ice protection
components are installed, the blade life limit still applies.
FAA Type Certied Aircraft
Aircraft Engine Propeller Blade Life Limit
Beech Model P & W HC-B3TN-3(B,H)/ 9,634 hr
T34C,T34C-1 PT6A-25, -25A T10173-11R
CASA 212 Allied Signal HC-B4TN-5(C,F)L/ 31,000 hr
TPE331-5-251C LT10282+4
Fairchild Swearingen Allied Signal HC-B3TN-5(C,E,M)/ 9,000 hr*
SA226TC Metro IIA TPE331-10UA- T10282(H)(N)
-501G or 511G
Mitsubishi Allied Signal HC-B4TN-5( )L/ 10, 000 hr
MU-2's TPE-331-(5,10)-( ) LT10282N(S)-5.3R
Pilatus PC-7 P & W HC-B3TN-2( )/ 4,240 hr**
PT6A-25,-25A T10173C(N)-8 to 9,795 hr
Pilatus PC-7 P & W HC-B3TN-2/ 3,000 hr
modied by PT6A-25C T10178(N)-8R
Sierra Industries
FAA APPROVED
by:
Royace H. Prather
ACE-115C
118F
Page 3
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
Aircraft With No FAA Type Certicate
Aircraft Engine Propeller Blade Life Limit
Embraer P & W HC-B3TN-3(C,D)/ 12,000 hr
EMB-312 PT6A-25C T10178(B,K)-8R
NDN-1T P & W HC-B3TN-3(B,C)/ 45,000 hr
Firecracker PT6A-25A T10173(B,K)-17
North American Garrett T76-G HC-B4MN-5B(L)/ 20,900 hr
Rockwell OV-10A -418M, -419M (L)M9990N
North American Garrett T76-G HC-B4MN-5B(L)/ 20,900 hr
Rockwell OV-10D -420, -421 (L)M9990N
* Fairchild Swearingen Metro IIA, Serial Numbers TC398 and subsequent, model T10282()()
propeller blades are life limited when operated above 12,500 pounds gross weight and must
be retired after 9,000 hours of operation. The life limit begins once the blades are operated
above 12,500 pounds gross weight and continues regardless of subsequent operating weight.
For those blades on which the total accumulated time in operation on aircraft with a gross
weight exceeding 12,500 pounds cannot be conrmed, the following formula will be used to
establish an assumed time:
Months from date of STC incorporation X 180 = total assumed time on subject blades.
** Pilatus PC-7 propeller blades must be retired from service in accordance with the following
schedule:
a. Aircraft on which Power-On-Spin, Inertia Coupled Entry, and Snap Roll ight
maneuvers are prohibited must be retired from service when 9795 ight hours have
been acquired.
b. Aircraft on which Power-On-Spin and Inertia Coupled Entry ight maneuvers are
prohibited must be retired from service when 4240 ight hours have been acquired.
c. Any aircraft, once operated with Snap Roll maneuvers permitted, must be retired from
service upon acquiring 4240 ight hours.
FAA APPROVED
by:
Royace H. Prather
ACE-115C
118F
Page 4
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18
2. Periodic Inspections
A. The HC-B3TN-3UL/LT10173N-21R propeller installed on Advanced Aerodynamics
& Structures model 450 Jetcruzer is required to have repetitive blade inspection
for erosion and/or corrosion at intervals not to exceed 24 months or 600 hours of
operation, whichever occurs rst. Inspection methods and procedures are described
in Hartzell Service Bulletin HC-SB-61-181A.
FAA APPROVED
by:
Royace H. Prather
ACE-115C
118F
Page 1
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Chapter Page Rev. Level Date
Cover 1 and 2 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Revision Highlights 1 and 2 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Record of Revisions 1 and 2 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Record of Temporary Revisions 1 and 2 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Service Document List 1 and 2 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Airworthiness Limitations 1 thru 4 Rev. 19 Dec/06
List of Effective Pages 1 thru 6 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Table of Contents 1 thru 10 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Introduction 1 and 2 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Introduction 3 Rev. 13 Jan/03
Introduction 4 thru 12 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Description and Operation 1 Rev. 17 Jun/04
Description and Operation 2 thru 6 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Description and Operation 7 and 8 Rev. 17 Jun/04
Testing and Fault Isolation 1-1 thru 1-14 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Automatic Test Requirements 2-1 and 2-2 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Disassembly 3-1 thru 3-3 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Disassembly 3-4 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Disassembly 3-5 Rev. 17 Jun/04
Disassembly 3-6 and 3-7 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Disassembly 3-8 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Disassembly 3-9 thru 3-13 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Disassembly 3-14 and 3-15 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Disassembly 3-24 and 3-25 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Disassembly 3-39 and 3-40 Rev. 17 Jun/04
118F
Page 2
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
Cleaning 4-1 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Cleaning 4-2 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Check 5-1 thru 5-4 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Check 5-5 and 5-6 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Check 5-7 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Check 5-8 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Check 5-9 Rev. 13 Jan/03
Check 5-11 Rev. 17 Jun/04
Check 5-13 Rev. 17 Jun/04
Check 5-18 thru 5-20 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Check 5-23 and 5-24 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Check 5-24.1 and 5-24.2 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Check 5-25 and 5-26 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Check 5-27 Rev. 12 Apr/02
Check 5-33 and 5-34 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Check 5-38.1 and 5-38.2 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Check 5-59 and 5-60 Rev. 17 Jun/04
Repair 6-1 thru 6-4 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Repair 6-5 thru 6-12 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Repair 6-13 and 6-14 Rev. 17 Jun/04
Repair 6-23 Rev. 17 Jun/04
Repair 6-29 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Assembly 7-1 thru 7-5 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Assembly 7-6 and 7-7 Rev. 17 Jun/04
Assembly 7-8 thru 7-16 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Assembly 7-17 Rev. 12 Apr/02
118F
Page 3
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18
Assembly 7-23.1 and 7-23.2 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Assembly 7-24 and 7-25 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Assembly 7-26 and 7-27 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Assembly 7-43 thru 7-47 Rev. 17 Jun/04
Assembly 7-56 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Assembly 7-57 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Assembly 7-66 and 7-67 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Assembly 7-68 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Fits and Clearances 8-1 thru 8-6 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Fits and Clearances 8-7 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Fits and Clearances 8-8 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Special Tools, Fixtures and Equipment 9-1 thru 9-4 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Illustrated Parts List 10-1 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Illustrated Parts List 10-2 Rev. 14 Apr/03
Illustrated Parts List 10-5 Rev. 15 Nov/03
Illustrated Parts List 10-10 and 10-11 Rev. 17 Jun/04
Illustrated Parts List 10-13 and 10-14 Rev. 14 Apr/03
Illustrated Parts List 10-15 thru 10-17 Rev. 19 Dec/06
Illustrated Parts List 10-22 thru 10-24 Rev. 14 Apr/03
118F
Page 4
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
Illustrated Parts List 10-97 and 10-98 Rev. 19 Dec/06
118F
Page 5
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18
Illustrated Parts List 10-149 Rev. 18 Aug/04
Illustrated Parts List 10-168 Rev. 17 Jun/04
Illustrated Parts List 10-187 thru 10-189 Rev. 15 Nov/03
118F
Page 6
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
Illustrated Parts List 10-274 Rev. 15 Nov/03
Illustrated Parts List 10-276 thru 10-280 Rev. 15 Nov/03
118F
Page 1
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 TABLE OF CONTENTS
REVISION HIGHLIGHTS ...................................................................................................... 1
RECORD OF REVISIONS .................................................................................................... 1
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS ............................................................................. 1
SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST ................................................................................................ 1
AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS ......................................................................................... 1
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES ............................................................................................... 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS ......................................................................................................... 1
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................... 1
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION ........................................................................................ 1
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION .................................................................................... 1-1
AUTOMATIC TEST REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................... 2-1
DISASSEMBLY .................................................................................................................. 3-1
CLEANING ......................................................................................................................... 4-1
CHECK ............................................................................................................................... 5-1
REPAIR .............................................................................................................................. 6-1
ASSEMBLY ........................................................................................................................ 7-1
FITS AND CLEARANCES .................................................................................................. 8-1
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................ 9-1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST ............................................................................................ 10-1
CONTENTS
118F
Page 2
Steel Hub Unit ........................................................................................Figure 1 ................. 2
Basic Components of a Steel Hub Assembly .........................................Figure 2 ................. 3
Counterweight and Blade Location on a
Steel Hub Assembly in Reverse Pitch ...............................................Figure 3 ................. 6
Checking for Oil and Grease Leaks ..................................................... Figure 1-1 ............. 1-6
Checking Blade Movement .................................................................. Figure 1-2 ........... 1-10
Abnormal Vibration ............................................................................... Figure 1-3 ........... 1-12
HC-B3TN-2( ) Propeller Exploded View ............................................... Figure 3-1 ............. 3-4
Steel Hub Assembly Mounted on the
Propeller Assembly Table ................................................................ Figure 3-2 ............. 3-6
Removing Self-locking Nut ................................................................... Figure 3-3 ............. 3-7
Cylinder and Guide Collar .................................................................... Figure 3-4 ........... 3-10
Clamp Assembly ................................................................................... Figure 3-5 ........... 3-12
Removing Bearing Retention Ring ....................................................... Figure 3-6 ........... 3-14
HC-B3TN-3( ) Exploded Views ............................................................. Figure 3-7 ........... 3-16
Beta System ......................................................................................... Figure 3-8 ........... 3-18
Location of Feathering Stop Screws, Items 180 or 190 ....................... Figure 3-9 ........... 3-20
Carbon Block Assembly ...................................................................... Figure 3-10 .......... 3-24
Two Examples of Models Ending in -5( ) ............................................. Figure 3-11 .......... 3-28
Assembly with the Start Lock Unit (1010)
Attached to the Guide Collar .......................................................... Figure 3-12 .......... 3-32
Assembly with the Bulkhead on the
Engine Side of the Spinner Mounting Plate (380) .......................... Figure 3-13 .......... 3-36
Models Ending in -7( ) ......................................................................... Figure 3-14 .......... 3-38
Cylinder Large and Small OD ............................................................... Figure 5-1 ............. 5-8
Piston Inspection .................................................................................. Figure 5-2 ........... 5-10
Guide Rod A-717 Previous and Current Congurations ....................... Figure 5-3 ........... 5-12
Link Arm .............................................................................................. Figure 5-4 ........... 5-14
Blade Split Bearing ............................................................................... Figure 5-5 ........... 5-16
Low Stop Rod (Beta Rod) ................................................................... Figure 5-6 ........... 5-18
Low Stop Collar (Beta Ring) ................................................................ Figure 5-7 ........... 5-22
LIST OF FIGURES
118F
Page 3
Pitch Change Rod B-3421( ) ...............................................................Figure 5-7.1 ...... 5-24.1
Spring Retainer Cup Typical Crack Locations ..................................... Figure 5-8 ........... 5-26
Spacer Tube Corner Inspection ........................................................... Figure 5-9 ........... 5-30
Start Lock Unit ..................................................................................... Figure 5-10 .......... 5-34
Start Lock Bracket for HC-B4( )N-5( )(L) Propellers ............................ Figure 5-11 .......... 5-36
B-830-37 Start Lock Unit ..................................................................... Figure 5-12 .......... 5-36
Identication of A-2620-( ) Start Lock Pin ...........................................Figure 5-12.1 ....... 5-37
Start Lock Plate ................................................................................... Figure 5-13 .......... 5-38
Start Lock Bushing .............................................................................Figure 5-13.1 ..... 5-38.1
Beta Feedback Rod ............................................................................. Figure 5-14 .......... 5-40
Spring Retainer .................................................................................. Figure 5-15 .......... 5-41
Beta Valve Washer ............................................................................. Figure 5-16 .......... 5-43
Beta Valve Shaft Adaptor .................................................................... Figure 5-17 .......... 5-44
Beta Valve Spool ................................................................................ Figure 5-18 .......... 5-45
Beta Valve Sleeve ............................................................................... Figure 5-19 .......... 5-46
Beta Valve Push Rod ........................................................................... Figure 5-20 .......... 5-47
Reverse Pitch Indicator Pin ................................................................ Figure 5-21 .......... 5-48
Beta Valve Push Rod Spool .............................................................. Figure 5-22 .......... 5-49
Engine Cover ....................................................................................... Figure 5-23 .......... 5-50
Valve Bushing ..................................................................................... Figure 5-24 .......... 5-51
Rod End Fitting ................................................................................... Figure 5-25 .......... 5-52
Rod End Cap Unit .............................................................................. Figure 5-26 .......... 5-53
Examples of Weight Slugs ................................................................... Figure 5-27 .......... 5-54
Spacer (455) ........................................................................................ Figure 5-28 .......... 5-56
C-840-91 Conguration: The Bulkhead is on the
Propeller Side of the Spinner Mounting Plate (380) ........................ Figure 6-1 ............. 6-8
C-840-139 Conguration: The Bulkhead is on the
Engine Side of the Spinner Mounting Plate (380) ........................... Figure 6-2 ............. 6-8
Plastic Piston Bushing Replacement .................................................... Figure 6-3 ........... 6-12
External Feather Stop Conguration .................................................... Figure 6-4 ........... 6-16
Repairing Interior Surface of Beta Ring ................................................ Figure 6-5 ........... 6-20
LIST OF FIGURES
118F
Page 4
Start Lock Assembly and Start Lock Plate Contact .............................. Figure 6-6 ........... 6-22
Start Lock Pin Dimensions ................................................................... Figure 6-7 ........... 6-24
C-3630-( ) Beta Valve Engine Cover Bearing ....................................... Figure 6-8 ........... 6-26
Linkscrew Rework Limits for Hub Clearance ........................................ Figure 6-9 ......... 6-27
Cylinder Inspection .............................................................................. Figure 6-10 ........ 6-30
Guide Collar Inspection ....................................................................... Figure 6-11 .......... 6-30
Guide Collar Support Ring Inspection ................................................. Figure 6-12 .......... 6-32
Identication of B-3018( )-2 and C-1948 Pitch Change Rods ............. Figure 6-13 .......... 6-36
Identication of B-868AS and B-5862 Pitch Change Rods ................. Figure 6-14 .......... 6-37
Hub Arm Build-Up ................................................................................. Figure 7-1 ............. 7-6
Blade and Flange Mounting Parts ........................................................ Figure 7-2 ........... 7-10
An Example of a -5 Model with a
"Split" Spinner Support Plate (380) ................................................. Figure 7-3 ........... 7-13
An Example of a -5 Model With a
"Non-Split" Spinner Support Plate (380) ......................................... Figure 7-4 ........... 7-14
An Example of a -7 Model with Bracket (490) ...................................... Figure 7-5 ........... 7-14
Installing Start Lock Plate on Clamp .................................................... Figure 7-6 ........... 7-18
Attaining Clearance Between Start Lock Plate and
Spinner Mounting Plate ................................................................... Figure 7-7 ........... 7-19
CM93 Sealant Application .................................................................... Figure 7-8 ........... 7-22
Cylinder Installation .............................................................................. Figure 7-9 ........... 7-24
Preventing Contact Between the Clamp Socket Screw Head
and the Start Lock Bracket ............................................................. Figure 7-10 .......... 7-25
Obtaining Clearance Between the Stop Plate and
the Link Arm on Models HC-B3TN-5CL, -5DL ............................... Figure 7-11 .......... 7-26
Chamfer OD of Stop Plate to Clear the
Beta Rod Spring ............................................................................. Figure 7-12 .......... 7-29
Conguration in Which Start Locks are Attached to
Guide Collar ................................................................................... Figure 7-13 .......... 7-30
Guide Collar and Cylinder ................................................................... Figure 7-14 .......... 7-32
Feathering Spring Assembly ............................................................... Figure 7-15 .......... 7-34
Placing Spring Assembly in Special Fixture ........................................ Figure 7-16 .......... 7-36
A-867 Split Ring Retainers .................................................................. Figure 7-17 .......... 7-37
LIST OF FIGURES
118F
Page 5
Piston Unit for Models Ending in -3 .................................................... Figure 7-19 .......... 7-40
Enlargement of Piston Guide Rod Area .............................................. Figure 7-20 .......... 7-42
Application of Blade Angle Reference Tape ........................................ Figure 7-21 .......... 7-48
Correct Angle of Counterweight Relative to Axis of Piston .................. Figure 7-22 .......... 7-50
Blade Angle and Clamp Torque ........................................................... Figure 7-23 ......... 7-52
Setting Reverse Blade Angle ............................................................... Figure 7-24 .......... 7-52
Checking Feathering Angle of Blade ................................................... Figure 7-25 .......... 7-54
Start Lock Units for HC-B3TN-3S, -3( )Y, and HC-B3( )W-3Y ............. Figure 7-26 .......... 7-56
Using Dial Indicator to Check Height and
Runout of Beta Ring ....................................................................... Figure 7-27 .......... 7-58
Obtaining Proper Start Pitch Blade Angle on
HC-B3TN-3S, -3( )Y, and HC-B3( )W-3Y ....................................... Figure 7-28 .......... 7-62
Providing for Visual Detection of Blade Slippage in Clamp ................. Figure 7-29 .......... 7-66
Using Padded Blade Bar to Check for
Blade Slippage in Clamp ................................................................ Figure 7-30 .......... 7-66
Sealant CM93 Application ................................................................... Figure 7-31 .......... 7-68
Beta Valve Assembly ........................................................................... Figure 7-32 .......... 7-70
An Example of an Inspection Check-Off Form .................................... Figure 7-33 .......... 7-72
Dowel Pin Location in the Spacer ....................................................... Figure 7-34 .......... 7-74
Spacer Installation ............................................................................... Figure 7-35 .......... 7-74
Piston Wear Tolerances ........................................................................ Figure 8-1 ............. 8-5
Determining Torque Value of a
Standard Torque Wrench with Adaptor ........................................... Figure 8-2 ............. 8-6
Carbon Block and Beta Ring Clearance ............................................... Figure 8-3 ............. 8-8
HC-B3TN-2, -2B Propeller Exploded View .......................................... Figure 10-1 ........ 10-10
Clamp Assembly Exploded View ......................................................... Figure 10-2 ........ 10-14
831-12, 831-57 Spring Assembly ........................................................ Figure 10-3 ........ 10-16
HC-B3TN-3, -3A, -3B, -3C, -3D, -3DL, -3E, -3F 3G, -3H,
-3S, -3UL Exploded View ............................................................... Figure 10-4 ........ 10-18
Clamp Assembly Exploded View ......................................................... Figure 10-5 ........ 10-24
A-3044 Carbon Block Assembly .......................................................... Figure 10-6 ........ 10-26
LIST OF FIGURES
118F
Page 6
831-79 Spring Assembly ..................................................................... Figure 10-9 ........ 10-32
831-82 Spring Assembly .................................................................... Figure 10-10 ....... 10-34
HC-B3TN-3AE, -3AF, -3K, -3M, -3N, -3P, -3Z
Exploded View .............................................................................. Figure 10-12 ....... 10-38
Clamp Assembly Exploded View ........................................................ Figure 10-13 ....... 10-42
A-3044 Carbon Block Assembly ......................................................... Figure 10-14 ....... 10-44
HC-B3TN-3BY, -3DY, -3SY Exploded View ........................................ Figure 10-19 ....... 10-54
Start Lock Kit for HC-B3TN-3BY, -3DY, -3SY, -3AEY, -3AFY ............. Figure 10-21 ....... 10-60
HC-B3TN-3AEY, -3AFY Exploded View ............................................. Figure 10-28 ....... 10-82
HC-B3TW-3 Exploded View ............................................................... Figure 10-34 ....... 10-96
Clamp Assembly Exploded View ........................................................ Figure 10-35 ..... 10-100
A-3044 Carbon Block Assembly ......................................................... Figure 10-36 ..... 10-102
831-82 Spring Assembly .................................................................... Figure 10-37 ..... 10-104
HC-B3TW-3Y Exploded View ............................................................. Figure 10-38 ..... 10-106
LIST OF FIGURES
118F
Page 7
LIST OF FIGURES
Start Lock Kit for HC-B3TW-3Y .......................................................... Figure 10-40 ..... 10-112
A-3044 Carbon Block Assembly ......................................................... Figure 10-41 ..... 10-114
HC-B3MN-3 Exploded View ............................................................... Figure 10-43 ..... 10-118
Clamp Assembly Exploded View ........................................................ Figure 10-44 ... 10-122
A-3044 Carbon Block Assembly ......................................................... Figure 10-45 ... 10-124
831-82 Spring Assembly ................................................................... Figure 10-46 ... 10-126
HC-B4MP-3, -3A, -3B, -3C Exploded View ........................................ Figure 10-47 ... 10-128
HC-B4TN-3, -3A, -3B, -3C Exploded View ......................................... Figure 10-51 ... 10-138
HC-B3TN-5C, -5D Exploded View ...................................................... Figure 10-55 ... 10-148
830-23 Start Lock Unit ........................................................................ Figure 10-57 ... 10-154
HC-B3TN-5CL, -5DL Exploded View ................................................ Figure 10-59 ... 10-158
830-23L Start Lock Unit ...................................................................... Figure 10-61 ... 10-164
HC-B3TN- 5E, -5F, -5FL, -5G, -5K Exploded View ............................ Figure 10-63 ... 10-168
830-23( ) Start Lock Unit .................................................................... Figure 10-65 ... 10-176
831-75 Spring Assembly .................................................................. Figure 10-66 ... 10-178
HC-B3TN-5M, -5ML, -5N, -5NL, -5P,
-5SL, -5U, -5V, -5W Exploded View ............................................ Figure 10-67 ... 10-180
Clamp Assembly Exploded View ....................................................... Figure 10-68 ... 10-184
118F
Page 8
830-37 and 830-41 Start Lock Unit ................................................... Figure 10-69 ... 10-186
831-75 Spring Assembly .................................................................. Figure 10-70 ... 10-190
HC-B4MN-5L Exploded View ............................................................. Figure 10-71 ... 10-192
Clamp Assembly Exploded View ....................................................... Figure 10-72 ... 10-196
830-34L Start Lock Unit ...................................................................... Figure 10-73 .... 10-198
HC-B4MN-5AL Exploded View ........................................................... Figure 10-75 ..... 10-202
830-34L Start Lock Unit ...................................................................... Figure 10-77 ..... 10-208
HC-B4TN-5, -5A, -5AL, -5C, -5CL, -5DL, -5EL
Exploded View .............................................................................. Figure 10-79 ..... 10-212
830- ( ) Start Lock Assembly .............................................................. Figure 10-81 ..... 10-218
HC-B4TN-5F, 5FL, -5GL, -5HL Exploded View .................................. Figure 10-83 ..... 10-222
830-34( ) Start Lock Assembly ........................................................... Figure 10-85 ..... 10-228
HC-B4TN-5JL, -5KL, -5ML, -5NL, -5PL, -5QL
Exploded View .............................................................................. Figure 10-87 ..... 10-232
830-34L Start Lock Assembly ............................................................. Figure 10-89 ..... 10-238
HC-A3(MV,V)F-7, -7A, -7B Exploded View ........................................ Figure 10-92 ..... 10-244
C-3630-1 Beta Valve .......................................................................... Figure 10-95 ..... 10-252
C-3630-2 Beta Valve .......................................................................... Figure 10-96 ..... 10-254
HC-B3TF-7, -7A, -7B, -7C Exploded View ......................................... Figure 10-97 ..... 10-256
LIST OF FIGURES
118F
Page 9
C-3630-1 Beta Valve ......................................................................... Figure 10-100 .... 10-266
C-3630-2 Beta Valve ......................................................................... Figure 10-101 .... 10-268
HC-B4MN-5B(L) Exploded View ....................................................... Figure 10-102 .... 10-270
Clamp Assembly Exploded View ....................................................... Figure 10-103 .... 10-274
830-34(L) Start Lock Unit .................................................................. Figure 10-104 .... 10-276
831-72 Spring Assembly ................................................................... Figure 10-105 .... 10-278
LIST OF FIGURES
118F
Page 10
LIST OF TABLES
Component Inspection Criteria ............................................................. Table 5-1 ............. 5-7
Cylinder Dimensional Inspection Limits ............................................... Table 5-1.1 ............ 5-9
Bushing Wear Limits .............................................................................. Table 5-2 ........... 5-10
Pitch Change Rod Diameter Limits ....................................................... Table 5-3 ........ 5-24.1
Spring Retainer Cup ID Limits ............................................................... Table 5-4 ........... 5-26
Rear Retainer Inspection Limits .......................................................... Table 5-4.1 .......... 5-32
Guide Collar Bushing Dimensional Inspection Limits ............................ Table 5-5 ........... 5-33
Hub and Conversion Kit Ordering Information ...................................... Table 6-1 ............. 6-7
Replacement and Conversion Kit Parts Lists ........................................ Table 6-2 ........... 6-10
Plastic Piston Bushing Replacement Tolerances .................................. Table 6-3 ........... 6-13
A-2626-( ) Socket Head Cap Screw Specications ............................... Table 6-4 ........... 6-18
New Guide Collar Bushing Diameters ................................................... Table 6-5 ........... 6-21
Conversion Kit B-3682 .......................................................................... Table 6-6 ........... 6-29
A-5950 Spring Assembly Modication Kit .............................................. Table 6-7 ........... 6-34
Identication of Springs Used in Various Hartzell Propellers ................. Table 8-1 ............. 8-3
Blade Tolerances ................................................................................... Table 8-2 ............. 8-5
Blade Torque Values .............................................................................. Table 8-3 ............. 8-6
Torque Values ........................................................................................ Table 8-4 ............. 8-7
118F
INTRODUCTION
Page 1
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
CONTENTS
1. Statement of Purpose ........................................................................................... 3
2. Required Publications ........................................................................................... 4
A. Hartzell Publications......................................................................................... 4
B. References to Hartzell Publications .................................................................. 4
C. Vendor Publications......................................................................................... 5
3. Personnel Requirements ....................................................................................... 5
4. Calendar Limits and Long Term Storage ............................................................... 5
A. Calendar Limits ............................................................................................... 5
B. Long Term Storage .......................................................................................... 5
5. Component Life and Service ................................................................................ 6
A. Overhaul .......................................................................................................... 6
B. Damage .......................................................................................................... 6
C. Repair ............................................................................................................. 7
D. Component Life ............................................................................................... 7
6. Definitions............................................................................................................. 9
7. Abbreviations...................................................................................................... 12
118F
INTRODUCTION
61-10-18
Page 2
Rev. 11 Oct/01
118F
INTRODUCTION
Page 3
Rev. 13 Jan/03 61-10-18
1. Statement of Purpose
A. This manual provides overhaul procedures for three- and four-bladed steel hub
turbine propellers manufactured by Hartzell Propeller Inc.
B. Contact the Product Support Department of Hartzell Propeller Inc. concerning any
maintenance problems or to request information not covered in this publication.
C. This manual is to be used in propeller repair stations by personnel who are
trained and experienced with Hartzell products. This manual does not provide
complete information for an inexperienced technician to attempt propeller
overhaul without supervision.
D. This manual is intended to be the primary source of overhaul information for
three- and four-bladed steel hub turbine propellers. This manual no longer
contains blade overhaul procedures. Refer to the appropriate Hartzell manual for
blade overhaul. In addition to this manual, the reader must consult active Service
Bulletins, Service Letters, Service Advisories, and Service Instructions for
information concerning three- and four-bladed steel hub turbine propellers, or
their related components, that may not yet have been incorporated into the latest
revision of this manual.
E. This manual makes reference to other Hartzell manuals that provide important
details for procedures such as anodizing, penetrant inspection, and overhaul
procedures for steel hubs.
F. Where possible, this manual is written in the format specified by ATA
Specification No. 100.
G. Hartzell Manual 118F Revision 2, and this revision, Revision 13, were approved
by the Manager, FAA, Chicago Aircraft Certification Office, ACE-115C, by approval
document dated January 22, 2003, as an alternative method of compliance with
Airworthiness Directive 96-18-14, paragraphs (c), (g), and (j).
118F
INTRODUCTION 61-10-18
Page 4
Rev. 11 Oct/01
2. Required Publications
A. Hartzell Publications
(1) In addition to this manual, one or more of the following publications are
required for information regarding specific recommendations and
procedures to maintain propeller assemblies.
Manual No. ATA No. Title
Manual 202 61-01-02 Standard Practices Manual
Manual 165 61-00-65 Illustrated Tool and Equipment Manual
Manual 139 61-00-39 Propeller Owner's Manual and Log Book
Manual 133 61-13-33 Aluminum Blade Overhaul Manual
Manual 135 61-13-35 Composite Blade Maintenance Manual
(2) For Hartzell service literature and revisions, contact:
Hartzell Propeller Inc. Telephone: 937.778.4200
Attn: Service Documents Secretary Fax: 937.778.4321
One Propeller Place
Piqua, Ohio 45356-2634 U.S.A.
B. References to Hartzell Publications
(1) Item references throughout the text in this manual refer to item numbers in the
Illustrated Parts List Chapter. The item numbers appear in parentheses directly
following the part name. Only the item base number will appear in the text of
the manual. Item base numbers and the alpha variants of the base numbers
will appear in the illustrated parts list. There are two reasons for the use of
alpha variants:
(a) A part may be superseded, replaced, or obsoleted by another part. For
example, the self locking nut (A-2043) that is item 20 was superseded by
the self locking nut (A-2043-1) that is item 20A.
(b) An Illustrated Parts List may contain multiple configurations. Effectivity
codes are used to distinguish different part numbers within the same list.
For example, one configuration may use a propeller mounting bolt
(B-3339-1) that is item 30, yet another configuration uses a propeller
mounting bolt (B-3347) that is item 30A. Effectivity codes are very important
in the determination of parts in a given configuration.
(2) Special tooling may be required for procedures in this manual. For further
tooling information, refer to Hartzell Manual 165A (61-00-65), Illustrated Tool
and Equipment Manual. The reference numbers for tooling appear with the
prefix "TE" directly following the tool name to which they apply. For
example, a template that is reference number 133 will appear as: template
TE133.
118F
INTRODUCTION
Page 5
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
(3) Certain instructions throughout this manual refer to consumable materials.
Specific approved materials are listed in Hartzell Manual 202A (61-01-02),
Standard Practices Manual, Table 8-1. The reference numbers for
consumable materials appear with the prefix "CM" directly following the
material to which they apply. For example, an approved adhesive that is
reference number 16 will appear as: adhesive CM16. Only those items
specified may be used.
C. Vendor Publications
None.
3. Personnel Requirements
Personnel inspecting, repairing, and overhauling steel hub propellers must have
adequate training and experience. Inspection and repair of propeller parts require
a high degree of skill. Therefore, personnel with inspection and supervisory
responsibility are expected to have an FAA Propeller Repairman's Certificate and
a minimum of 18 months practical experience with Hartzell steel hub propeller
overhaul. Participation in Hartzell training classes and propeller seminars is
strongly recommended.
4. Calendar Limits and Long Term Storage
A. Calendar Limits
The effects of exposure to the environment over a period of time create a need
for propeller overhaul regardless of flight time. Therefore, a calendar limit
between overhauls is specified in Service Letter 61( ) and in the propeller
owner's manual. Experience has shown that special care, such as keeping an
aircraft hangared, is not sufficient to allow extension of the calendar limit.
NOTE 1: Start date for calendar limit is when the propeller is first installed
on an engine. Calendar limit is not interrupted by subsequent
removal and/or storage.
NOTE 2: Start date for calendar limit should not be confused with
warranty start date (which, with certain exceptions, is normally
the date of sale to the first retail customer).
B. Long Term Storage
(1) Propellers that have been in storage have an additional inspection requirement
before installation. Refer to Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02), Packaging and Storage chapter.
118F
INTRODUCTION
61-10-18
Page 6
Rev. 11 Oct/01
(2) Additional inspection requirements for propellers with 0 hours since new or
overhaul:
(a) If propeller has been in storage for two years or less, a visual
inspection is required before installation.
(b) If propeller has been in storage for more than two years, it must be
disassembled and inspected for internal corrosion, and seals and
lubricants must be replaced before installation.
5. Component Life and Service
A. Overhaul
(1) Overhaul is the periodic disassembly, cleaning, inspecting, repairing as
necessary, reassembling, and testing in accordance with approved
standards and technical data approved by the administrator.
(2) The overhaul interval is based on hours of service (operating time) or on
calendar time. At such specified periods, the propeller hub assembly and
the blade assemblies should be completely disassembled and inspected
for cracks, wear, corrosion, and other unusual or abnormal conditions.
As specified, certain parts should be repaired, and certain other parts
should be replaced.
(3) Overhaul is to be completed in accordance with the latest revision of the
applicable component maintenance manual and other publications
applicable to, or referenced in, the component maintenance manual.
B. Damage
(1) Airworthy Damage
Airworthy damage is damage that does not affect the safety or flight
characteristics of the propeller system. The maximum limits of airworthy
damage are specified in the "Check" section. Although a blade may
continue in service with airworthy damage, this type of damage should
be repaired at the earliest practical time to prevent further damage to
the system.
(2) Unairworthy Damage
Unairworthy damage is damage that exceeds the maximum limits of
airworthy damage. Unairworthy damage can affect the safety or flight
characteristics of the propeller system. This type of damage must be
repaired before the next flight. Exceptions to this policy may be possible
but require written authorization from Hartzell Propeller Inc.
118F
INTRODUCTION
Page 7
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
C. Repair
(1) Minor Repair
Minor repair is that which may be done safely in the field by a certified
aircraft mechanic.
Refer to Hartzell Manual 135F (61-13-35), Composite Blade Maintenance
Manual, for information on repair criteria for composite blades, or Hartzell
Manual 133C (61-13-33) for aluminum blades.
NOTE: Removing significant amounts of metal from an aluminum
blade may render it below minimum width or thickness.
The propeller needs to be inspected by an approved
propeller repair station to determine whether it is below
published minimums.
(2) Major Repair
(a) Major repair is correction of damage that cannot be done by
elementary operations.
(b) Major repair work must be accepted by an FAA certified individual,
preferably one that holds a Factory Training Certificate from Hartzell
Propeller. The servicing facility must meet facility, tooling, and
personnel requirements and is required to participate in Hartzell
Sample Programs as defined in the Hartzell Standard Practices Manual
202A (61-01-02).
D. Component Life
NOTE: Certain components, or in some cases an entire propeller, may be
life limited. It is a regulatory requirement that a record of the total
time in service be maintained for all life limited parts.
(1) Component life is expressed in terms of total hours of service (Time
Since New, TSN) and in terms of hours of service since overhaul (Time
Since Overhaul, TSO).
NOTE: TSN/TSO is considered as the time accumulated between rotation
and landing (i.e. flight time).
(2) Both references are necessary in defining the life of the component.
Some parts are "life limited," which means that they must be replaced
after a specified period of use (TSN).
(3) When a component or assembly undergoes an overhaul, the TSO is
returned to zero hours. Total Time Since New (TSN) can never be
returned to zero.
NOTE: Repair without overhaul does not affect TSO or TSN.
118F
INTRODUCTION
61-10-18
Page 8
Rev. 11 Oct/01
(4) Total Time Since New (TSN) records must be maintained in the propeller logbook
along with Time Since Overhaul (TSO).
(5) Blades and hubs are sometimes replaced while in service or at overhaul.
Maintaining separate TSN and TSO histories for a replacement hub or blade is
required. Other propeller components do not require time tracking unless
specifically noted in Hartzell service publications.
(a) Hub replacement
1 If the hub is replaced, the replacement hub serial number must be
recorded (the entry signed and dated) in the propeller logbook. The
propeller will assume the serial number of the replacement hub.
NOTE: Propeller assembly serial numbers are impression stamped
on the hub. See the Parts Identification and Marking chapter
of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02) for
stamping information.
2 The TSO and TSN of the replacement hub must be recorded and
maintained in the propeller logbook. The TSN and TSO of the
remaining propeller components are not affected by the hub
replacement and must be maintained separately.
118F
INTRODUCTION
Page 9
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
6. Definitions
Term Definition
Annealed........................... softening of material caused by overexposure to heat
Blade Station..................... refers to a location on an individual blade for blade inspection
purposes. It is a measurement from the blade "zero" station to
a location on a blade, used to apply blade specification data in
blade overhaul manuals (Note: do not confuse blade station
with reference blade radius; they may not originate at the
same location.)
Brinelling ........................... a depression caused by failure of the material in
compression
Corrosion.......................... gradual wearing away or deterioration caused by chemical
action
Crack ................................ irregularly shaped separation within a material, usually
visible as a narrow opening at the surface
Debond ............................. separation of two materials that were originally bonded in
a separate operation.
Delamination .................... internal separation of the layers of a composite material
Depression ....................... surface area where the material has been compressed
but not removed
Distortion........................... alteration of the original shape or size of a component
Erosion.............................. gradual wearing away or deterioration caused by action of
the elements
Exposure .......................... leaving material open to action of the elements
Fretting.............................. damage that develops when relative motion of small
displacement takes place between contacting parts, wearing
away the surface
Gauge (Bearing Ball) ..........a term to describe an amount by which the mean
diameter may differ from the nominal diameter.
Gouge ............................... surface area where material has been removed
Horizontal Balance............ balance between the tip and the butt of the blade
118F
INTRODUCTION
61-10-18
Page 10
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Impact Damage ................ damage that occurs when the propeller blade or hub
assembly strikes, or is struck by, an object while in flight or
on the ground
Nick................................... removal of paint and possibly a small amount of material,
not exceeding one layer
Onspeed ........................... condition in which the RPM selected by the pilot through the
propeller condition lever and the actual engine (propeller)
RPM are equal
Overhaul (MPI) .................. the periodic disassembly, inspection, repair, refinish, and
reassembly of a propeller assembly
Overspeed........................ condition in which the RPM of the propeller or engine
exceeds predetermined maximum limits; the condition in
which the engine (propeller) RPM is higher than the RPM
selected by the pilot through the condition lever
Overspeed Damage......... damage that occurs when the propeller hub assembly
rotates at a speed greater than ten percent (10%) over the
maximum limit for which it is designed
Pitting ............................... formation of a number of small, irregularly shaped cavities
in surface material caused by corrosion or wear
Porosity ............................ an aggregation of microvoids; see "Voids" Rolling
compressive rolling process for the retention area of
single shoulder blades which provides improved strength
and resistance to fatigue
Reference Blade Radius .... a distance from the propeller hub centerline to a location on a
blade, used for blade angle measurement in an assembled
propeller. A yellow adhesive stripe (blade angle reference tape
CM160) is usually located at the reference blade radius
location. (Note: do not confuse reference blade radius with
blade station; they may not originate at the same location.)
Scratch.............................. same as "Nick"
Term Definition
118F
INTRODUCTION
Page 11
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
Shot Peening .................... process where steel shot is impinged on a surface to create
compressive surface stress which provides improved
strength and resistance to fatigue
Split ................................... delamination of a composite blade extending to the blade
surface, normally found near the trailing edge or tip
Synchronizing ................... setting all propellers at exactly the same RPM
Synchrophasing ................ a form of propeller sychronization in which not only the RPM
of the engines (propellers) are held constant, but also the
position of the propellers in relation to each other
Track ................................. In an assembled propeller, a measurement of the location of
the blade tip with respect to the plane of rotation, used to
verify face alignment and to compare blade tip location with
respect to the locations of the other blades in the assembly.
Underspeed ...................... the condition in which the actual engine (propeller) RPM is
lower than the RPM selected by the pilot through the
condition lever
Vertical Balance ............... balance between the leading and trailing edges; this
cannot be changed on composite blades
Voids................................. air or gas that has been trapped and cured into a laminate
Windmilling....................... the rotation of an aircraft propeller caused by air flowing
over it while it is not operating
Term Definition
118F
INTRODUCTION
61-10-18
Page 12
Rev. 11 Oct/01
7. Abbreviations
Abbreviation Term
AN ........................ Army-Navy
ATA....................... Air Transport Association
FAA ...................... Federal Aviation Administration
Ft-Lb..................... Foot-Pound
ID.......................... Inside Diameter
In-Lb ..................... Inch-Pound
IPL........................ Illustrated Parts List
Lbs ....................... Pounds
MIL-X-XX.............. Military Specification
MPI ....................... Major Periodic Inspection
MS........................ Military Standard
OD........................ Outside Diameter
NAS...................... National Aircraft Standards
Nm ...................... Newton-Meter
PSI ....................... Pounds per Square Inch
RPM ..................... Revolutions per Minute
TBO...................... Time Between Overhaul
TSN...................... Time Since New
TSO...................... Time Since Overhaul
118F
Page 1
Rev. 17 Jun/04 61-10-18 DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
CONTENTS
1. Description............................................................................................................ 3
2. Operation .............................................................................................................. 5
A. Constant Speed Non-Feathering With Counterweights ..................................... 5
B. Constant Speed Feathering ............................................................................. 5
C. Constant Speed Reversing .............................................................................. 6
3. Model Designation System.................................................................................... 7
A. Propeller Model Designation............................................................................ 7
B. Blade Shank Designation ................................................................................ 7
C. Conversion From V Shank to MV Shank .......................................................... 7
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure 1 Steel Hub Unit .................................................................................................. 2
Figure 2 Basic Components of a Steel Hub Assembly ................................................... 3
Figure 3 Counterweight and Blade Location on a Steel Hub Assembly
in Reverse Pitch............................................................................................... 6
118F
Page 2
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Steel Hub Unit
Figure 1
APS2063
118F
Page 3
1. Description
Hartzell steel hub propellers are constant speed assemblies that use a steel
component as the central hub. See Figure 1. Propeller blades and bearing
assemblies are assembled on the hub arms and are held in place by two-piece
steel clamps. A steel cylinder is threaded onto the steel hub and an aluminum
piston is placed over the cylinder. Link arms connect the piston to the steel
clamps to control blade angle. Depending on the model of the propeller, steel
hub assemblies may use counterweights or a feathering spring or both. See
Figure 2.
APS2064
Basic Components of a Steel Hub Assembly
Figure 2
Counterweight
Piston
Springs
Cylinder
Hub
Clamp
Blade
118F
Page 4
118F
Page 5
2. Operation
A. Constant Speed Non-Feathering With Counterweights
(1) Constant speed non-feathering assemblies with counterweights use oil
pressure to decrease the blade angle and centrifugal force on the
counterweights to increase the blade angle.
(2) When the engine speed drops below the RPM for which the governor is
set, the force of the speeder spring overcomes the rotational force of the
governor flyweights. The flyweights tilt inward and lower the pilot valve,
which allows governor oil to increase pressure on the propeller piston,
moving the piston outward. The action of the piston decreases the blade
angle and allows the engine to return to the on-speed setting.
(3) When the engine speed increases above the RPM for which the
governor is set, the governor flyweights overcome the force of the
speeder spring. The governor flyweights tilt outward and raise the pilot
valve which allows governor oil pressure to decrease. Centrifugal force
acting on the counterweights increases the blade angle and allows the
engine to return to the on-speed setting.
(4) The -1 steel hub turbine propeller models are constant speed non-
feathering with counterweights.
B. Constant Speed Feathering
(1) Constant speed feathering assemblies use oil pressure to decrease the
blade angle. A combination of counterweights and the feathering spring
are used to increase the blade angle.
(2) Feathering is accomplished by releasing the governor oil pressure. When
the feathering mechanism is activated, the governor pilot valve raises the
lift rod and allows governor oil to be ported from the propeller. The
combined force of the counterweights and feathering spring moves the
blades to the feather position.
(3) The time necessary to feather the propeller is dependant on the size of
the oil passage from the propeller to the engine and the force exerted
by the spring and counterweights. The feathering process is normally
accomplished within three to ten seconds.
(4) Unfeathering the propeller is accomplished by repositioning the governor
control to the normal flight range. The engine is restarted and after
several revolutions the governor increases oil pressure and moves the
blades out of the feather position.
(5) The -2 steel hub turbine propeller models are constant speed feathering.
118F
Page 6
C. Constant Speed Reversing
(1) Constant speed reversing assemblies are feathering propellers that allow
increased blade angle travel into the reverse pitch range. See Figure 3.
Also, a hydraulic low pitch stop is introduced.
(2) The hydraulic low pitch stop prevents the pitch from entering the reverse
range unless commanded. This unit consists of a beta valve that
eliminates governor oil to the propeller when the pitch reaches the low
position. The beta valve is actuated by a linkage connected to the
piston.
Counterweight and Blade Location on a Steel Hub Assembly in Reverse Pitch
Figure 3
APS2065
Positive counterweight
angle to be maintained
in reverse position
Piston
Counterweight
Blade
Blade clamp
Cruise
Feather
Reverse
blade angle
118F
Page 7
(3) The -3, -5, and -7 steel hub turbine propeller models are constant speed
feathering and reversing.
(a) The beta feedback linkage for the -3 model is external to the propeller
hub. Linear motion is transmitted from the rotating hub to the fixed
engine by the collar and carbon block assembly.
(b) The beta feedback linkage for the -5 and -7 models consists of a beta
tube mounted concentric with the propeller shaft that serves as an oil
passage.
3. Model Designation System
A. Propeller Model Designation
Hartzell uses a model number designation system (outlined in Figure 4) to
identify specific propeller and blade assemblies. An example model number
would be HC-B5MP-3A/M10282A+6, where the slash mark separates the
propeller and blade designations. For specific information concerning the
Hartzell model designation system, refer to the Introduction chapter of Hartzell
Application Guide Manual 159 (61-02-59).
The propeller model number is impression stamped on the propeller hub. The
blade model number is impression stamped on the butt end of the blade, as
well as ink stamped or labelled on the camber side of the blade.
B. Blade Shank Designation
Hartzell blades are often referred to as "D" shank, "Y" shank, etc. For most
blades, the shank type is identified in the prefix letters of the blade model
designation. For example, blade model number T10282 generally means the
blade has a "T" shank. However, there are exceptions to this rule. For
example, "Y" shank blades do not use the letter "Y" in the model designation.
For information concerning blade shank designs, refer to Hartzell Aluminum
Blade Manual 133C (61-13-33), or Hartzell Composite Blade Manual 135F
(61-13-35).
C. Conversion From V Shank to MV Shank
"V" shank models, which have double-shoulder configuration, have additional
repetitive inspections required by Airworthiness Directive 97-18-02.
"MV" shank models, which have a single-shoulder configuration, are not
affected by the Airworthiness Directive.
"V" shank blades can be converted to "MV" shank to avoid the inspections required
by the Airworthiness Directive. After conversion, the propeller model number
changes to reflect the conversion. For example, HC-A3VF-7/V8433N becomes
HC-A3MVF-7/MV8433N.
118F
Page 8
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION 61-10-18
118F
Page 1-1
Rev. 11 Oct/01
CONTENTS
1. Troubleshooting Guide ............................................................................................. 1-3
A. Excessive Friction in Hub Mechanism ................................................................ 1-3
B. Failure to Feather ............................................................................................... 1-4
C. Failure to Change Pitch...................................................................................... 1-4
D. Surging RPM or Torque ...................................................................................... 1-5
E. Propeller Windmills in Excess of Airframe Manufacturer's Specifications ........... 1-5
F. Oil Leakage ....................................................................................................... 1-6
G. Grease Leakage................................................................................................ 1-8
H. End-Play in Blade ............................................................................................ 1-11
I. Excessive Fore and Aft Movement in Blade ..................................................... 1-11
J. Excessive In and Out Movement in Blade ......................................................... 1-11
K. Blades Not Tracking......................................................................................... 1-11
L. Radial Play in Blade......................................................................................... 1-11
M. Blade Slippage in Blade Clamp ....................................................................... 1-12
N. Excessive Propeller Vibration .......................................................................... 1-13
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure 1-1 Checking for Oil and Grease Leaks............................................................. 1-6
Figure 1-2 Checking Blade Movement ....................................................................... 1-10
Figure 1-3 Abnormal Vibration ................................................................................... 1-12
Page 1-2
Rev. 11 Oct/01
118F
118F
Page 1-3
Rev. 11 Oct/01
1. Troubleshooting Guide
The purpose of this guide is to help isolate probable causes and suggests possible
remedies for some of the more common propeller service problems. In all cases, the
remedy for a problem should follow the procedures detailed in the applicable section of this
manual.
Problem
A. Excessive Friction
in Hub Mechanism
Probable Cause
Lack of blade thrust bearing
lubrication
or Piston O-ring is causing
excessive friction
or Piston phenolic bushing is
scraping against the wall of the
cylinder
Remedy
Add approved grease to the
blade clamp lubrication
fittings per Standard
Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02).
Replace the piston O-ring.
Check the ID of the phenolic
bushing. See the
serviceable limits in the
Check chapter of this
manual.
Check the roundness of the
bushing. Follow
replacement procedure, if
necessary.
Check the OD of the
cylinder. See the
dimensional limits in the
Hard Chromium Replating
chapter of Hartzell Standard
(61-01-02) . Follow the
cylinder replacement
procedure, if necessary.
Remove any evidence of
wear or chafing on the
cylinder. Follow the repair
procedure, or replace if
necessary.
Page 1-4
Rev. 11 Oct/01
118F
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Problem Probable Cause Remedy
A. (Continued)
B. Failure to Feather
C. Failure to Change
Pitch (Sluggish
RPM change to
increase or
decrease)
or Blade O-ring is not allowing the
clamp and blade to rotate
freely on the hub.
or Balls in the blade split-bearing
are unusually rough,
corroded,
or chipped.
or Insufficient clearance
between various moving parts
in the pitch change
mechanism.
or The pilot tube has slipped out
slightly and is rubbing hard
against the end of the cavity
in the blade.
Excessive Friction in moving
parts
or Feathering spring is
broken
Excessive friction in moving
parts.
or Oil passages are not clear and
open
Disconnect the blade clamp from the
piston by removing the piston link pin.
The clamp and blade should rotate on
the hub with light to moderate hand
pressure. If not, replace the
C-3317-232 blade O-ring with a C-3317-
231 O-ring. If friction is still present,
replace the O-ring with a
C-3317-230 O-ring.
Replace the blade split-bearing
assembly.
Check moving parts individually for
interference, and establish correct
clearances as specified in this manual.
Follow Disassembly procedure for the
hub unit to expose the hub arm and pilot
tubes.
Inspect each pilot tube for wear and
length of protrusion from the hub arm, as
specified in Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02). Replace the
pilot tube as required.
See problem A, "Excessive Friction in
Hub Mechanism".
Replace the feathering spring.
See problem A, "Excessive Friction in
the Hub Mechanism" and problem B
"Failure to Feather".
NOTE: Isolate the friction in each blade
by uncoupling the piston from each link
arm and testing each blade individually
before disassembling the propeller.
Inspect the hydraulic system.
118F
Page 1-5
Rev. 11 Oct/01
D. Surging RPM or Torque
E. Propeller Windmills
in Excess of Airframe
Manufacturer's
Specifications
Excessive friction in the
pitch change
mechanism.
or Air is trapped in the
propeller actuating piston
or in the engine shaft.
or The socket head cap screw in
the guide collar is too tight.
Incorrect feather blade angle
See problem A, "Excessive
Friction in the Hub Mechanism"
The engine should have a provision
for allowing trapped air to escape
from the hydraulic system during
one-half of the pitch cycle.
Before each flight, exercise the
propeller by changing pitch or
feathering.
Loosen the socket head cap screw
to the minimum torque.
See "Setting Feather Angle of
Blades" in the Assembly chapter of
this manual.
Page 1-6
Rev. 11 Oct/01
118F
APS5006A
Checking for Oil and Grease Leaks
Figure 1-1
Oil leak at seal between
piston and flexlock nut or
pitch change rod
Grease leak at seal between inboard
clamp surface and hub
Oil Leak at seal between
propeller hub flange and
engine flange
Grease leak at seal between
halves of blade clamp at split
Oil leak at seal between hub
and cylinder
Oil leak at seal between
cylinder and base of piston
Grease leak from between the
blade base and the clamp
Grease leakage at the
lubrication fitting
F. Oil Leakage
See Figure 1-1.
Faulty O-ring between the
propeller hub and the engine
or Faulty O-ring seal between
the piston and cylinder.
the piston and the pitch
change rod
Remove the propeller from the engine
and inspect the O-ring and surfaces it
seals. Replace defective O-ring.
Remove the piston and inspect the
O-ring and surfaces it seals. Replace
defective O-ring.
Replace or repair the cylinder if its
surface is scratched or gouged in the
area where the O-ring slides.
Remove the piston and inspect the
O-ring and surfaces it seals. Replace
defective O-ring.
118F
Page 1-7
Rev. 11 Oct/01
or Felt seal is displaced
Improperly torqued or loose
lubrication fitting.
the hub and cylinder.
or Faulty Piston (oil leaks
through the wall of the
piston).
Replace the felt seal.
Disassemble the propeller and inspect
the O-ring and the surfaces it seals.
Replace defective O-ring.
When replacing the O-ring, use
approved hydraulic sealant adhesive
CM134 on the O-ring groove of the hub
at the top of the cylinder mounting
threads.
Replace the piston.
F. (Continued)
Page 1-8
Rev. 11 Oct/01
118F
G. Grease Leakage
See Figure 1-1.
NOTE: The blade
clamp/split-bearing is the
only source for grease
leakage.
Improperly torqued or loose
lubrication fitting.
or Defective lubrication fitting
or Grease leaks past the
blade clamp half seal
gaskets
or Grease leaks from
between theblade
and clamp
or Defective O-ring between the
blade clamp and hub (leaks
when propeller is stopped)
Torque the lubrication fitting per the
Torque Values Table in the Fits and
Clearances chapter of this manual.
Replace defective lubrication fitting.
Replace missing lubrication fitting caps.
Remove the blade clamp bolts and
replace the gaskets, sealant CM93, and
gasket compound CM46.
Remove the blade clamp. Add approved
gasket compound CM46 in the radius of
the blade. Replace clamp sealant CM93
and the blade clamp- half seal gasket, if
necessary.
Disassemble the blade clamp and
inspect the O-ring and surfaces it
seals. Replace defective O-ring.
118F
Page 1-9
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Page 1-10
Rev. 11 Oct/01
118F
APS5003
In and out blade
movement
Radial play in
blade
End-play in blade
Checking Blade Movement
Figure 1-2
Fore and aft
blade
movement
118F
Page 1-11
Rev. 11 Oct/01
H. End-Play in Blade
See Figure 1-2.
I. Excessive Fore-and-Aft
Movement in Blade
See Figure 1-2.
J. Excessive In-and-Out
Movement in Blade
See Figure 1-2.
K. Blades Not Tracking
L. Radial Play in Blade
Hub pilot tube is worn or
blade alignment bearings
are worn
Hub pilot tube is worn or
blade alignment bearings
are worn
Excessive wear to blade
thrust split bearing or balls
Ground strike damage
or Hub pilot tube(s) distorted
or Blade face(s) out of
alignment
Wear in link arm screw
hole or pin hole
See the Blade Tolerance Table in
the Fits and Clearances chapter of
this manual for blade movement
limits.
Inspect the pilot tube and blade
alignment bearings for wear or
damage and replace as necessary.
See to the Blade Tolerance Table in
limits.
Inspect the pilot tube and blade
alignment bearings for wear or
damage and replace as necessary.
Disassemble the propeller and
replace parts as necessary.
See the appropriate blade overhaul
manual for repair or replacement
procedure.
See the Special Inspections
(61-01-02).
Follow pilot tube replacement
procedure. Refer to the Steel Hub
Overhaul chapter of Hartzell
Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02).
See the applicable blade overhaul
manual for repair or replacement
procedure.
See the Blade Tolerance Table in
limits.
Page 1-12
Rev. 11 Oct/01
118F
Not enough
clamping action
M. Blade Slippage in Blade
Clamp
Increase clamping action as
necessary. See the Clamp Overhaul
Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02)
for blade clamp rework.
Inspect the blade clamp
for cracks.
Inspect the seal of the blade
clamp for grease leakage.
Abnormal Vibration
Figure 1-3
W10056
118F
Page 1-13
Rev. 11 Oct/01
WARNING: ABNORMAL GREASE LEAK OR VIBRATION CAN BE AN INDICATION OF
A FAILING PROPELLER BLADE OR BLADE RETENTION COMPONENT.
AN IN-FLIGHT BLADE SEPARATION CAN RESULT IN A CATASTROPHIC
AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT.
Blade aerodynamic
imbalance due to excessive
differences in blade-to-blade
angles
or Bent, cracked, or damaged
blade
or Link arm holes are worn
or Link arm is disconnected
from the piston
or Blade slipped in clamp
or Cracked blade clamp
(grease leaking from a
seemingly solid surface).
or Cracked or damaged hub
Perform blade-to-blade angle checks at
the set up blade radius, at a blade
radius six inches inboard of the set up
blade radius, and at a blade radius six
inches outboard of the set up blade
radius. If any blade is consistently high
or low at all three locations, rotate the
blade(s) in the clamp(s) to minimize
blade angle variance, and recheck the
blade-to-blade angles.
See the appropriate Hartzell Blade
Overhaul manual.
Inspect the link arm and replace as
necessary.
Threads in the link pin unit safety screw
hole are worn or damaged. Repair
threads. See the Repair chapter of this
manual.
Inspect blade-to-blade angles. Reset
angles per the Assembly chapter of this
manual.
Inspect the blade clamp (visual,
magnetic particle, etc.) and replace
defective part.
See the Steel Hub Overhaul chapter of
Hartzell Standard Practices Manual
202A (61-01-02).
N. Excessive Propeller
Vibration
See Figure 1-3.
Page 1-14
Rev. 11 Oct/01
118F
118F
AUTOMATIC TEST REQUIREMENTS
Page 2-1
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
NOTE: Per ATA 100 specification this space is reserved for automatic test
requirements. Such requirements are not applicable to the Hartzell
propellers addressed in this manual.
118F
AUTOMATIC TEST REQUIREMENTS 61-10-18
Page 2-2
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Page 3-1
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 DISASSEMBLY
118F
DISASSEMBLY - CONTENTS
Disassembly of Models Ending in -2( )
1. Marking Before Disassembly ................................................................................... 3-5
2. Disassembling the Propeller ................................................................................... 3-7
A. Bulkhead Removal ............................................................................................. 3-7
B. Feathering Spring Disassembly ........................................................................ 3-8
C. Cylinder and Guide Collar Unit Disassembly .................................................. 3-11
D. Clamp and Counterweight Disassembly .......................................................... 3-12
E. Blade and Flange Mounting Parts Disassembly. .............................................. 3-15
F. Hub Unit Disassembly .................................................................................... 3-15
1. Marking Before Disassembly ................................................................................. 3-17
A. All -3 propeller models except HC-B3( )W-3( ) ................................................. 3-17
B. Propeller model HC-B3( )W-3( ) only .............................................................. 3-17
2. Disassembling the Propeller ................................................................................. 3-19
A. Spinner Bulkhead and Piston Disassembly .................................................... 3-19
B. Start Lock Unit Disassembly ............................................................................ 3-21
C. Feathering Spring Disassembly ...................................................................... 3-21
D. Cylinder and Guide Collar Unit Disassembly .................................................. 3-22
E. Clamp and Counterweight Disassembly .......................................................... 3-23
F. Blade and Flange Mounting Parts Disassembly ............................................. 3-24
G. Carbon Block Disassembly ............................................................................. 3-25
H. Hub Unit Disassembly ...................................................................................... 3-25
2. Disassembling the Propeller .................................................................................. 3-30
A. Bulkhead Removal ........................................................................................... 3-30
B. Start Lock Removal and Propeller Disassembly .............................................. 3-30
C. Start Lock Disassembly .................................................................................... 3-31
D. Feathering Spring Disassembly ....................................................................... 3-31
E. Cylinder and Guide Collar Unit Disassembly. ................................................... 3-33
F. Clamp and Counterweight Disassembly. .......................................................... 3-34
G. Blade and Flange Mounting Parts Disassembly. ............................................. 3-35
H. Hub Unit Disassembly. ..................................................................................... 3-37
118F
Page 3-2
2. Disassembling the Propeller .................................................................................. 3-39
A. Bulkhead Removal ........................................................................................... 3-39
B. Feathering Spring Disassembly ....................................................................... 3-40
C. Cylinder and Guide Collar Unit Disassembly. ................................................... 3-41
D. Clamp and Counterweight Disassembly. .......................................................... 3-41
E. Blade and Flange Mounting Parts Disassembly. .............................................. 3-42
F. Hub Unit Disassembly. ..................................................................................... 3-43
3. Beta Valve Disassembly ........................................................................................ 3-44
A. Beta Valve Rod End Disassembly - Engine Side ............................................. 3-44
B. Beta Valve Spring Disassembly - Propeller Side .............................................. 3-44
C. Beta Valve Spool Disassembly ......................................................................... 3-44
DISASSEMBLY - CONTENTS
Page 3-3
118F
DISASSEMBLY - LIST OF FIGURES
HC-B3TN-2( ) Propeller Exploded View .............................................. Figure 3-1 ............. 3-4
Steel Hub Assembly Mounted on the
Propeller Assembly Table ................................................................ Figure 3-2 ............. 3-6
Removing Self-locking Nut ................................................................. Figure 3-3 ............. 3-7
Cylinder and Guide Collar .................................................................. Figure 3-4 ........... 3-10
Clamp Assembly .................................................................................. Figure 3-5 ........... 3-12
Removing Bearing Retention Ring ..................................................... Figure 3-6 ........... 3-14
HC-B3TN-3( ) Exploded Views ............................................................ Figure 3-7 ........... 3-16
Beta System ....................................................................................... Figure 3-8 ........... 3-18
Location of Feathering Stop Screws, Items 180 or 190 ..................... Figure 3-9 ........... 3-20
Carbon Block Assembly ..................................................................... Figure 3-10 .......... 3-24
Two Examples of Models Ending in -5( ) ........................................... Figure 3-11 .......... 3-28
Assembly with the Start Lock Unit (1010) Attached to the
Guide Collar ................................................................................... Figure 3-12 .......... 3-32
Assembly with the Bulkhead on the Engine Side of the
Spinner Mounting Plate (380) ....................................................... Figure 3-13 .......... 3-36
Models Ending in -7( ) ....................................................................... Figure 3-14 .......... 3-38
118F
Page 3-4
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 DISASSEMBLY
HC-B3TN-2( ) Propeller Exploded View
Figure 3-1
DISASSEMBLY OF MODELS ENDING IN -2( )
B3TN-2.PLT
430
440
520
630
380
640
740
670
650
510
890
280
250
270
200
150
1400
260
530
930
920
910
50
80
90
130
60
160
170
620
610
590
600
400
10
70
230
180
140
360
570
560
580
700
118F
Page 3-5
Rev. 17 Jun/04 61-10-18 DISASSEMBLY
See Figure 3-1.
CAUTION 1: ACTUATION OF PROPELLERS IS TO BE ACCOMPLISHED USING
COMPRESSED AIR THAT HAS BEEN FILTERED FOR MOISTURE, OR
NITROGEN.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT EXCEED A PRESSURE OF 210 PSI (14.47 BARS) WHEN
ACTUATING PROPELLERS COVERED IN THIS CHAPTER.
CAUTION 3: USE SUFFICIENT AIR PRESSURE TO ENSURE THAT THE PROPELLER
ACTUATES AGAINST EACH POSITIVE STOP.
1. Marking Before Disassembly
CAUTION: DO NOT ETCH, SCRIBE, PUNCH MARK, OR SIMILARLY IDENTIFY
PARTS IN ANY MANNER THAT MAY BE HARMFUL TO THE
STRENGTH OR FUNCTION OF THE PROPELLER.
A. Record the serial number and model number of the hub, blades, and any other
serial-numbered parts and compare with the data in the propeller logbook.
B. To minimize reassembly problems with propeller balance and blade angle setting, keep
parts with their respective assemblies and note the locations of these parts.
CAUTION: GRAPHITE ("LEAD") PENCIL MARKS WILL CAUSE CORROSION.
C. Where possible, each blade should be reinstalled on the hub arm from which it was
removed. All marks made on parts must be made with crayon or soft, non-graphite
pencil. Number the blades counterclockwise from the serial number of the propeller hub
(as viewed from the front, or piston, side).
D. Record each blade serial number and its matching hub arm and clamp.
118F
Page 3-6
APS2066
Steel Hub Assembly Mounted on the Propeller Assembly Table
Figure 3-2
118F
Page 3-7
2. Disassembling the Propeller
A. Bulkhead Removal
CAUTION: MAKE NOTE OF DE-ICE SLIP RING MOUNTING HARDWARE
ORIENTATION. REPLACEMENT SPACER WASHERS AND SPECIAL
BELLVILLE WASHERS IN DE-ICE SYSTEM MUST BE INSTALLED
PRECISELY IN REVERSE SEQUENCE AT REASSEMBLY.
(1) If the propeller is equipped with a de-ice system, follow instructions in the
appropriate manufacturers manual for removal of the slip ring and other de-
ice system components.
(2) Remove and discard the nuts, washers, and hex head bolts (870) that
secure the bulkhead to the spinner support plate (380).
(3) Mount the propeller assembly on the rotatable xture on the propeller
assembly table, as shown in Figure 3-2.
Removing Self-locking Nut
Figure 3-3
Hold this wrench stationary.
Do not allow pitch change
rod to turn.
APS0205.TIF
118F
Page 3-8
CAUTION: DO NOT PERMIT THE PITCH CHANGE ROD TO TURN WHILE
THE NUT IS BEING REMOVED.
(4) Using a 1-7/16 inch wrench and a 5/8 inch socket wrench, remove and
discard the large self-locking nut (10) on the end of the pitch change rod
(1410). See Figure 3-3.
(5) Rotate blades by hand from feather or high pitch to the lowest pitch
attainable. Do not use blade paddle.
(6) Remove and discard all link pin units (80) and safety screws (90).
(7) Disconnect and remove the link arms (70) from the piston unit (50).
(8) Remove the piston unit (50).
(9) Remove and discard the piston O-ring (160) and the felt dust seal (170).
(10) Remove and discard the pitch change rod O-ring (150).
B. Feathering Spring Disassembly
WARNING: THE FEATHERING SPRING ASSEMBLY IS PRELOADED TO
APPROXIMATELY 1000 POUNDS FORCE. USE EXTREME
CAUTION WHEN REMOVING IT FROM THE PROPELLER.
NOTE: Refer to appropriate spring assembly illustration in the Illustrated
Parts List chapter of this manual.
(1) Remove and discard the feathering stop screws (180).
(2) Remove the safety wire from the spring retainer cup.
(3) Using spanner wrench TE148 or locally procured strap wrench, unscrew the
spring retainer cup (1440).
(4) Remove the feathering spring assembly, and use the bench top xture TE59
to compress the spring for disassembly.
(5) Remove and discard the split rear retainer (1510).
(6) Permit the feathering spring assembly to expand to its unloaded length, and
remove it from the special xture.
(7) Remove the rear spring retainer (1500).
(8) Remove rear spring support as applicable.
(9) Remove the feathering spring(s).
118F
Page 3-9
(10) Remove the spacer tube.
(11) Remove counterweight adjustment spacers as applicable.
NOTE: If the spacer is a sleeve, retain and reuse it. If washers are
used as a spacer, note the number of washers, and discard
and replace them with the same number of new washers.
(12) Remove the front spring support as applicable.
(13) Remove the thrust bearing as applicable.
(14) Remove the pitch change rod.
118F
Page 3-10
Cylinder and Guide Collar
Figure 3-4
B3TN-2.PLT
260
200
270
250
280
890
510
118F
Page 3-11
C. Cylinder and Guide Collar Unit Disassembly.
(1) Remove and discard the socket head cap screw (280) inside the guide
collar unit (250). See Figure 3-4.
CAUTION: UNSCREW THE CYLINDER SLOWLY AND CAREFULLY TO
AVOID DAMAGE TO THE THREADS.
(2) Use a square bar of appropriate size, one inch wide (25.4 mm), to fit
into the slot in the top of the cylinder (200) and serve as a wrench to
slowly unscrew the cylinder from the hub (510). Remove the cylinder from
the hub (510).
(3) Remove the guide collar unit (240).
(4) Remove and discard the cylinder O-ring (890).
118F
Page 3-12
Clamp Assembly
Figure 3-5
D. Clamp and Counterweight Disassembly
NOTE: See Figure 3-5.
(1) Use a round bottom metal stamp or electric pencil and identify clamp serial
number on each corresponding counterweight.
(2) Remove and discard all outboard clamp bolts (770) and nuts (780).
CLAMP4.PLT
770
840
710
840
860
850
750
760
780
740
800
730
720
730
790
118F
Page 3-13
(3) Remove and discard all inboard clamp socket screws (750) and cotter
pins (710) or safety wire.
(4) Remove all clamp halves (840) from the hub arms.
NOTE: Refer to the Clamp Overhaul chapter of Hartzell Manual 202A
(61-01-02), Standard Practices, for information on clamp inspection
and repair.
(5) Remove and discard the clamp gaskets (760).
(6) Remove all balance weights and attaching screws, where applicable.
Discard the screws.
(7) Remove and discard all lubrication ttings (860) and their caps (850).
(8) Remove and discard the counterweight slug attaching bolts, where
applicable. Remove the weight slugs.
(9) Disengage the link arms (70) from the link screws (740) by removing the
cotter pin (670) from the link screws (740).
(10) Discard the link screws (740), link screw sleeves (230), and cotter pins
(670).
CAUTION: IF POSSIBLE, REINSTALL EACH BLADE ASSEMBLY ON
THE SAME HUB ARM FROM WHICH IT WAS REMOVED.
RECORD ON PAPER EACH BLADE SERIAL NUMBER AND ITS
MATCHING HUB ARM AND CLAMP.
(11) Remove each blade assembly from the hub (510).
118F
Page 3-14
Removing Bearing Retention Ring
Figure 3-6
APS0213B
APS0191C
APS0191A
560
580
570
600
610
620
BLADE SHANK
STEP TWO
STEP ONE
STEP THREE
Puller Tool
TE108 (BT-223)
TE309
(BST-3062)
Light Mallet
Hub Arm
Spacer
A-972
Adapter Ring
BT-223+10
570
620
Hub Arm
Page 3-15
118F
E. Blade and Flange Mounting Parts Disassembly.
(1) Beginning with blade position number one, remove and discard the bearing
wire ring (580) from its groove in the inboard race of the blade split bearing
(570).
(2) Remove the two halves of the inboard bearing race.
(3) Remove and discard the ball spacer (600) and bearing balls (590).
(4) Clip, remove and discard the blade O-ring (560).
(5) Remove the bearing guide ring (610). Refer to Figure 3-6, Step One.
(a) Option 1: Using a mallet and TE309, drive the bearing guide ring (610)
inboard over the shoulder of the hub arm.
(b) Option 2: Using a mallet and soft punch at several places on the outboard
edge of the bearing guide ring (610), drive the ring inboard over the
shoulder of the hub arm.
(6) Remove and discard the bearing wire ring (620) that had been covered by
the bearing guide ring (610).
(7) Turn the halves of the inboard bearing race so the split is at the top. Refer
to Figure 3-6, Step Two.
(8) At the split, place one of the bearing balls (590) between the outboard split
bearing race and the inboard shoulder of the hub arm.
(9) Using a soft mallet, lightly tap the inboard top edge of the bearing guide ring
(610) to dislodge the split outboard race from the bearing guide ring (610).
(10) Remove the halves of the race as they become separated from the bearing
guide ring (610).
(11) Tilt the bearing guide ring (610) inboard approximately 45 degrees and
remove the bearing guide ring (610) by sliding it outboard over the shoulder
of the hub arm. Refer to Figure 3-6, Step Three.
F. Hub Unit Disassembly.
(1) Remove the safety wire from the hex head bolts (360) that fasten the spinner
support plate (380) to the hub unit (500).
(2) Remove and discard the hex head bolts (360).
(3) Remove the split spinner support plate (380).
(4) Refer to the Steel Hub Overhaul chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual
202A (61-01-02) for additional hub unit overhaul instructions.
Disassembly of the -2( ) propeller is now completed.
118F
Page 3-16
180
30
210
90
60
170
610
570
560
580
700
10
70
230
50
80
20
220
250
310
320
330
1300
420
410
290
590
600
430
440
870
320
400
380
640
740
670
650
510 890
280
250
270
200
150
1400
260
360
350
340
390
160
630
HC-B3TN-3( ) Exploded Views
Figure 3-7
B3TN-3N.PLT
B3TN-3A.PLT
30
210
90
60
170
610
570
560
580
700
10
70
230
50
80
190
20
220
250
310
320
330
1300
420
410
590
600
430
440
870
320
400
380
640
740
670
650
510
890
280
250
270
200
150
1400
260
880
360
350 340
390
160
630
HC-B3TN-3(AE, AF, K, M, N, P, Z)
HC-B3TN-3(A,B,C,D,DL,E,F,G,H,S,UL)
520
530
620
520
530
620
290
118F
Page 3-17
NITROGEN.
A. All -3 propeller models except HC-B3( )W-3( ):
(1) Install the hub on the rotatable fixture of the assembly table.
B. Propeller model HC-B3( )W-3( ) only:
NOTE: The spacer (455) must be attached to the hub flange for installation of the
propeller on the rotatable fixture of the assembly table.
(1) If the spacer (455) is not attached to the hub flange, install the spacer in
accordance with the "Special Case: When the Blades Have Been Removed for
Shipping" section in the Assembly chapter of this manual.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE LOCKING NUTS ON THE MOUNTING STUDS TO
SECURE THE HUB TO THE ROTATABLE FIXTURE. REPEATED
TORQUE/DRAG WILL WEAKEN THE EPOXY BOND ON THE MOUNTING
STUDS, RESULTING IN POSSIBLE STUD-TO-HUB BOND FAILURE.
(3) Install non-locking, 9/16-18UNF-3 nuts on the mounting studs (435) to secure the
hub to the rotatable fixture.
C. Record the serial number and model number of the hub, blades, and any other serial-
numbered parts and compare with the data in the propeller logbook.
D. To minimize reassembly problems with propeller balance and blade angle setting, keep
E. Where possible, each blade should be reinstalled on the hub arm from which it was
F. Record each blade serial number and its matching hub arm and clamp.
118F
Page 3-18
APS0187
Beta System
Figure 3-8
330
320
310
290
420
410
210
30
20
220
118F
Page 3-19
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE PROPELLER IS IN FEATHERED POSITION
BEFORE BEGINNING DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURES.
A. Spinner Bulkhead and Piston Disassembly
CAUTION: RECORD THE ORIENTATION OF THE DE-ICE SLIP RING
MOUNTING HARDWARE. REPLACEMENT SPACER WASHERS
AND SPECIAL BELLVILLE WASHERS IN THE DE-ICE SYSTEM
MUST BE INSTALLED PRECISELY IN REVERSE SEQUENCE AT
REASSEMBLY.
(1) If the propeller is equipped with a de-ice system, follow the instructions in
the appropriate manufacturers manual for removal of the slip ring and other
de-ice system components.
(2) Remove and discard the elastic nuts (20) that retain the propeller beta rod
end ring (30). See Figure 3-8.
(3) Remove the rod end ring (30).
(4) Remove and discard the propeller beta rod check nuts (220).
(5) Loosen the jam nuts (410) that secure the beta rods (320) to the beta ring
(420).
CAUTION: DURING REMOVAL OF BETA RODS, BE CAREFUL NOT TO
COCK THE BETA RING AND DAMAGE THE THREADS. TURN
RODS OUT OF THE BETA RING TWO TURNS AT A TIME.
(6) Turn the beta rods out of the beta ring, two turns at a time, and remove the
beta ring.
(7) Remove and discard the nuts, washers, and fasteners (870) that attach the
spinner bulkhead to the spinner support plate (380).
(8) If applicable, remove the start lock units (1010) from the spinner support plate
(380).
(9) Remove the spinner bulkhead.
(10) Install the propeller assembly on the rotatable fixture on the propeller
(11) Remove and discard the jam nut (410) on the end of each beta rod.
(a) Remove and discard the self-locking nut (210) from the opposite end of each
beta rod.
118F
Page 3-20
Location of Feathering Stop Screws, Items 180 or 190
Figure 3-9
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW THE PITCH CHANGE ROD TO TURN WHILE THE
NUT IS BEING REMOVED.
(12) Use a 1-7/16 inch wrench and a 5/8 inch socket wrench to remove and
(1410). See Figure 3-3.
(13) Rotate the blades by hand from feather to reverse. Do not use a blade
paddle.
(15) Disconnect the link arms (70) from the piston unit (50).
APS6278
180
1400
190
230
70
10
50
80
90
Page 3-21
118F
(a) Applies only to model numbers ending in -3 (K, M, N, or P): Remove and
discard the feathering stop screws (190) from the piston.
NOTE: Figure 3-9 shows feathering stop screws (180 and 190) in two
locations. Depending on the model, they will be on either the
spring retainer cup or the "ears" of the piston, but not in both
places.
B. Start Lock Unit Disassembly
WARNING: THE SPRING (1110) IS COMPRESSED AND WILL BE RELEASED
WHEN THE COTTER PIN (1090) IS REMOVED.
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (1090) from the bracket (1020).
(2) Remove the washer (1080) from the bracket (1020).
(3) Remove and discard the start lock spring (1110) from the bracket (1020) .
(4) Remove the pin (1060) from the bracket (1020).
C. Feathering Spring Disassembly
APPROXIMATELY 1000 POUNDS FORCE. USE EXTREME
(1) Remove and discard the feathering stop screws (180) as applicable.
NOTE: Step 2.C.(1) applies only to those models with the screws on the
retainer cup. Refer to the appropriate assembly illustration in the
Illustrated Parts List.
(2) Remove the safety wire from the spring retainer cup, and use a spanner
wrench TE148 or locally procured strap wrench to unscrew the spring
retainer cup.
(3) Remove the feathering spring assembly. Using the bench top xture TE59,
compress the spring for disassembly.
(4) Remove and discard the split rear spring retainer.
(5) Remove the rear spring support, as applicable.
118F
Page 3-22
(8) Remove the counterweight adjustment spacers where applicable.
NOTE: If the spacer is a sleeve, retain and reuse it. If washers are
used as a spacer, note the number of washers, and discard and
replace them with the same number of new washers.
(10) Remove the thrust bearing where applicable.
D. Cylinder and Guide Collar Unit Disassembly
(1) Remove and discard the self-locking socket head cap screw (280) in the
side of the guide collar unit (250). See Figure 3-4.
WARNING: THE CYLINDER IS RETAINING THE BETA SPRINGS UNDER
LOAD. THE CYLINDER AND GUIDE COLLAR WILL "POP UP"
VERY ABRUPTLY WHEN DISENGAGED FROM HUB.
AVOID DAMAGING THE THREADS OR BENDING THE BETA
RODS.
(2) Use a square-bar of appropriate size, one inch (25.4 mm) wide to t into
the slot in the top of the cylinder (200) and serve as a wrench to slowly
unscrew the cylinder from the hub unit (500). Remove the cylinder from
hub.
(3) Remove the guide collar unit from the beta rod assemblies.
(a) On model numbers ending in -3 (AE, AEY, K, KY, M, MY, N, P, PY, or Z),
remove the support ring (880).
(5) Release, remove, and discard the beta return springs (290).
(6) Remove the propeller beta rods (320) from the spinner support plate (380).
(7) Remove the beta rod retainers (310) and retainer rings (330).
118F
Page 3-23
E. Clamp and Counterweight Disassembly
(1) Use a round bottom metal stamp or an electric pencil and identify the clamp
serial number on each corresponding counterweight.
(4) Remove all clamp-halves (840) from the hub arms.
and repair.
Discard the screws.
(7) Remove and discard all lubrication ttings and their caps.
(8) Remove and discard the counterweight slug attaching bolts, where
applicable. Remove the counterweight slugs.
cotter pin (670) from the link screws (740).
(10) Discard the link screws (740), link screw sleeves (230), and cotter pins
(670).
CAUTION: IF POSSIBLE, REINSTALL EACH BLADE ASSEMBLY ON
THE SAME HUB ARM FROM WHICH IT WAS REMOVED.
RECORD ON PAPER EACH BLADE SERIAL NUMBER AND ITS
118F
Page 3-24
F. Blade and Flange Mounting Parts Disassembly
(1) Beginning with blade number one, remove and discard the bearing wire ring
(580) from its groove in the inboard race of the blade split bearing (570).
(2) Remove the two halves of the inboard bearing race (570).
(4) Clip, remove, and discard the blade O-ring (560).
Carbon Block Assembly
Figure 3-10
BPS0041
Carbon Block
1340
Cotter Pin
1350
Yoke
1330
Snap Ring
1360
Clevis Pin
1310
Page 3-25
118F
bearing race and the inboard shoulder of the hub arm.
guide ring (610).
(11) Tilt the bearing guide ring (610) inboard approximately 45 degrees, and
of the hub arm. Refer to Figure 3-6, Step 3.
G. Carbon Block Disassembly
(1) Remove the yoke unit (1330).
(2) Remove and discard the cotter pin (1350).
(3) Remove the clevis pin (1310).
(4) Remove and discard the carbon block unit (1340).
H. Hub Unit Disassembly
(1) Remove the safety wire from the hex head bolts (360) and socket head cap
screws (365) that fasten the spinner support plate (380) to the hub unit (500).
(2) Remove and discard the hex head bolts (360) and socket head cap screws
(365).
(4) Remove and discard the snap rings (390).
(5) Remove the guide lugs (340). For information concerning guide lug bushing
replacement, refer to Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
(6) Remove the hub from the rotatable xture of the assembly table.
118F
Page 3-26
(7) On propeller model HC-B3( )W-3( ) only:
(a) Remove and discard the two at head screws (465) from the spacer (455),
if applicable.
(b) Remove the spacer (455) with O-ring (405) from the propeller ange.
Discard the O-ring (405).
(c) Remove the two dowel pins from the spacer.
(d) See the Steel Hub Overhaul chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02) for mounting stud removal instructions.
NOTE: Remove and discard the mounting studs (435) during the hub
overhaul, but do not install new mounting studs (435) until after
the propeller is completely reassembled and balanced.
(8) See the Steel Hub Overhaul chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual
118F
Page 3-27
118F
Page 3-28
Rev. 11 Oct/01
61-10-18
DISASSEMBLY
HC-B3TN-5E, 5F, -5G, -5K
Two Examples of Models Ending in -5( )
Figure 3-11
B3TN-5M.PLT
HC-B3TN-5M, -5N, 5P, -5U, 5W
50
80
90
60 160
170
620
590
600 570
560
580
520
530
400
700
10
70
230
150 180
1400
1220
1230
200
890 510
740
650 670
1240
1245
430
440
380
1010
1210
1200
630
640
450
460
1250
870
130
140
260
270
250 280
610
1040
1010
630
50
80
90
1290
1280
130
160 60
170
10
70
230
140
620
610
590
600 570
560
580
700
150 180
1400
520
530
400
640
670 650
510 880
890
280 250
270
1270
200
430
440
450
460
550
870
380
360
380
740
B3TN-5E.PLT
118F
Page 3-29
Rev. 17 Jun/04
61-10-18
DISASSEMBLY
See Figure 3-11 and the Illustrated Parts List exploded views.
NITROGEN.
A. Record the serial number and model number of the hub, blades, and any other serial-
118F
Page 3-30
Rev. 11 Oct/01
61-10-18
DISASSEMBLY
A. Bulkhead Removal
CAUTION: REPLACEMENT SPACER WASHERS AND SPECIAL BELLVILLE
WASHERS IN THE DE-ICE SYSTEM MUST BE INSTALLED
PRECISELY IN REVERSE SEQUENCE AT REASSEMBLY.
(1) If the propeller is equipped with a de-ice system, follow the instructions
in the appropriate manufacturers manual for removal of the slip ring and
other de-ice system components.
(2) Remove and discard the nuts, washers, and hex head bolts (870) which secure
the bulkhead to the spinner support plate (380).
B. Start Lock Removal and Propeller Disassembly
(1) Remove the start locks from the spinner mounting plate, if applicable.
(2) Mount the propeller assembly on the rotatable fixture on the propeller
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW THE PITCH CHANGE ROD TO TURN WHILE THE
NUT IS BEING REMOVED.
(3) Use a 1-13/16 inch wrench and a one-inch (25.4 mm) socket wrench to
remove and discard the large self-locking nut (10) on the end of the pitch
change rod (1410). See Figure 3-3.
paddle.
(6) Disconnect and remove the link arms (70) from the piston unit (50).
Page 3-31
118F
C. Start Lock Disassembly
WARNING: THE SPRING (1070) IS COMPRESSED AND WILL BE RELEASED
WHEN THE COTTER PIN (1060) IS REMOVED.
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (1060) from the bracket (1020).
(2) Remove and discard the washer (1080) from the bracket (1020).
(3) Remove and discard the spring (1070) from the bracket (1020) .
(4) Remove the pin (1060) from the bracket (1020).
D. Feathering Spring Disassembly
APPROXIMATELY 1000 POUNDS (454 KG) FORCE. USE EXTREME
(1) Remove and discard the feathering stop screws (180).
NOTE: Refer to appropriate spring assembly illustration in the Illustrated
Parts chapter of this manual.
(2) Remove the safety wire from the spring retainer cup, and use spanner
wrench TE148 or locally procured strap wrench to unscrew the spring
retainer cup.
(3) Remove the feathering spring assembly, and use the bench top xture TE59
to compress the spring for disassembly.
(4) Remove and discard the split rear retainer.
(5) Allow the feathering spring assembly to expand to its unloaded length, and
remove it from the special xture.
(6) Remove the rear spring retainer.
(7) Remove the rear spring support as applicable.
(10) Remove the counterweight adjustment spacers as applicable.
(a) If the spacer is a sleeve, retain and reuse it.
(b) If washers are used as a spacer, note the number of washers, and discard
and replace them with the same number of new washers.
118F
Page 3-32
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
DISASSEMBLY
Assembly with the Start Lock Unit (1010) Attached to the Guide Collar
Figure 3-12
ASP6255
APS5028
1050
1040
1030
1050
130
1290
1280
250
1030
1040
1070
1090
1060
118F
Page 3-33
Rev. 11 Oct/01
61-10-18
DISASSEMBLY
(12) Remove the thrust bearing as applicable.
E. Cylinder and Guide Collar Unit Disassembly.
NOTE: Some -5( ) models do not have a collar assembly.
collar unit (250). See Figure 3-4.
(2) Use a square bar of appropriate size, one inch wide (25.4 mm), to fit into
unscrew the cylinder from the hub unit (500).
(4) This step applies to -5 propeller models that have the start lock units
attached to the guide collar, as shown in Figure 3-12:
(a) If the start locks have a bronze bushing (1050), remove the bushing.
(b) Remove and discard the screws (1040) that fasten the start locks to
the guide collar (250).
(c) Remove the start locks from the guide collar.
CAUTION: THE SPRING (1070) WILL BE RELEASED WHEN THE
COTTER PIN IS REMOVED.
(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (1090) at the end of each start lock
assembly.
(e) Remove the start lock pin (1060) from each start lock housing (1030).
(f) Remove and discard the spring (1070) from each start lock unit.
118F
Page 3-34
Rev. 11 Oct/01
61-10-18
DISASSEMBLY
F. Clamp and Counterweight Disassembly.
NOTE: See the clamp assembly illustration in Figure 3-5.
(1) Use a round bottom metal stamp or electric pencil and identify clamp serial
number on each corresponding counterweight.
(61-01-02), Standard Practices, for information on clamp
inspection and repair.
(6) Remove the start lock plates (1230) from the clamps, where applicable.
(a) Remove the safety wire from the mounting bolts (1220).
(b) Remove and discard the mounting bolts (1220).
(7) Inspect the start lock plates (1230) for corrosion or damage and retain
them for reuse if they are in good condition. Discard and replace the start
lock plates if they are corroded or damaged.
NOTE: Where possible, during reassembly, each plate should be reattached to
the same clamp from which it was removed .
(8) Remove all balance weights (640) and attaching screws (630), where
applicable. Discard the screws.
(9) Remove and discard all lubrication fittings (860) and their caps (850).
(10) Remove and discard the hex head counterweight slug attaching bolts,
where applicable. Remove the weight slugs.
cotter pin (670) from the link screws.
(12) Discard the link screws, link screw sleeves (230) and cotter pins (670).
Page 3-35
118F
CAUTION: IF POSSIBLE, REINSTALL EACH BLADE ASSEMBLY ON THE
SAME HUB ARM FROM WHICH IT WAS REMOVED. MAKE
A RECORD OF EACH BLADE SERIAL NUMBER AND ITS
G. Blade and Flange Mounting Parts Disassembly.
(570).
bearing race and inboard shoulder of the hub arm.
guide ring (610).
(11) Tilt the bearing guide ring (610) inboard approximately 45 degrees, and
118F
Page 3-36
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
DISASSEMBLY
Assembly with the Bulkhead on the Engine Side of the Spinner Mounting Plate (380)
Figure 3-13
430
440
450
1210
1250
870
380
360
380
B3TN-5M.PLT
118F
Page 3-37
Rev. 11 Oct/01
61-10-18
DISASSEMBLY
H. Hub Unit Disassembly.
NOTE: The following steps are applicable only if the propeller you are
disassembling is configured as in Figure 3-13.
(1) Remove and discard the hex head bolts (360) that fasten the spinner
118F
Page 3-38
Rev. 11 Oct/01
61-10-18
DISASSEMBLY
100 120
110
160
60
170
130
90
80
50
10
230
70
140
610
590
600
620
560
570
580
700
400
950 960
940
970
150
180
1400
260
530
520
430
440
630
640
740
670 650
280 250
890
270
510
200
870
460
490
460
450
360
1600
HC-B3TF-7 and -7A
HC-A3(MV,V)F-7, -7A, and -7B
Models Ending in -7( )
Figure 3-14
A3VF-7.PLT
B3TF-7.PLT
530
430
440
630
640
740
670 650
280 250
270
200
870
460
450
360
1600
10
230
580
520
700
950 960
940
150
180
1400
260
380
100
120
110
160 60
170
130
90
80
50
70
140
610
600
620
570
590
560
400
890 510
118F
Page 3-39
Rev. 17 Jun/04
61-10-18
DISASSEMBLY
NITROGEN.
A. Record the serial number and model number of the hub, blades, and any other serial-
CAUTION: MAKE NOTE OF DE-ICE SLIP RING MOUNTING HARDWARE
ORIENTATION. REPLACEMENT SPACER WASHERS AND SPECIAL
BELLVILLE WASHERS IN THE DE-ICE SYSTEM MUST BE
INSTALLED PRECISELY IN REVERSE SEQUENCE AT REASSEMBLY.
A. Bulkhead Removal
(1) If the propeller is equipped with a de-ice system, follow the manufacturer's
instructions for removing the slip ring and other components.
(2) Remove and discard the nuts (450), washer (460), and hex head bolts
(870) that secure the bulkhead to the spinner support plate (380).
(3) Mount the propeller assembly on the rotatable fixture on the propeller
118F
Page 3-40
Rev. 17 Jun/04
61-10-18
DISASSEMBLY
(4) Use a 1-7/16 inch wrench and a 5/8 inch socket wrench to remove and
(1410). See Figure 3-3.
paddle.
(6) Remove the link pin units (80) and safety screws (90) from the piston unit
(50).
(7) Remove and disconnect the link arms (70) from the piston unit (50).
(8) Remove the piston unit (50) from the cylinder unit (200).
(9) Remove and discard the piston O-ring (160), felt seal (170), and forward
piston O-ring (1630) from the ID of the pitch change rod (1410).
(10) Remove and discard the pitch change rod O-ring (150) from the OD of the
pitch change rod.
WARNING: THE SPRING ASSEMBLY IS PRELOADED TO APPROXIMATELY
1000 POUNDS OF FORCE. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN
REMOVING IT FROM THE PROPELLER.
(11) Remove the spring assembly:
(a) Remove the four screws (940) from the ring retention plate (950).
(b) Remove the ring retention plate (950) and the split retainer (960).
NOTE: It may be necessary to gently tap the spring retainer cup to
move the spring assembly into the cylinder so that the split
retainer can be removed.
(c) Remove the spring assembly (1400) from the cylinder.
B. Feathering Spring Disassembly
NOTE: Refer to the feathering spring illustration in the Illustrated Parts List.
(1) Remove and discard the hex head bolts (180).
(2) Use the benchtop fixture TE59 to compress the spring for disassembly.
(3) Remove and discard the split rear retainer (1510).
(4) Allow the feathering spring assembly to expand to its unloaded length,
and remove it from the special fixture.
(5) Remove the rear spring retainer (1500).
118F
Page 3-41
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
DISASSEMBLY
(6) Remove the feathering springs (1460), (1490).
(7) Remove the spacer tube (1430).
(8) Remove the pitch change rod (1410).
C. Cylinder and Guide Collar Unit Disassembly.
collar unit (250).
(2) Use a square bar of appropriate size, one inch (25.4 mm) wide, to t into
unscrew the cylinder from the hub unit (500).
D. Clamp and Counterweight Disassembly.
NOTE: See the clamp assembly illustration in Figure 3-5.
(1) Use a round bottom metal stamp or electric pencil and identify the clamp
serial number on each corresponding counterweight.
and repair.
(5) Remove and discard clamp gaskets (760).
Discard screws.
(7) Remove and discard all lubrication ttings (860) and their caps (850).
(8) Remove and discard the hex head counterweight slug attaching bolts, if
applicable. Remove the counterweight slugs, if applicable.
118F
Page 3-42
cotter pin (670) from the link screws.
(10) Remove and discard link screws (740), link screw sleeves (230) and cotter
pins (670).
CAUTION: IF POSSIBLE, REINSTALL EACH BLADE ASSEMBLY ON THE
SAME HUB ARM FROM WHICH IT WAS REMOVED. MAKE
A RECORD OF EACH BLADE SERIAL NUMBER AND ITS
(11) Remove each blade assembly from the hub unit (500).
E. Blade and Flange Mounting Parts Disassembly. See Figure 3-6.
(570).
(8) At the split, place one of the bearing balls (590) between the outboard split-
bearing race and inboard shoulder of the hub arm.
guide ring.
(11) Tilt the bearing guide ring (610) inboard approximately 45 degrees and
118F
Page 3-43
F. Hub Unit Disassembly.
(1) Remove and discard the hex head bolts (360) that fasten the spinner
118F
Page 3-44
3. Beta Valve Disassembly
A. Beta Valve Rod End Disassembly - Engine Side
(1) Remove and discard the set screw (1880) and remove the rod end cap (1870).
(2) Remove the rod end tting (1860)
(3) Remove and discard the valve bushing (1850).
(4) Remove and discard the jam nut (1840).
(5) Remove the engine cover (1830) from the beta valve push rod (1790).
(6) Remove and discard the O-rings from the OD (1810) and the ID (1820) of the
engine cover (1830).
(7) Remove and discard the O-ring (1800) from the ID of the beta valve push rod
(1790).
B. Beta Valve Spring Disassembly - Propeller Side
(1) Remove and discard the self locking nut (1610).
(2) Remove the spacer (1620).
(3) Remove and discard the O-ring (1630).
(4) Remove the spring retainer (1640).
(5) Remove the outer spring (1650) and the inner spring (1660).
C. Beta Valve Spool Disassembly
(1) Using a drill and a size No. 42 (0.0935 inch dia.) drill bit, drill the peened sides of
the beta valve sleeve (1720) pin hole.
(2) Remove and discard the spring pin (1680).
CAUTION: DURING REMOVAL OF THE PITCH INDICATOR PIN FROM THE
BETA VALVE SLEEVE, DO NOT FORCE THE COMPONENTS APART.
MAKE SURE THE COMPONENTS ARE PROPERLY ALIGNED TO
AVOID DAMAGE.
(3) Remove the beta feedback rod (1670) from the beta valve sleeve (1720).
(4) Remove and discard the O-ring (1690) from the end of the beta feedback rod
(1670).
(5) Push the reverse pitch indicator pin (1700) up into the beta valve push rod (1790).
(6) Pull the head of the reverse pitch indicator pin (1700) and remove it from the end
of the beta valve sleeve (1720).
(7) Remove the beta valve push rod (1790) from the beta valve sleeve (1720).
(8) Remove the beta valve sleeve (1720) from the beta valve shaft adapter (1750).
(9) Remove and discard the O-rings (1730, 1740, 1760) from the beta valve shaft
adapter (1750).
118F
CLEANING
Page 4-1
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18
CLEANING
1. General Procedures for Cleaning Parts .................................................................. 4-2
2. Specic Cleaning Parts .......................................................................................... 4-2
A. Cleaning Parts for Magnetic Particle Inspection .............................................. 4-2
B. Cleaning Steel Parts for Cadmium Re-Plating Procedures ............................... 4-2
C. Cleaning Aluminum Parts for Dye Penetrant Inspection ................................... 4-2
CLEANING - CONTENTS
118F
CLEANING 61-10-18
Page 4-2
Rev. 11 Oct/01
1. General Procedures for Cleaning Parts
Refer to the Cleaning chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
2. Specific Cleaning Procedures
A. Cleaning Steel Parts for Magnetic Particle Inspection.
See the Magnetic Particle Inspection chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices in
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
B. Cleaning Steel Parts for Cadmium Re-Plating Procedures.
See the Cadmium Plating chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices in
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
C. Cleaning Aluminum Parts for Dye Penetrant Inspection.
See the Dye Penetrant Inspection chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices in
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
Page 5-1
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
CHECK - CONTENTS
1. Inspection Interval Requirements ............................................................................ 5-5
2. Inspection Requirements ......................................................................................... 5-5
A. Airworthiness Directives ...................................................................................... 5-5
B. Visual Inspection ................................................................................................ 5-5
C. Dye Penetrant Inspection ................................................................................... 5-5
D. Magnetic Particle Inspection .............................................................................. 5-5
E. Dimensional Inspection ...................................................................................... 5-5
3. Replacement Requirements .................................................................................... 5-6
4. Mandatory Replacement Requirements .................................................................. 5-6
5. Repair ...................................................................................................................... 5-6
6. Hub Unit Inspection ................................................................................................. 5-6
7. Blade Clamp Inspection ........................................................................................... 5-6
8. Specic Inspection Procedures ............................................................................... 5-6
9. Spinner Mounting Plate (380) .................................................................................. 5-7
10. Cylinder (200) .......................................................................................................... 5-9
11. Piston Unit (50) ...................................................................................................... 5-11
12. Link Arm (70) ......................................................................................................... 5-15
13. Blade Split Bearing (580) ....................................................................................... 5-17
14. Bearing Guide Ring (610) ...................................................................................... 5-17
15. Low Stop Rod (Beta Rod) (320) ........................................................................... 5-19
16. Low Stop Rod Retainer (310) ................................................................................ 5-21
17. Low Stop Collar (Beta Ring) (420) ......................................................................... 5-23
18. Pitch Change Rod (1410) ...................................................................................... 5-24
19. Spring Retainer Cup (1440) ................................................................................... 5-27
20. Feathering Spring (1460) ....................................................................................... 5-28
21. Spring Assembly Thrust Bearing (1420) ............................................................... 5-29
22. Spacer Tube (1480) ............................................................................................... 5-31
23. Rear Retainer (1500) ............................................................................................. 5-32
24. Guide Collar (250) ................................................................................................. 5-33
25. Guide Collar Bushing (260) ................................................................................... 5-33
26. Start Lock Unit (1010) ............................................................................................ 5-35
Page 5-2
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
CHECK - CONTENTS
A. Start Lock Bracket (1020) ................................................................................ 5-35
B. Start Lock Bracket (1020) ................................................................................ 5-37
C. Start Lock Pin (1060), except A-2620-1 and A-2620-3 ................................... 5-37
D. Start Lock Pin A-2620-1 and A-2620-3 only (1060) .......................................... 5-38
E. Start Lock Bushing (1050) ............................................................................. 5-38.1
27. Start Lock Plate (1230) .......................................................................................... 5-39
28. Beta Valve Inspection [C-3630-( )] (1600) ............................................................. 5-39
A. General Inspection Requirements .................................................................... 5-39
B. Beta Feedback Rod (1670) .............................................................................. 5-40
C. Spring Retainer (1640) ..................................................................................... 5-41
D. Outer Beta Valve Spring (1650) ....................................................................... 5-42
E. Inner Beta Valve Spring (1660) ........................................................................ 5-42
F. Beta Valve Spacer (1620) ................................................................................ 5-42
G. Beta Valve Washer (1710) ............................................................................... 5-43
H. Beta Valve Shaft Adaptor (1750). ..................................................................... 5-44
I. Beta Valve Spool (1770) ................................................................................... 5-45
J. Beta Valve Sleeve (1720) ................................................................................. 5-46
K. Beta Valve Push Rod (1790) ............................................................................ 5-47
L. Reverse Pitch Indicator Pin (1700) .................................................................. 5-48
M. Beta Valve Push Rod Spool (1790) .................................................................. 5-49
N. Engine Cover (1830) ........................................................................................ 5-50
O. Valve Bushing (1850) ....................................................................................... 5-51
P. Rod End Fitting (1860) ..................................................................................... 5-52
Q. Rod End Cap Unit (1870) ................................................................................. 5-53
29. Balance Weight ..................................................................................................... 5-55
30. Weight Slug ........................................................................................................... 5-55
31. Spacer (455) .......................................................................................................... 5-57
32. Guide Lug (340) ..................................................................................................... 5-59
33. Special Mandatory Inspection Requirements ........................................................ 5-60
A. Hub Pilot Tube Bores in Certain Four-Blade Propellers
Mandatory Inspection Requirements ............................................................... 5-60
B. Guide Collars B-834-20 and B-834-22 in Propeller
Models HC-B3TN-5(M,N,P) .............................................................................. 5-60
Page 5-3
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Cylinder Large and Small OD ............................................................... Figure 5-1 ............. 5-8
Piston Inspection .................................................................................. Figure 5-2 ........... 5-10
Guide Rod A-717 Previous and Current Congurations ....................... Figure 5-3 ........... 5-12
Link Arm .............................................................................................. Figure 5-4 ........... 5-14
Blade Split Bearing ............................................................................... Figure 5-5 ........... 5-16
Low Stop Rod (Beta Rod) ................................................................... Figure 5-6 ........... 5-18
Low Stop Collar (Beta Ring) ................................................................ Figure 5-7 ........... 5-22
Pitch Change Rod B-3421( ) ...............................................................Figure 5-7.1 ...... 5-24.1
Spring Retainer Cup Typical Crack Locations ..................................... Figure 5-8 ........... 5-26
Spacer Tube Corner Inspection ........................................................... Figure 5-9 ........... 5-30
Start Lock Unit ..................................................................................... Figure 5-10 .......... 5-34
Start Lock Bracket for HC-B4( )N-5( )(L) Propellers ............................ Figure 5-11 .......... 5-36
B-830-37 Start Lock Unit ..................................................................... Figure 5-12 .......... 5-36
Identication of A-2620-( ) Start Lock Pin ...........................................Figure 5-12.1 ....... 5-37
Start Lock Plate ................................................................................... Figure 5-13 .......... 5-38
Start Lock Bushing .............................................................................Figure 5-13.1 ..... 5-38.1
Beta Feedback Rod ............................................................................. Figure 5-14 .......... 5-40
Spring Retainer .................................................................................. Figure 5-15 .......... 5-41
Beta Valve Washer ............................................................................. Figure 5-16 .......... 5-43
Beta Valve Shaft Adaptor .................................................................... Figure 5-17 .......... 5-44
Beta Valve Spool ................................................................................ Figure 5-18 .......... 5-45
Beta Valve Sleeve ............................................................................... Figure 5-19 .......... 5-46
Beta Valve Push Rod ........................................................................... Figure 5-20 .......... 5-47
Reverse Pitch Indicator Pin ................................................................ Figure 5-21 .......... 5-48
Beta Valve Push Rod Spool .............................................................. Figure 5-22 .......... 5-49
Engine Cover ....................................................................................... Figure 5-23 .......... 5-50
Valve Bushing ..................................................................................... Figure 5-24 .......... 5-51
Rod End Fitting ................................................................................... Figure 5-25 .......... 5-52
Rod End Cap Unit .............................................................................. Figure 5-26 .......... 5-53
Examples of Weight Slugs ................................................................... Figure 5-27 .......... 5-54
Spacer (455) ........................................................................................ Figure 5-28 .......... 5-56
CHECK - LIST OF Figures
Page 5-4
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
CHECK - LIST OF TABLES
Component Inspection Criteria ............................................................. Table 5-1 ............. 5-7
Cylinder Dimensional Inspection Limits ............................................... Table 5-1.1 ............ 5-9
Bushing Wear Limits .............................................................................. Table 5-2 ........... 5-10
Pitch Change Rod Diameter Limits ....................................................... Table 5-3 ........ 5-24.1
Spring Retainer Cup ID Limits ............................................................... Table 5-4 ........... 5-26
Rear Retainer Inspection Limits .......................................................... Table 5-4.1 .......... 5-32
Guide Collar Bushing Dimensional Inspection Limits ............................ Table 5-5 ........... 5-33
118F
Page 5-5
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
1. Inspection Interval Requirements
A. See the Airworthiness Limitations chapter of this manual for information on life
limited components and mandatory inspections.
B. See Hartzell Service Letter 61( ) for overhaul periods of Hartzell propellers.
NOTE: Hartzell Service documents are available on our website at
www.hartzellprop.com.
2. Inspection Requirements
A. Airworthiness Directives
See the Repair chapter of this manual for steel hub and conversion kit information
needed to comply with AD-96-18-14 and AD-97-18-02.
B. Visual Inspection
Visually inspect all parts. Parts with obvious defects or damage that would
adversely affect proper fit or function are to be removed from service.
C. Dye Penetrant Inspection
Dye penetrant inspect aluminum parts, as required. See Table 5-1. Follow the
procedures for dye penetrant inspection found in the Dye Penetrant Inspection
chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
D. Magnetic Particle Inspection
Magnetic particle inspect steel parts, as required. See Table 5-1. Follow the
procedures for magnetic particle inspection found in the Magnetic Particle
Inspection chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
E. Dimensional Inspection
(1) Dimensionally inspect parts, as required. See Table 5-1.
(a) When measuring the diameter of a part with a two point measuring
instrument, take at least two measurements, unless otherwise specified.
Obtaining a measurement outside the specified tolerance at any point of
measurement is cause for retirement of the part. Alternately, take eight
evenly spaced measurements, unless otherwise specified. Obtaining a
measurement outside the specified tolerance on three or more
measurements is cause for replacement of the part (two of eight
measurements may be out of specified tolerance). This alternate method
may not be used to accept a diameter that has obvious damage.
(b) When measuring the diameter of a part with a three point measuring
instrument, take one measurement. A measurement outside the specified
tolerance is cause for replacement of the part.
118F
Page 5-6
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
3. Replacement Requirements
Replace all parts that have cracks, parts with obvious defects or damage found during
visual inspection, or parts that would affect operation or serviceability if repaired.
4. Mandatory Replacement Requirements
See the Repair chapter of this manual for specific information about mandatory
replacement requirements for certain propeller parts. Replacement procedures are
also found in the Repair chapter of this manual, unless otherwise stated.
5. Repair
Repairable part defects are noted in the inspection criteria. Repair procedures are
found in the Repair chapter of this manual, unless otherwise stated.
6. Hub Unit Inspection
See the Steel Hub Overhaul chapter of Hartzell Manual 202A (61-01-02), Standard
Practices, for requirements and procedures for inspecting steel hub units.
7. Blade Clamp Inspection
See the Blade Clamp Overhaul chapter of Hartzell Manual 202A (61-01-02), Standard
Practices, for requirements and procedures for inspecting clamps.
8. Specific Inspection Procedures
A. See Hartzell Manuals 139 (61-00-39) and 146 (61-00-46), Propeller Owner's
Manual and Log Book, for daily inspection procedures.
B. See Hartzell Manual 133C (61-13-33) for requirements and procedures for
inspecting aluminum blades, and Hartzell Manual 135F (61-13-35) for requirements
and procedures for inspecting composite blades.
C. See the Special Inspections chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02) for information about the following special inspection procedures:
Lightning Strike, Overspeed/Overtorque, Foreign Object Strike, and Fire/Heat
Damage.
D. See the appropriate manufacturer's manual for de-ice system inspection
procedures, if applicable.
E. See Hartzell Manual 127 (61-16-27) for spinner assembly inspection procedures.
Page 5-7
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Inspect Serviceable Limits Corrective Action
Component Inspection Criteria
Table 5-1
9. Spinner Mounting Plate (380)
A. Visually inspect the
spinner mounting plate for
corrosion.
B. Visually inspect the
spinner mounting plate for
scratches.
C. Magnetic particle inspect
the spinner mounting
plate at each overhaul
in accordance with
the Magnetic Particle
Inspection chapter
of Hartzell Standard
(61-01-02). Cadmium
plate does not need to be
removed.
D. For one piece spinner
mounting plate only:
Dimensionally inspect the
thickness of the spinner
mounting plate.
No corrosion is allowed.
The maximum allowable depth for
a scratch is 0.005 inch (0.12 mm).
No cracks are allowed
The thickness of the spinner
mounting plate must be 0.1192 to
0.1196 (3.027 to 3.038 mm) before
cadmium plating, and 0.120 to
0.121 inch (3.04 to 3.07 mm) after
cadmium plating.
If the depth of corrosion is 0.005
inch (0.12 mm) or less, remove the
corrosion and replate the spinner
mounting plate in accordance with
the Cadmium Replating chapter of
Hartzell Standard Practices manual
202A (61-01-02).
If the depth of corrosion exceeds
0.005 inch (0.12 mm), replace the
spinner mounting plate.
If the depth of the scratch is 0.005
inch (0.12 mm) or less, replate
the spinner mounting plate in
accordance with the Cadmium
Replating chapter of Hartzell
Standard Practices manual 202A
(61-01-02).
If the depth of a scratch exceeds
0.005 inch (0.12 mm), replace the
spinner mounting plate.
None. Replace the spinner
mounting plate.
None. Replace the spinner
mounting plate.
Page 5-8
Rev. 11 Oct/01
61-10-18
CHECK
118F
Cylinder Large and Small OD
Figure 5-1
W10058
"
S
m
a
l
l
"

O
D
"
L
a
r
g
e
"

O
D
118F
Page 5-9
Rev. 13 Jan/03 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
10. Cylinder (200)
A. Visually inspect the condition
of all threaded surfaces on
the cylinder.
B. Visually inspect the condition
of the chrome finish.
C. Inspect the cylinder for
scratches, wear, or gouges
that appear in the normal
operating area of the cylinder.
D. Dimensionally inspect the
large and small outside
diameters of the cylinder.
See Figure 5-1.
E. Magnetic particle inspect the
cylinder at each overhaul in
accordance with the
Magnetic Particle Inspection
(61-01-02). Do not remove
hard chromium plating before
performing Magnetic Particle
Inspection.
One thread total accumulated
damage is permitted.
Cylinders with flaking or wear
through the chrome finish must
be removed from service.
Any cylinder with scratches,
wear, or gouges deeper than
0.001 inch (0.025 mm) must be
removed from service.
See Table 5-1.1 for minimum
permitted dimensional inspection
limits.
No cracks are permitted.
None. Replace the cylinder.
For cylinder repair and rechroming
procedures, see the Hard
Chromium Replating chapter of
202A (61-01-02).
procedures, see the Hard
Chromium Replating chapter of
202A (61-01-02).
Cylinders measuring below minimum
dimensional inspection limits must
be repaired or replaced.
procedures, see the Hard Chromium
(61-01-02).
None. Replace the cylinder.
Cylinder Dimensional Inspection Limits
Table 5-1.1
Part Number Minimum "Large" OD Minimum "Small" OD
B-854-1 3.773 inches (95.84 mm) 3.496 inches (88.80 mm)
B-3406 4.623 inches (117.43 mm) 4.346 inches (110.39 mm)
118F
Page 5-10
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
APS0192A
Piston Inspection
Figure 5-2
pistid.xls
Bushing Wear Limits
Table 5-2
B
Maximum diameter
0.500 inch (12.70 mm).
C
Maximum diameter 0.468
inch (11.91 mm).
D
Maximum diameter 0.377 inch
(9.58 mm)
A
Minimum wall
thickness 0.094 inch
(2.38 mm).
Part No. Maximum ID
Inches Centimeters
A-862 3.784 9.61
A-862-1 4.286 10.89
A-862-7 4.634 11.77
118F
Page 5-11
Rev. 17 Jun/04 61-10-18 CHECK
11. Piston Unit (50)
See Figure 5-2.
A. Visually inspect the threads
of the link pin safety screw
holes in the piston.
B. Visually inspect the ID of the
plastic piston bushing and
immediate surrounding
piston wall area for signs of
bushing wear.
C. Visually inspect the hole at
the front of the piston for
damage caused by inserting
or removing the pitch change
rod.
D. Special Inspections
For C-3021-( ) and
C-2303-3( ) pistons,
dimensionally inspect the
thickness of the piston lug
wall in the area of the beta
rod hole. See dimension "A"
in Figure 5-2.
E. Dimensionally inspect the
beta rod hole. See
dimensions "B" and "C" in
Figure 5-2.
F. Dimensionally inspect the
piston link pin holes. See
dimension "D" in Figure 5-2.
Table 5-1
Repair threads in the link pin
safety screw holes by using a
Slimsert. See the Repair
chapter of this manual for the
procedure.
Replace the plastic bushing if
it exceeds the maximum
permitted dimension. See the
Repair chapter of this manual
for bushing replacement
procedures.
None. Replace the piston.
None. Replace the piston if
either measurement ("B" or
"C") exceeds the maximum
allowable limit.
Worn threads can cause the link
pin to disconnect from the
piston. At least three thread
lengths must be present in the
piston link pin screw hole to hold
the safety screw in place.
If the piston bushing or
surrounding area shows signs of
wear, dimensionally inspect. See
Table 5-2 for applicable limits.
No dimensional limits. Damage
must not interfere with the
sealing ability of the O-ring.
See Figure 5-2 for minimum
permitted wall thickness.
See Figure 5-2 for maximum
permitted beta rod hole
dimensions.
The maximum permitted
diameter is 0.377 inch
(9.58 mm).
118F
Page 5-12
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Guide Rod A-717 Previous and Current Configurations
Figure 5-3
W10141
W10142
End does not
have chamfer and
radius
Guide Rod A-717
(Current configuration)
Guide Rod A-717
(Previous configuration)
Threaded end
has chamfer and
radius
Page 5-13
Rev. 17 Jun/04
61-10-18
CHECK
118F
Table 5-1
NOTE: Some older C-3021-4 and -4L pistons may have A-717 guide rods that do not have a
chamfer and radius on the threaded end. Propeller models HC-B3TN-5( ) that have the
start lock attached to the 834-( ) guide collar unit must use only pistons that have a guide
rod with a chamfer and radius. Propeller models HC-B3TN-5( ) that have the start lock
attached to the bulkhead may use C-3021-4 and 4L pistons, which can have A-717 guide
rods of either conguration or can have any combination of the two rod congurations.
See Figure 5-3.

11. Piston Unit
(Continued)
G. A-717 Piston Guide rod
that has a chamfer and
radius on the threaded end.
Installed in a C-3021-4 or
C-3021-4L piston. See
Figure 5-3.
H. Dye penetrant inspect the
entire piston in accordance
with the Dye Penetrant
Inspection chapter of
Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02). It
is not necessary to remove
the anodized coating before
dye penetrant inspection.
Scratches are permitted, but
gouges are not permitted.
No cracks are permitted.
Replace the piston guide rod in
accordance with the Standard
Repairs chapter of Hartzell Standard
Practices Manual (61-01-02).
Page 5-14
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Link Screw Hole
Link Arm
Figure 5-4
W10068
APS2087
NOTE: B-1901 Link Arm shown.
Link Arm
Link Pin Hole
Page 5-15
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Table 5-1
12. Link Arm (70)
A. Visually inspect each
link arm for indications of
twisting or distortion.
B. Dimensionally inspect the
ID of the link pin hole and
link screw hole of each link
arm.
C. Dimensionally inspect the
thickness of the end of the
link arm, adjacent to the
link screw hole. Refer to
Figure 5-4.
D. Magnetic particle
inspect the link arms
in accordance with
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
E. Visually inspect each
link arm for wear to the
cadmium plating.
Distortion is not permitted. Flatness
must be less than 0.015 inch (0.38
mm) from one hole to the other.
The maximum permitted ID of the
link pin hole is 0.3785 inch (9.614
mm). The maximum permitted ID of
the link screw hole is 0.5665 inch
(14.389 mm).
The minimum permitted thickness
for the end of the link arm is 0.400
inch (10.16 mm).
A crack is not permitted.
Wear through the cadmium plating
is not permitted.
None. Replace the link arm.
If the ID is greater than the
permitted serviceable limits,
replace the link arm.
If the thickness is less than the
replace the link arm.
If there is a crack, replace the link
arm.
Replate and bake the link arm in
(61-01-02).
Page 5-16
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Radial
Maximum allowable
depth of damage in this
area (dashed-lines) is
0.005 inch (0.12 mm)
D
e
p
t
h
Blade Split Bearing
Figure 5-5
Fretting damage is allowed on the
outer diameter of the bearing races.
Damage must not affect the tight t
with the guide ring.
W10000
Page 5-17
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Table 5-1
13. Blade Split Bearing (580)
A. Visually inspect the ball
bearing groove for wear.
See Figure 5-5.
B. Visually inspect the bearing
races for corrosion and
pitting.
C. Visually inspect the outer
diameter of all bearing
races for fretting damage.
D. Magnetic particle inspect
the bearing races in
accordance with the
Magnetic Particle
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
14. Bearing Guide Ring (610)
A. Magnetic particle inspect
and replate in accordance
with the Magnetic
Particle Inspection and
the Cadmium Replating
chapters of Hartzell
Standard Practices Manual
202A (61-01-02).
If the ball bearing groove shows
wear, dimensionally inspect it.
Maximum allowable depth of
damage is 0.005 inch (0.12 mm).
No corrosion is allowed. Maximum
allowable depth of pitting is 0.005
inch (0.127 mm).
Fretting damage is allowed on the
outer diameter of the bearing races.
Damage must not affect the tight t
with the guide ring.
If the guide ring is not tight.
No cracks are allowed.
None. Replace the bearing race.
Light corrosion may be removed
with a Scotch Brite pad CM47.
Replace the bearing race if
corrosion cannot be removed, or
if pitting is deeper than 0.005 inch
(0.127 mm).
Clean the damaged area
thoroughly using a Scotch Brite
pad CM47 to minimize fretting
damage.
None. Replace the bearing guide
ring.
Page 5-18
Rev. 11 Oct/01
61-10-18
CHECK
118F
NOTE: A B-3002-( ) beta
rod without a thread
relief in this area
must be replaced

Machined Retaining
Ring - Must have
letter "H" stamped
on it
B-3002-( )
Beta Rod (320)
Retainer
(310)
Retaining
Rings
(330)
B-3475(A)-( )
Beta Rod Unit (300)
Threaded
Area
Threaded
Area
0.370 Inch (9.39 mm)
W10306
NBETAROD.TIF
W10046
Low Stop Rod (Beta Rod)
Figure 5-6
0.125 Inch
(3.17 mm)
118F
Page 5-19
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Each rod must be straight. Any
rod with indications of distortion
must be replaced.
Damage that wears through the
chrome surface is cause for
replacement of the rod.
Damage or wear exceeding
10 degrees of circumference is
cause for replacement of the rod.
Except for a few minor scratches
and corners with cadmium plate
missing, cadmium plating must
completely cover the threaded
areas of the low stop rod.
Damage, deformation, or wear to
the ring exceeding 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm) is cause for
replacement of the rod.
A stamped letter "H" must be
present on the machined
retaining ring of the B-3002-( )
rod, indicating the part was heat
treated. See Figure 5-6.
See Figure 5-6 for applicable
limits.
15. Low Stop Rod (Beta Rod) (320)
A. Visually inspect each rod
for indications of bending or
distortion.
B. Visually inspect each rod
for damage that penetrates
the chrome finish.
C. Visually inspect the
condition of the threaded
areas of each rod.
D. Visually inspect the
cadmium plate coverage on
the threaded areas of each
rod.
E. Visually inspect the
machined retaining ring for
damage and wear on older
style [B-3002-( )] rods. See
Figure 5-6.
OD of each rod.
G. Magnetic particle inspect
each rod in accordance with
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
None. Replace the low stop rod.
Replate and bake the rod in
(61-01-02).
Table 5-1
NOTE 1: A B-3002-( ) rod that does not have a thread relief in the bottom threaded end, as shown in
Figure 5-6, must be replaced at overhaul.
NOTE 2: B-3475(A)-( ) rod unit, as shown in Figure 5-6, incorporates pressed-on retaining rings,
which are removed and discarded at overhaul. See the Assembly chapter of this manual for
installation procedures.
118F
Page 5-20
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Page 5-21
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Table 5-1
16. Low Stop Rod Retainer (310)
low stop rod retainer for
corrosion.
B. Visually inspect each beta
rod retainer for cadmium
plate coverage.
C. Visually inspect each
low stop rod retainer for
scratches.
and corners with cadmium plate
missing, complete cadmium plate
coverage is required.
The maximum allowable depth for
If corrosion is 0.005 inch
(0.12 mm) deep or less, remove
the corrosion and replate the low
stop rod retainer in accordance
with the Cadmium Replating
Practices Manual 202A (61-01-
02).
If corrosion exceeds 0.005 inch
(0.12 mm) depth, replace the low
stop rod retainer.
Replate and bake the low stop
rod retainer in accordance with
the Cadmium Replating chapter
of Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
None. Replace the low stop rod
retainer.
Page 5-22
Rev. 11 Oct/01
61-10-18
CHECK
118F
See View A
E
B
F
Low Stop Collar (Beta Ring)
Figure 5-7
View A
G (0.078 inch minimum)
Surface C
Surface D
Surface H
Surface H
I
BETACOLR
COLRDETA
Page 5-23
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Table 5-1
17. Low Stop Collar (Beta Ring)
(420)
A. Visually inspect the low
stop collar for cracks.
B. Visually inspect bottom of
threaded holes (area B)
for indications of a bump
or dimple made by the low
stop rod.
C. Dimensionally inspect for
scratches on the sidewalls
of the groove (area C).
D. Dimensionally inspect any
depression or gouge in the
back wall of the groove
(area D).
width of the groove (area
E) in the collar.
ID of the collar (area F).
G. Dimensionally inspect the
width of the bottom ange
on the collar (area G).
Check a minimum of four
separate points on each
ange.
H. Dimensionally inspect any
depression or gouge on the
outside surface (area H) of
the beta ring.

I. Visually inspect area
beginning on the side
opposite the lugs extending
0.1875 inch (4.763 mm)
toward the lug side of the
inner surface as shown
(area I).
None. Replace the low stop collar.
If scratch is 0.004 inch (0.10 mm)
or less, polish to remove pushed-
up material adjacent to the scratch
only. If a scratch exceeds the
allowable depth, replace the low
stop collar.
See the Repair chapter of this
manual if the damage is within the
allowable limits. Replace the low
stop collar if damage exceeds the
allowable limit.
manual if the damage is within
the allowable limits. Replace the
beta ring if damage exceeds the
allowable limit.
If a groove/scratch is 0.007 inch
(0.17 mm) or less, polish the inner
surface, maintaining a maximum
ID of the low stop collar as
described in "F" above.
The maximum allowable height of
any bump or dimple in this area is
0.004 inch (0.10 mm).
The maximum allowable depth of
No pushed-up material caused by a
scratch is allowed.
A depression or gouge in the
groove that is 0.007 inch (0.17 mm)
or less must be removed. A
depression or gouge in the groove
that exceeds 0.007 inch (0.17 mm)
is cause for retirement of the collar.
The maximum allowable width is
0.510 inch (12.95 mm).
The ID of the collar may not exceed
5.4270 inches (13.785 cm).
The width may not be less than
0.078 (1.98 mm) inch at any one
point on the bottom ange.
A depression or gouge that is 0.007
inch (0.17 mm) or less must be
removed. A depression or gouge
that exceeds 0.007 inch (0.17 mm)
is cause for retirement of the beta
ring.
A groove/scratch of 0.007 inch
(0.17 mm) deep or less must be
removed. A groove/scratch that
exceeds 0.007 inch (0.17 mm) is
cause for retirement of the collar.
118F
Page 5-24
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
J. Visually inspect inner
surface, excluding area
I, above, but including
the inner surface of the
lug areas for grooves/
scratches.
K. Visually inspect the B-3333
ring bonded to the B-3001-
3 collar in the B-3334 collar
assembly.
18. Pitch Change Rod (1410)
A. Visually inspect the pitch
change rod for indications
of cracks.
threaded areas of the pitch
change rod for damage.
C. Visually inspect the pitch
change rod for cadmium
plating coverage. Refer to
Area "A" in Figure 5-7.1
D. Magnetic particle inspect
the pitch change rod
in accordance with
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
OD of the pitch change
rod.
F. B-3421( ) pitch change
rod only - Dimensionally
inspect the diameter of
the pitch change rod bore.
Refer to Area "B" in
Figure 5-7.1
G. B-3421( ) pitch change rod
only - Using a micronish
comparator sample,
inspect the surface nish of
the pitch change rod bore.
in area B. Refer to Figure
5-7.1
The maximum permitted depth of a
groove/scratch is 0.007 inch
(0.17 mm).
Must be tightly bonded to the
B-3001-3 collar along its edges.
1/4 of one thread total accumulated
damage is permitted.
Except for minor scratches and
corners with cadmium plating
missing, complete coverage is
required.
Refer to Table 5-3 for minimum OD
limits.
The maximum permitted bore
diameter is 0.383 inch (9.72 mm).
The maximum permitted surface
nish is 30 microinches.
If a groove/scratch is deeper
than the serviceable limits, polish
the inner surface, maintaining
maximum ID of the low stop collar
as describe in "F," above.
Reinstall. See the Special Adhesive
and Bonding Procedures chapter
in the Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
If there is a crack, replace the pitch
change rod.
If thread damage is greater than the
serviceable limit, replace the pitch
change rod.
Replate the head and bake the
pitch change rod (Area "A" in
Figure 5-7.1) in accordance with
202A (61-01-02).
If there is a crack, replace the pitch
change rod.
If the OD of the pitch change rod
is less than the serviceable limits,
replace the pitch change rod.
If the diameter of the pitch change
rod bore is greater than the
serviceable limits, replace the pitch
change rod.
If the surface nish of the pitch
change rod bore is greater than the
serviceable limits, replace the pitch
Page 5-24.1
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Pitch Change Rod Diameter Limits
Table 5-3
Pitch Change Rod Minimum OD
Inches Millimeters
B-868( ) 0.731 18.57
C-1948 0.781 19.84
B-3332 0.731 18.57
B-3421-( ) 0.731 18.57
D-5862 0.731 18.57
Pitch Change Rod B-3421( )
Figure 5-7.1
Bore Area
"B"
Area
"A"
Page 5-24.2
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Page 5-25
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Table 5-1
H. Pitch Change Rod
Replacement Requirements
(1) All B-3018( )-2 pitch
change rods used in
HC-B3TN-5( ) propellers
must be replaced with
pitch change rod C-1948
at overhaul or propeller
teardown.
(2) All B-3018( )-2 pitch
change rods used in
HC-B4(T,M)N-5( )( )
propellers must be
replaced with pitch
change rod C-1948.
(3) All B-868AS rods used in
HC-B4TN-3( ) and
HC-B4MP-3( ) propellers
must be replaced with
pitch change rod D-5862
at overhaul or propeller
teardown.
(4) All B-868( ) pitch change
rods that are authorized
to remain in service must
have the letter "T" or "S"
stamped or etched on the
end of the rod where the
serial number is located.
(5) Inspect each C-1948
pitch change rod for an
impression stamped or
engraved letter "A" on a
wrench at.
None. See the Repair chapter of
this manual.
this manual.
this manual.
Pitch change rods that are not
designated with the letter "T" or "S"
must be retired from service.
The letter "A" must be impression
stamped or engraved on each
serviceable C-1948 pitch change
rod.
If the letter "A" is not present,
the rear retainer groove must
be inspected with an optical
comparator. The minimum permitted
corner radii in the rear retainer
groove is 0.015 inch (0.381 mm).
The maximum permitted corner radii
in the rear retainer groove is 0.025
inch (0.635 mm).
B-3018( )-2 pitch change rods
removed from affected propeller
assemblies must be retired from
service. Replace or update the
existing spring assembly to
831-75 spring assembly. See the
Repair chapter of this manual.
B-3018( )-2 pitch change rods
existing spring assembly to 831-64
or 831-63 spring assembly. See the
Repair chapter of this manual.
B-868AS pitch change rods
existing spring assembly to 831-76
spring assembly. See the Repair
chapter of this manual.
Install a pitch change rod that is
designated with a "T" or "S" in the
spring assembly.
Corrective action is not required if
the pitch change rod is identied
with the letter "A".
Impression stamp or engrave
the letter "A" on a wrench at of
the pitch change rod if it meets
the serviceable limits. If the pitch
change rod does not meet the
serviceable limits, it must be retired
from service.
NOTE: The D-5862 Pitch Change Rod is an optional replacement for the B-868( ) Pitch Change
Rod in all other propeller assemblies. The Spring Assembly must be upgraded in order to
use the D-5862 rod. Refer to the Illustrated Parts List chapter of this manual for current
Spring Assembly part information for each propeller model.
Page 5-26
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Spring Retainer Cup Typical Crack Locations
Figure 5-8
APS 5030
D
Spring Retainer Cup ID Limits
Table 5-4
Spring Retainer Cup Maximum ID
Inches Millimeters
A-1827( ) 0.741 18.82
A-3403 Replaced by C-2858
A-3613 0.741 18.82
B-666 0.741 18.82
C-1939 Replaced by C-2855
C-2855 0.791 20.09
C-2858 0.741 18.82
C-5816 0.791 20.09
C-5976 0.741 18.82
SPRINGCUP.XLS
Page 5-27
Rev. 12 Apr/02
61-10-18
CHECK
118F
Table 5-1
Slight damage may have been
done to the rst thread when the
initial hole was drilled for the
safety wire. This damage is
acceptable.
1/4 of one thread total
accumulated damage (excluding
drill damage to the rst three
threads) is allowed. No
additional thread damage is
allowed.
accumulated damage is allowed
per threaded hole.
Safety wire holes may be
"pulled out" of the spring
retainer cup. This damage is
allowable if a new safety wire
hole can be established. No
other damage is allowed.
See Table 5-4 for maximum
ID limits.
None. Replace the spring retainer
cup if it is damaged beyond the
serviceable limits.
cup.
cup.
cup.
cup.
cup.
19. Spring Retainer Cup (1440)
A. Visually inspect the spring
retainer cup for damage to
the threads.

10-32UNF-3B threaded
holes for damage.
C. Visually inspect the spring
retainer cup for damage to
the safety wire hole area.
D. Visually inspect the spring
retainer cup for cracks.
pitch change rod hole (ID)
of the spring retainer cup.
F. Inspect the spring retainer
cup in accordance with the
Dye Penetrant Inspection
(61-01-02). See Figure 5-8
for typical crack locations.
If the cup is anodized, it is
not necessary to remove
the anodize coating before
118F
Page 5-28
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
20. Feathering Spring (1460)
feathering spring for
indications of pitting or
corrosion.
B. Magnetic particle inspect
each feathering spring
in accordance with
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
C. Special Inspection:
several incidents of
broken feathering
springs, part number
A-3496, were discovered
during overhaul. This
condition was caused by
a seam in the bar from
which the springs were
manufactured. In addition
to the above inspection
requirements, inspect
these springs for a possible
crack, lap, or seam in the
spring. These indications,
whether located visually or
magnetically, are cause for
spring retirement.
inch (0.12 mm).
No laps, cracks, or seams are
allowed.
Light corrosion must be removed by
glass bead cleaning. Replace the
spring if pitting is deeper than 0.005
inch (0.12 mm).
None. Replace the spring.
None. Replace the spring.
Page 5-29
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
CHECK
Table 5-1
118F
21. Spring Assembly Thrust Bearing
(1420)
A. Check the spring assembly
thrust bearing for smooth
operation.
bearing races for pitting or
wear marks.
C. Visually inspect each
bearing ball (encased in the
ball spacer) for corrosion
and pitting.
The bearing must rotate smoothly.
Maximum allowable damage is
0.002 inch (0.05 mm).
No corrosion or pitting is allowed.
None. Replace the thrust bearing.
Page 5-30
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Spacer Tube Corner Inspection
Figure 5-9
W10389a
W10390a
W10392
Unacceptable corner
shapes (no at area)
Acceptable corner
shapes
Flat
Flat
Flat
Design Feature
Page 5-31
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Table 5-1
22. Spacer Tube (1480)
A. Visually inspect for
indications of wear,
corrosion, and pitting.

B. Visually inspect the shape
of the corner of the spacer
tube, between the ID and
the OD.
C. A-3042-( ) and B-1461
only: Visually inspect for
anodize coverage.
D. B-1993 only: Visually
inspect for zinc or cadmium
plate coverage.
Corrosion is not permitted.
Maximum allowable depth of wear
or pitting is 0.005 inch (0.12 mm).
The corners on both ends of the
spacer must have a at surface
and acceptable corner shapes as
described in Figure 5-9.
and corners with anodize coating
missing, anodize must completely
cover the outside surface of the
spacer tube.
and corners with plating missing,
zinc or cadmium plating must
completely cover the outside
surface of the spacer tube.
Remove light corrosion using glass
bead cleaning. Refer to the Cleaning
chapter of Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02). Replace
the spacer tube if wear or pitting is
greater than the serviceable limits.
If the corner shapes do not meet
the serviceable limits, replace the
spacer tube.
If the anodize coverage does not
meet the serviceable limits, replace
the spacer tube.
If the zinc or cadmium plate
coverage does not meet the
serviceable limits, re-cadmium plate
the spacer tube in accordance with
202A (61-01-02).
118F
Page 5-32
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
Rear Retainer Inspection Limits
Table 5-4.1
Rear Retainer Minimum OD
Inches Millimeters
A-1460 2.227 56.57
B-1994 3.116 79.15
B-3010 2.237 56.82
B-3646 2.237 56.82
B-4008-1 3.116 79.15
B-5808 2.227 56.57
23. Rear Retainer (1500)
A. Visually inspect for
indications of corrosion
and pitting.
B. Visually inspect for
damage caused by
feathering spring.
C. Dimensionally inspect
the OD of the rear
retainer.
Maximum permitted depth of
pitting is 0.005 inch (0.12 mm).
The OD must not be less than the
minimum permitted dimension
listed in Table 5-4.1
Light corrosion must be removed
with glass bead cleaning. Replace
the rear retainer if pitting exceeds
a depth of 0.005 inch (0.12 mm).
Remove material that is raised
above the surface in areas where
the depth of damage is less than
0.010 inch (0.25 mm). Replace the
rear retainer if damage exceeds
the serviceable limits.
If the OD is less than the
serviceable limits, replace the rear
retainer.
118F
Page 5-33
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Polish damaged area, if less than
0.020 inch (0.51 mm), and
chemical conversion coat in
accordance with the Chromic
Acid Anodizing chapter of Hartzell
(61-01-02).
Replace the guide collar if
damage is greater than 0.020 inch
(0.51 mm).
None. Replace the guide collar.
Replace the guide lug bushing if
wear exceeds the allowable limit,
if the ID exceeds the maximum
allowable dimension, or if the
bushing is loose in the guide
collar housing. Refer to the Repair
chapter of this manual for
replacement procedures.
Table 5-1
24. Guide Collar (250)
A. Visually inspect the guide
collar for nicks, gouges, or
other damage.
B. Dye penetrant inspect the
guide collar in accordance
with the Dye Penetrant
Manual 202A (61-01-02). It
is not necessary to remove
the anodized coating or the
guide collar bushing before
25. Guide Collar Bushing (260)
A. Visually and dimensionally
inspect the ID of each guide
collar bushing.
No nicks, gouges, or other
damage are allowed.
Maximum oval-shaped wear of
0.008 inch (0.20 mm) is allowed.
See Table 5-5 for bushing ID
requirements.
GUIDBUSH.XLS
Guide Collar Bushing Dimensional Inspection Limits
Table 5-5
Part Number Maximum ID
Inches Millimeters
A-116D-1 0.515 13.08
A-3023 0.387 9.83
118F
Page 5-34
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Start Lock Unit
Figure 5-10
APS5008
APS5042
0.360 inch (914 mm)
Minimum
0.307 inch (7.70 mm)
Minimum
1.240 inch
(31.75 mm)
Minimum
Start Lock Pin
Screw
Start Lock
Bracket
Cotter
Pin
Washer
Spring
Start
Lock Pin
Page 5-35
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Table 5-1
NOTE: The inspections in this section apply only to start lock brackets that are mounted on the
spinner bulkhead. See Figure 5-10.
26. Start Lock Unit (1010)
A. Start Lock Bracket (1020)
(1) Visually inspect the start
lock bracket surface
area (excluding the
bracket bore area) for
nicks, gouges, or other
damage.
(2) Visually inspect the
bracket bore area of the
start lock bracket for
corrosion.
(3) Visually inspect the start
lock bracket (excluding
the bracket bore area)
for corrosion.
(4) Dye Penetrant Inspect
the start lock bracket in
accordance with the Dye
Penetrant Inspection
chapter of Hartzell
Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-
02). It is not necessary
to remove the anodized
coating before dye
penetrant inspection.
No damage is allowed.
Polish the damaged area, if less
than 0.005 inch (0.12 mm) deep,
and chemical conversion coat
in accordance with the Chromic
(61-01-02).
Replace the start lock bracket if the
depth of damage is greater than
0.005 inch (0.12 mm).
None. Replace the start lock
bracket.
Light corrosion up to 0.005 inch
(0.12 mm) maximum depth must be
removed by glass bead cleaning.
Chemical conversion coat in
accordance with the Chromic
(61-01-02).
Replace the start lock bracket if
corrosion up to 0.005 inch (0.13
mm) maximum depth cannot be
completely removed by glass bead
cleaning or polishing.
None. Replace the start lock
bracket.
Page 5-36
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
830-37.eps
W10445
Start Lock Housing
Spring
Start Lock Pin
Cotter Pin
B-830-37 Start Lock Unit
Figure 5-12
Start Lock Bracket for HC-B4( )N-5( )(L) Propellers
Figure 5-11
A-2620-1 and A-2620-3
Start Lock Pins
Flat
For A-2620-1
0.460 inch
(11.68 mm)
maximum
0.494 inch
(12.54 mm)
minimum
End
Chamfer
0.055 Inch (1.40 mm)
Minimum
APS 5046
Using a cast B-3493 start lock
bracket is not permitted. A
forged B-3493 start lock bracket
is permanently identied with the
letter "F" or revision level "L" or
later on the bracket.
For A-2620-3
0.510 inch
(12.95 mm)
maximum
Start Lock Bushing
Page 5-37
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Table 5-1
B. Start Lock Bracket (1020):
(1) Inspect the start lock
bracket used in 830-
32(L) and 830-34(L)
Start Lock Units,
installed on
HC-B4( )N-5( )(L)
propeller assemblies,
to ensure the wall
thickness at the area
of the outboard cotter
pin hole is above the
minimum limit.

(2) Inspect the B-3493
start lock bracket for
the letter "F" or revision
level "L" or later.
C. Start Lock Pin (1060),
except A-2620-1 and
A-2620-3
(1) Dimensionally inspect
the Start Lock pin in
accordance with
Figure 5-10.
start lock pin for
corrosion.
Minimum permitted bracket wall
thickness is 0.055 inch
(1.40 mm) in the area shown in
Figure 5-11.
A B-3493 start lock bracket not
permanently identied with the letter
"F" or revision "L" or later must be
replaced. Refer to Figure 5-11.
See Figure 5-10 for dimensional
limits.
None. Replace the bracket.
manual for replacement procedures.
None. Replace the start lock bracket.
None. Replace the start lock pin.
None. Replace the start lock pin if
light corrosion cannot be removed by
glass bead cleaning.
NOTE: Several cast B-3493 start lock brackets used in 830-34L start lock units experienced failure due to
poor alloy formulation. B-3493 start lock brackets are now produced from forged material. Forged
B-3493 start lock brackets are identied with the letter "F" or revision level "L" or later on the bracket.
Part No. "X" Dimension
A-2620-1 1.330 inches (33.78 mm)
A-2620-3 1.380 inches (33.78 mm)
"X"
W10445
Identication of A-2620-( ) Start Lock Pin
Figure 5-12.1
118F
Page 5-38
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
W10387
Start Lock Plate
Figure 5-13
D. Start Lock Pin A-2620-1
and A-2620-3 only (1060):
the start lock pin
in accordance with
Figure 5-12.
areas identied as at,
end, and chamfer for
wear or damage. See
Figure 5-12.
start lock pin for
corrosion.
See Figure 5-12 for permitted
dimensional limits.
The maximum permitted depth of
wear or damage is 0.005 inch s
(0.12 mm)
None. Replace the start lock pin if
light corrosion cannot be removed
by glass bead cleaning.
Wear Surface
61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Table 5-1
Page 5-38.1
Rev. 19 Dec/06
E. Start Lock Bushing (1050)
bushing, not including
the threads, for nicks,
gouges, or other
damage.
threads of the bushing
for damage such
as scoring, nicks,
scratches, and impact
damage.
through hole for wear.
OD grip area between
the threads and the
ange for wear.
installation and
removal slot for
damage.
accumulated damage is permitted,
Damage must not interfere with
the start lock housing threads.
If there is wear, dimensionally
inspect the ID bore. Maximum
permitted diameter is 0.3855 inch
(9.791 mm).
If there is wear, dimensionally
inspect the OD of the grip area.
Minimum permitted diameter is
0.548 inch (13.92 mm).
Damage that does not permit
engagement of the slot for
installation or removal is not
permitted.
Remove raised edges or material
that is pushed above the machined
surfaces. If the damage is more
than the permitted serviceable limits,
replace the start lock bushing.
If the damage is greater than
the permitted serviceable limits,
If the wear is greater than the
If the wear is greater than the
Remove raised edges or material
that is pushed above the
machined surfaces. If the damage
is greater than the permitted
serviceable limits, replace the start
lock bushing.
A-2629
Start Lock Bushing
Figure 5-13.1
OD Grip Area
Threads
Through Hole
Installation
and
Removal
Slot
61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Page 5-38.2
Rev. 19 Dec/06
Page 5-39
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Table 5-1
27. Start Lock Plate (1230)
A. Visually inspect the start
lock plate for indications of
corrosion and pitting.
B. Visually inspect the start lock
plate for scratches.
C. Visually inspect for wear on
the surface that contacts the
start lock pin. See Figure 5-
13.
D. Visually inspect the start
lock plate for cadmium plate
coverage.
28. Beta Valve Inspection [C-3630-( )]
(1600)
A. General Inspection
Requirements
(1) All components of the
beta valve assembly
C-3630-( ) must be
visually inspected for
corrosion, scratches,
dents, grooves, wear, or
other forms of damage.
(2) Magnetic particle inspect
all steel components of
the beta valve assembly
in accordance with
Inspection chapter
of Hartzell Standard
(61-01-02).
(3) Dye penetrant inspect all
aluminum components
of the beta valve
assembly in accordance
with Hartzell Standard
(61-01-02).
inch (.13 mm).
Maximum allowable depth of a
scratch is 0.005 inch (0.12 mm).
Maximum allowable depth of wear
is 0.020 inch (0.50 mm).
A few random scratches are
acceptable; otherwise, cadmium
plate must completely cover the
start lock plate.
See the specic inspection
requirements of this chapter.
Corrosion to a maximum depth
of 0.005 inch (0.13 mm) must be
removed by glass bead cleaning.
Replace the start lock plate if pitting
exceeds 0.005 inch (0.13 mm).
None. Replace the start lock plate.
None. Replace the start lock plate.
Replate and bake the start lock
plate in accordance with the
Cadmium Replating chapter
202A (61-01-02).
Replace any component that
has indications of corrosion or
damage that cannot be repaired in
accordance with the serviceable
limits of this chapter.
None. Replace the component.
None. Replace the component.
Page 5-40
Rev.11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
118F
B. Beta Feedback Rod (1670)
See Figure 5-14.
beta feedback rod for
localized damage,
dents, scratches, or
grooves.
the outside diameter.
the groove diameter.
the OD of the area
indicated as "4".
(5) Inspect the surface
nish on the area
indicated " " (Figure
5-14) using a micronish
comparator sample or
prolometer.
1 1
1
3 2
16
B-3606
Beta Feedback Rod
Figure 5-14
4
4
5 inches
(127 mm)
No damage is allowed in these
areas (Refer to areas 1 in Figure
5-14).
The minimum allowable OD is
0.663 inch (16.8 mm).
The minimum allowable groove
(14.12 mm).
0.372 inch (9.44 mm).
In area 4 in Figure 5-14, the
maximum allowable surface nish
is 16 microinches.
None. Replace the beta feedback
rod.
rod.
rod.
rod.
None. Send the beta feedback
to Hartzell Propeller Inc. for
renishing.
118F
Page 5-41
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
C. Spring Retainer (1640)
See Figure 5-15.
the width of the tab.
the ID of the spring
retainer.
the depth of the spring
retainer.
the width of the flange.
1
2
3
4
B-3645-A
B-3645-B
Spring Retainer
Figure 5-15
The minimum allowable width is
0.200 inch (5.08 mm).
The maximum allowable ID is
1.200 inches (30.48 mm).
The maximum allowable depth is
0.370 inch (9.40 mm).
The minimum allowable width is
0.045 inch (1.14 mm).
None. Replace the spring
retainer.
retainer.
retainer.
retainer.
118F
Page 5-42
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
D. Outer Beta Valve Spring
(1650)
(1) Visually inspect for
corrosion, nicks, or
damage.
the free length of the
outer beta valve spring.
E. Inner Beta Valve Spring
(1660)
(1) Visually inspect for
corrosion, nicks, or
damage.
the free length of the
inner beta valve spring.
F. Beta Valve Spacer (1620)
Visually inspect the beta
valve spacer for wear or
damage.
.
Damage that can be buffed out
without removing metal is
permitted.
Free length must be greater than
6.86 inches (174.2 mm).
Damage that can be buffed out
without removing metal is
permitted.
Free length must be greater than
5.88 inches (149.4 mm).
No indications of wear or damage
are allowed.
None. Replace the outer
beta valve spring.
None. Replace the outer
beta valve spring.
None. Replace the inner
beta valve spring.
None. Replace the inner
beta valve spring.
None. Replace the beta
valve spacer.
118F
Page 5-43
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
1
4
5
6
2
Table 5-1
G. Beta Valve Washer (1710)
See Figure 5-16.
the thickness of the
beta valve washer.
(2) Visually inspect all
edges for local damage.
the OD of the beta valve
washer.
the ID of the beta valve
washer.
the ID of the pin head
cutout.
the depth of the pin
head cutout.
W10067
Beta Valve Washer
Figure 5-16
The minimum allowable
(4.57 mm).
No visible damage is allowed.
0.663 inch (16.84 mm).
0.133 inch (3.37 mm).
0.270 inch (6.85 mm).
The maximum allowable depth is
0.130 inch (3.30 mm).
None. Replace the beta valve
washer.
washer.
washer.
washer.
washer.
washer.
3
118F
Page 5-44
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
B-3602
Beta Valve Shaft Adaptor
Figure 5-17
H. Beta Valve Shaft Adaptor (1750)
See Figure 5-17.
(1) Dimensionally inspect the
OD of the shaft adaptor.
OD of the groove.
ID of the groove (2 places).
ID of the internal lands
(4 places).
(5) Visually inspect the groove
surfaces.
outer flange OD.
OD of the groove.
The minimum allowable OD is 1.245
inches (31.62 mm).
inches (28.90 mm).
The maximum allowable ID is 0.929
inch (23.59 mm).
inch (19.12 mm).
No localized damage, dents,
scratches, or grooves are allowed.
inches (37.97 mm).
inches (35.33 mm).
None. Replace the shaft
adaptor.
adaptor.
adaptor.
adaptor.
adaptor.
adaptor.
adaptor.
1
5
5
5
5
6
7
1
6
7
2
2
3 4
118F
Page 5-45
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
I. Beta Valve Spool (1770)
See Figure 5-18.
(1) Inspect the surface finish
on the areas indicated
" " using a profilometer
or a microfinish
comparator sample.
OD of the spool (2 places).
thickness of the flat.
ID of the spool.
2
4
2
16
16
3
B-3632
Beta Valve Spool
Figure 5-18
The surface finish must be at
least 16 microinches.
0.6243 inch (15.85 mm).
The minimum allowable thickness
is 0.180 inch (4.57 mm).
The maximum ID is 0.132 inch
(3.35 mm).
None. Replace the spool.
118F
Page 5-46
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
J. Beta Valve Sleeve (1720)
See Figure 5-19.
ID of the beta valve
sleeve.
depth of the slot in the
end of the beta valve
sleeve.
ID of the 4 holes in the
sleeve.
OD of the beta valve
sleeve.
ID of the beta valve
sleeve.
contact surfaces on the
flange of the beta valve
sleeve.
(7) Inspect the surface finish
on the areas indicated
" " using a microfinish
comparator sample or
profilometer.
B-3631
Beta Valve Sleeve
Figure 5-19
0.667 inch (16.94 mm).
The depth of the hole must be
between 0.577 and 0.617 inch
(14.65 and 15.67 mm).
The ID of each hole must be
between 0.1853 and 0.1875 inch
(4.70 and 4.76 mm).
The minimum OD is 0.746 inch
(18.94 mm).
The maximum ID is 0.6254 inch
(15.88 mm).
No localized damage, dents,
scratches, or grooves are
allowed.
sleeve.
sleeve.
sleeve.
sleeve.
sleeve.
sleeve.
sleeve.
2
3
6
16
16
4
5
1
118F
Page 5-47
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
K. Beta Valve Push Rod (1790)
See Figure 5-20.
the ID of the beta valve
push rod.
the OD of the threaded
area of the rod.
finish in the area
indicated " " using a
microfinish comparator
sample or profilometer.
2
1
2 Inches
16
B-3633
Beta Valve Push Rod
Figure 5-20
inch (6.17 mm).
inch (10.54 mm).
The surface finish must be at least
16 microinches or the rod must be
retired from service.
valve push rod.
valve push rod.
valve push rod.
118F
Page 5-48
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
L. Reverse Pitch Indicator Pin
(1700)
See Figure 5-21.
edges of the head of
the reverse pitch
indicator pin for
indications of wear or
damage.
the pin head OD.
the pin head width.
the pin OD.
1
2
3
4
A-3619
Reverse Pitch Indicator Pin
Figure 5-21
No wear or damage are allowed.
0.225 inch (5.71 mm).
thickness of the pin head is
0.116 inch (2.94 mm).
The minimum allowable pin OD
0.122 inch (3.09 mm).
None. Replace the reverse
pitch indicator pin.
118F
Page 5-49
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
NOTE: At least three measurements should be taken with a two-point micrometer.
B-3652
Beta Valve Push Rod Spool
Figure 5-22
0.6243 inch (15.85 mm).
(4.57 mm).
0.243 inch (6.17 mm).
0.436 inch (11.07 mm).
None. Replace the rod spool.
M. Beta Valve Push Rod
Spool (1790)
See Figure 5-22.
(1) Dimensionally
inspect the OD of
the lands on the
push rod spool.
(2) Dimensionally
inspect the width of
the flange.
finish in the area
indicated " "
using a microfinish
comparator sample
or profilometer.
(4) Dimensionally
inspect the ID of the
rod end.
(5) Dimensionally
inspect the OD of
the rod.
1
1
16
16
4
5
2
16
118F
Page 5-50
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
3
5
(6X)
B-2692-B
B-2692-A
Engine Cover
Figure 5-23
2.314 inches (58.77 mm).
The maximum allowable bearing
ID is 0.4400 inch (11.17 mm).
No damage is allowed in the
indicated areas.
The minimum allowable width of
the flange is 0.230 inch (5.84
mm).
The maximum allowable ID of
each hole is 0.288 inch
(7.31 mm).
None. Replace the engine
cover.
Replace the bearing if it
exceeds the maximum
allowable ID. Refer to the Repair
cover.
cover.
cover.
N. Engine Cover (1830)
See Figure 5-23.
(1) Dimensionally
inspect the OD of the
O-ring groove.
(2) Dimensionally
inspect the ID of the
bearing.
indicated surfaces for
localized damage,
dents, scratches, or
grooves.
(4) Dimensionally
inspect the width of
the flange.
(5) Dimensionally
inspect the ID of
each hole.
4
1

2
118F
Page 5-51
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
2
W10066
Valve Bushing
Figure 5-24
No wear, gouges, or damage are
allowed.
The minimum length of the valve
bushing is 0.502 inch (12.75 mm).
None. Replace the valve
bushing.
None. Replace the valve
bushing.
O. Valve Bushing (1850)
See Figure 5-24.
(1) Visually inspect all
surfaces of the valve
bushing for wear,
grooves, gouges, or
other damage.
the length of the valve
bushing.
118F
Page 5-52
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
1
2
3
4
A-3621-2
W10064
Rod End Fitting
Figure 5-25
None. Replace the rod end
fitting.
fitting.
fitting.
fitting.
P. Rod End Fitting (1860)
See Figure 5-25.
the width of the groove.
the ID of the bushing
passage.
the ID of the hole.
the width of the fitting.
The maximum allowable groove
width is 0.318 inch (8.07 mm).
The maximum allowable ID of the
passage is 0.5645 inch
(14.33 mm).
The maximum allowable ID of the
hole is 0.1925 inch (4.88 mm).
The minimum allowable width of
the fitting is 0.496 inch
(12.59 mm).
118F
Page 5-53
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
1
2
W10065
Rod End Cap Unit
Figure 5-26
cap unit.
cap unit.
Q. Rod End Cap Unit (1870)
See Figure 5-26.
(1) Dimensionally
inspect the distance
across the flats.
(2) Dimensionally
inspect the ID.
The minimum allowable distance
across the flats is 0.670 inch
(17.01 mm).
inch (3.65 mm).
118F
Page 5-54
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Type "A" Weight Slug
Type "B" Weight Slug
NOTE: All surfaces machined
NOTE: Machined casting, some surfaces not machined
Examples of Weight Slugs
Figure 5-27
Inspect for
seams or cracks
W10385
W10386
Page 5-55
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 CHECK
118F
Table 5-1
inch (0.12 mm).
balance weight.
inch (0.25 mm).
1/2 of one thread accumulated
damage per threaded hole is
allowed.
No seams or cracks are allowed.
A few light, random scratches are
weight slug.
Light corrosion must be
removed by glass bead
cleaning. Replace the balance
weight if the depth of pitting
exceeds 0.005 inch (0.13
mm).
Replate the balance weight in
Replating chapter of Standard
(61-01-02).
Light corrosion must be
removed by glass bead
cleaning. Replace the weight
slug if the depth of pitting
exceeds 0.010 inch (0.25
mm).
None. Replace the weight
slug.
None. Replace the weight
slug.
Replate the weight slug in
202A (61-01-02).
29. Balance Weight
A. Visually inspect the balance
weight for indications of
B. Visually inspect the cadmium
plate coverage.
30. Weight Slug
Refer to Figure 5-27
A. Type "A" slug and Type "B"
slug - Visually inspect the
weight slug for indications of
B. Type "A" slug and Type "B"
slug - Visually inspect the
threaded holes of the weight
slug, if present.
C. Type "B" slug only -
Magnetic Particle inspect
the slot corners for seams
or cracks, in accordance
with the Magnetic Particle
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
D. Type "A" slug and Type "B"
slug - Visually inspect for
cadmium plate coverage.
Page 5-56
Rev. 11 Oct/01
61-10-18
CHECK
118F
E
Area "A"
Minimum 0.370
inch (9.39 mm)
O-ring
Groove
Spacer (455)
Figure 5-28
B = Mounting Stud clearance hole
C = Dowel Pin Thru-Hole (To receive engine ange dowel pin)
O-ring Groove
Surface
W10409B
W10410
D = Dowel Pin Hole (For spacer dowel pin insertion)
Propeller
Side
Engine
Side
E = Spacer attachment screw hole
A = Spacer thickness
E
B B
B B
B
B
C
D
D
C
B
B
118F
Page 5-57
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
31. Spacer (455)
A. Dimensionally inspect the
spacer. See Area "A" in
Figure 5-28.
B. Visually inspect both mating
surfaces, excluding the O-ring
grooves, of the spacer for
scratches, gouges, pitting, or
other surface imperfections.
C. Visually inspect the mounting
stud clearance holes ( "B" in
Figure 5-28) for scratches,
gouges, pitting or other
surface imperfections.
Minimum allowable thickness
(area "A") is 0.370 inch (9.39
mm).
The maximum allowable diameter
of an individual pit or area of
damage is 0.0625 inch
(1.588 mm). No linear corrosion
pitting is allowed.
The maximum allowable total
area of damage is 0.010 square
inch (6.45 square mm). The
maximum allowable diameter of
an individual pit or area of
damage is 0.0625 inch (1.588
mm). The maximum acceptable
length for an individual scratch is
0.25 inch (6.35 mm). No linear
corrosion pitting is allowed.
None. Replace the spacer.
Rework is allowed to a depth
of 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) and
must be within an area no
greater than 0.150 inch (3.81
mm) diameter. Rework must
be at least 0.25 inch (6.3 mm)
from any other area of rework.
Replace the spacer if damage
exceeds the acceptable
limits.
Rework is allowed to a depth
of 0.010 inch (0.25 mm).
Rework must be at least 0.25
inch (6.3 mm) from any other
area of rework.
exceeds the acceptable
limits.
118F
Page 5-58
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
D. Visually inspect the
dowel pin thru-holes
for scratches, gouges,
pitting or other surface
imperfections. See "C" in
Figure 5-28.
Dimensionally inspect
the dowel pin thru-holes.
E. Visually inspect dowel
pin holes ("D" in Figure
5-27) for scratches,
gouges, pitting or other
surface imperfections.
NOTE: Remove and
replace dowel pins at
overhaul.
Dimensionally inspect
dowel pin holes "D" in
Figure 5-27.
F. Visually inspect the
spacer attachment
screw holes ("E" in
Figure 5-27) for
scratches, pitting,
and other surface
imperfections.
G. Visually inspect the
surfaces of both the O-
ring grooves (Engine side
and Propeller side). See
Figure 5-27.
mm). No linear corrosion pitting
is allowed.
The maximum allowable hole
diameter from the engine side
surface to a depth of 0.024 inch
(0.61 mm) is 0.504 inch (12.8
mm). The maximum allowable
hole diameter measured from
0.025 inch below the engine
flange side surface and beyond
is 0.503 inch (12.7 mm).
is allowed.
The maximum allowable hole
(12.687 mm).
No raised material is allowed. No
linear corrosion pitting is
allowed.
is allowed.
Rework is allowed to a depth of
0.005 inch (0.12 mm). Rework
must be at least 0.25 inch
(6.3 mm) from any other area
of rework.
exceeds the acceptable limits.
0.005 inch (0.12 mm). Rework
must be at least 0.25 inch
(6.3 mm) from any other area
of rework.
Polish to remove raised
material.
Replace the spacer if linear
corrosion pitting is present.
0.005 inch (0.12 mm) and
within an area no greater than
1.0 linear inch (25.4 mm). The
rework must be at least 0.25
inch (6.3 mm) from any other
area of rework.
118F
Page 5-59
Rev. 17 Jun/04 61-10-18 CHECK
Table 5-1
H. Magnetic Particle inspect
the spacer in accordance
with the Magnetic Particle
Hartzell Standard
(61-01-02).
I. Visually inspect the
cadmium plate coverage
on the spacer.
32. Guide Lug (340)
A. Visually inspect the
cadmium plate coverage
on the guide lug.
guide lug bushing ID.
No indications or cracks are
allowed.
acceptable. Otherwise,
cadmium plate must
completely cover the spacer.
acceptable. Otherwise,
cadmium plate must
completely cover the guide
lug.
The maximum permitted
bushing ID is 0.383 inch
(9.72 mm).
Replate and bake the spacer in
202A (61-01-02).
Replate and bake the guide lug
in accordance with the
Cadmium Replating chapter of
Manual 202A (61-01-02). The
guide lug ID must be masked
during replating, and the
bushing must be replaced in
accordance with the Special
Adhesive and Bonding chapter of
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
If the guide lug bushing is loose,
or the ID exceeds the maximum
permitted servicable limit, the
guide lug bushing must be
replaced in accordance with the
Special Adhesive and Bonding
(61-01-02).
118F
Page 5-60
Rev. 17 Jun/04 61-10-18 CHECK
33. Special Mandatory Inspection Requirements
A. Hub Pilot Tube Bores in Certain Four-Blade Propellers Mandatory Inspection
Requirements
To comply with AD 94-03-11 and Service Bulletin A186( ), some hubs that were
previously installed on MU-2 series aircraft before their current service must be
removed and sent to the Hartzell Propeller Service Center for a one-time
inspection.
(1) Beech A100 and A100A with HC-B4TN-3(A)/T10173F(N),(B,K)-12.5
See AD 95-03-03 and Service Bulletin A196( ), for complete inspection
criteria and instructions.
(2) MU-2-26A, -36A, -40, -60 (and STC Modified) Four-Blade with LT10282-5.3R
See AD 95-01-02 and Service Bulletins A182( ), A183( ), and A188( ) for
complete inspection criteria and instructions.
B. Guide Collars B-834-20 and B-834-22 in Propeller Models HC-B3TN-5(M,N,P)
(1) Guide collars B-834-20 and B-834-22 installed on HC-B3TN-5(M,N,P)
propellers require additional intermediate inspections for cracks. See
Service Bulletin 143B for inspection guidelines.
(2) If a crack is found, replace both the guide collar and the start lock unit with the
latest configurations listed in the Illustrated Parts List of this manual.
NOTE: Propellers with hub serial numbers above BV4869 (right hand rotation)
and serial numbers above (BV4861 (left hand rotation) were shipped
with the latest configuration of start lock and guide collar. Left hand
rotation is denoted by the "L" following the propeller model.
Refer to the associated Service Bulletin for complete instructions.
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-1
Rev. 19 Dec/06
REPAIR - CONTENTS
1. General .................................................................................................................... 6-5
A. Shot Peening ....................................................................................................... 6-5
B. Minor Damage to Metal Parts ............................................................................ 6-5
2. Blade Repair ............................................................................................................ 6-5
3. Hub Unit Repair ....................................................................................................... 6-5
4. Mandatory Hub Replacement .................................................................................. 6-5
A. Effectivity ............................................................................................................ 6-5
B. Compliance ........................................................................................................ 6-5
C. Hub Ordering Information ................................................................................... 6-7
D. The A-6275 and A-6275-1 Conversion Kits ........................................................ 6-9
E. The A-6514 Replacement Kit ............................................................................. 6-9
F. Replacement and Conversion Kit Parts List ..................................................... 6-10
5. Blade Clamp Repair .............................................................................................. 6-12
6. Spinner Assembly Repair ...................................................................................... 6-12
7. Cylinder Repair ...................................................................................................... 6-12
8. Piston Unit Repair .................................................................................................. 6-13
A. Plastic Bushing Removal and Replacement .................................................... 6-13
B. Replacement of A-717 Guide Rod ................................................................... 6-13
C. Repair of Link Pin Unit Safety Screw Hole ....................................................... 6-15
D. Modication of C-3021-( ) Piston for Installation of External
Feathering Stop on HC-B3TN-3( ) Propellers .................................................. 6-17
9. Beta Ring (Low Stop Collar) Repair (-3 Propeller Models, only) ........................... 6-20
A. General Repair ................................................................................................. 6-20
B. Interior Surface Repair ..................................................................................... 6-20
10.Guide Collar Repair ............................................................................................... 6-21
A. Replacement of Guide Collar Bushings ........................................................... 6-21
11.The Start Lock Unit ................................................................................................. 6-23
A. Start Lock Assembly Replacement on the HC-B4( )( )-5(L) Propeller .............. 6-23
B. Repairing the B-830-36 Start Lock Assembly on the HC-B3TN-5( )
When the Pin Interferes with the Stop Screw on the Piston ............................ 6-25
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-2
Rev. 19 Dec/06
12. Replacing the C-3630-( ) Beta Valve Engine Cover Bearing ................................. 6-26
13. Rework of A-304 Linkscrew .................................................................................. 6-27
14. Conversion of Propeller Model HC-A3(MV,V)F-7 to HC-A3(MV,V)F-7B ................ 6-28
A. Effectivity .......................................................................................................... 6-28
B. Discussion ........................................................................................................ 6-28
C. Procedure ......................................................................................................... 6-28
15. Establishing Proper Fit Between Cylinder and Hub when
Start Lock Assemblies are Installed on the Guide Collar ....................................... 6-31
A. Effectivity .......................................................................................................... 6-31
B. Discussion ........................................................................................................ 6-31
C. Procedure ......................................................................................................... 6-32
16. Mandatory Blade Clamp Replacement .................................................................. 6-34
A. Effectivity .......................................................................................................... 6-34
B. Discussion ........................................................................................................ 6-34
C. Procedure ......................................................................................................... 6-34
17. Mandatory Spring Assembly Replacement ............................................................ 6-35
A. Spring Assemblies ............................................................................................ 6-35
B. Pitch Change Rod Replacement ...................................................................... 6-36
C. Spring Retainer Cup Replacement .................................................................. 6-38
18. Carbon Block Assembly ......................................................................................... 6-39
A. Repair of Binding Problem ............................................................................... 6-39
B. Replacement of Carbon Block Unit or Yoke in the Carbon Block Assembly .... 6-40
REPAIR - CONTENTS
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-3
Rev. 19 Dec/06
C-840-91 Conguration: The Bulkhead is on the Propeller Side of the
Spinner Mounting Plate (380) ......................................................... Figure 6-1 ............. 6-8
C-840-139 Conguration: The Bulkhead is on the Engine Side of the
Spinner Mounting Plate (380) ......................................................... Figure 6-2 ............. 6-8
Plastic Piston Bushing Replacement .................................................... Figure 6-3 ........... 6-12
External Feather Stop Conguration ................................................... Figure 6-4 ........... 6-16
Repairing Interior Surface of Beta Ring ............................................... Figure 6-5 ........... 6-20
Start Lock Assembly and Start Lock Plate Contact ............................. Figure 6-6 ........... 6-22
Start Lock Pin Dimensions .................................................................. Figure 6-7 ........... 6-24
C-3630-( ) Beta Valve Engine Cover Bearing ...................................... Figure 6-8 ........... 6-26
Linkscrew Rework Limits for Hub Clearance ........................................ Figure 6-9 ........... 6-27
Cylinder Inspection ............................................................................ Figure 6-10 .......... 6-30
Guide Collar Inspection ..................................................................... Figure 6-11 .......... 6-30
Guide Collar Support Ring Inspection ............................................... Figure 6-12 .......... 6-32
Identication of B-3018( )-2 and C-1948 Pitch Change Rods ............. Figure 6-13 .......... 6-36
Identication of B-868AS and B-5862 Pitch Change Rods ................. Figure 6-14 .......... 6-37
REPAIR - LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Hub and Conversion Kit Ordering Information ...................................... Table 6-1 ............. 6-7
Replacement and Conversion Kit Parts Lists ........................................ Table 6-2 ........... 6-10
Plastic Piston Bushing Replacement Tolerances .................................. Table 6-3 ........... 6-13
A-2626-( ) Socket Head Cap Screw Specications ............................... Table 6-4 .......... 6-18
New Guide Collar Bushing Diameters .................................................. Table 6-5 ........... 6-21
Conversion Kit B-3682 ......................................................................... Table 6-6 ........... 6-29
A-5950 Spring Assembly Modication Kit .............................................. Table 6-7 ........... 6-34
REPAIR - LIST OF TABLES
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-4
Rev. 19 Dec/06
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-5
Rev. 11 Oct/01
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT IN THE FIELD ANY REPAIR, REPLACEMENT,
REWORK, REPLATING, REANODIZING OR RESHOT PEENING
PROCEDURE NOT SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY HARTZELL
PROPELLER INC. OR NOT SPECIFICALLY REFERRED TO IN
HARTZELL MANUALS. CONTACT THE FACTORY FOR GUIDANCE
ABOUT THE AIRWORTHINESS OF ANY PART WITH UNUSUAL
WEAR OR DAMAGE.
1. General
A. Shot Peening
CAUTION: THE PEENING MARKS ON CERTAIN PROPELLER PARTS ARE NOT
TOOL MARKS AND SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED.
Certain surfaces of propeller assembly parts have been shot peened at the factory
to improve fatigue strength.
Shot peened surfaces may need reshot peening because of rust, galling, or nicks. See
the Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02) for shot peening procedure.
Reshot peening must be done only by Hartzell-approved facilities.
B. Minor Damage to Metal Parts
Eliminate all evidence of scratches, nicks, burrs, and other minor damage by using a
fine emery cloth or Scotch Brite pad. Be sure to blend the polished area in with the
surrounding area. Use extreme care to completely remove the damage while
removing as little material as possible.
Make sure the part is still within tolerance after any type of repair. See the Check and
Fits and Clearances chapters of this manual.
2. Blade Repair
For blade repair, replacement, and rework instructions, see Hartzell Manual 133C (61-13-33)
for aluminum blades or 135F (61-13-35) for composite blades.
3. Hub Unit Repair
See the Steel Hub Overhaul chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02),
for requirements and procedures for repairing steel hub units.
4. Mandatory Hub Replacement
A. Effectivity
These instructions apply to all Hartzell Propeller Inc. steel hub propellers installed on
turbine engine aircraft.
B. Compliance
Compliance is required in accordance with Table 1 of AD-96-18-14.
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-6
Rev. 11 Oct/01
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-7
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Propeller Model Hub Part Number Order Part Number
HC-B3TN-2 C-840-60 C-840-60
HC-B3MN-3( ) C-840-60 C-840-60
HC-B3TN-3( ) C-840-60 C-840-60
HC-B3MN-5 C-840-60 C-840-60
HC-B3TN-5C(L) C-840-87 A-6514
HC-B3TN-5D(L) C-840-87 A-6514
HC-B3TN-5E C-840-87 A-6514
HC-B3TN-5F(L) C-840-87 A-6514
HC-B3TN-5G C-840-87 A-6514
HC-B3TN-5K C-840-87 A-6514
HC-B3TN-5M(L) C-840-60 C-840-60
HC-B3TN-5N(L) C-840-60 C-840-60
HC-B3TN-5P C-840-60 C-840-60
HC-B3TN-5SL C-840-60 C-840-60
HC-B3TN-5U C-840-60 C-840-60
HC-A3VF-7( ) C-840-82 C-840-82
HC-B3TF-7( ) C-840-116 C-840-116
HC-B4MP-3( ) C-840-140 C-840-140
HC-B4TN-3( ) C-840-89 OR C-840-139 C-840-139
HC-B4MN-5AL C-840-139 C-840-139
HC-B4MN-5L C-840-91 OR C-840-139 C-840-139 & A-6275*
HC-B4TN-5( ) C-840-91 OR C-840-139 C-840-139 & A-6275-1*
HC-B4TN-5( )L C-840-91 OR C-840-139 C-840-139 & A-6275*
* Several propeller models were manufactured with 840-91 and 840-139 hub
assemblies. If the propeller was manufactured with the 840-139 hub, it will not
require the A-6275(-1) conversion kit because it already uses the updated start lock
components. The propellers manufactured with 840-91 hub assemblies will require
the A-6275(-1) conversion kit when the hub is replaced with the 840-139 hub assembly.
See paragraph 4.D. of this chapter.
C. Hub Ordering Information
Use the propeller model and hub information in Table 6-1 to determine the correct hub
part number and kit (where applicable) to order for compliance with AD-96-18-14.
Hub and Conversion Kit Ordering Information
Table 6-1
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-8
Rev. 11 Oct/01
C-840-91 Configuration: The Bulkhead is on the Propeller Side of the Spinner
Mounting Plate (380) Figure 6-1
C-840-139 Configuration: The Bulkhead is on the Engine Side of the Spinner
Mounting Plate (380) Figure 6-2
4WAY-5K.PLT
1200
460
1010
870 380
380
430
1210
1260
440
400
450 1210
360
1200
1215
1240
1010
1210
460
450
380
1245
1260
400 440 430
4WAY-5.PLT
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-9
Rev. 11 Oct/01
D. The A-6275 and A-6275-1 Conversion Kits
The A-6275 and A-6275-1 conversion kits are required in order to replace the
C-840-91 hub with the C-840-139 hub installed on HC-B4( )N-5( )(L)
propellers.
(1) The spinner bulkhead for the C-840-91 is located on the propeller side of the
spinner mounting plate. See Figure 6-1. The spinner bulkhead for the C-840-139
is located on the engine side of the spinner mounting plate. The difference in
clearances between the two spinner bulkhead mounting arrangements requires
different start locks and start lock plates to be installed when the C-840-91 hub
assembly is replaced by the C-840-139 hub assembly. See Figure 6-2.
(2) C-840-91 hubs can be identified by the stepped recess on the hub flange
where the spinner mounting plate is installed during assembly.
(3) Model Designation
(a) When the C-840-91 hub is replaced with the C-840-139 hub installed on a
HC-B4( )N-5( )(L) propeller, the propeller model designation is changed as
follows:
HC-B4TN-5C becomes HC-B4TN-5F
HC-B4TN-5CL becomes HC-B4TN-5FL
HC-B4TN-5DL becomes HC-B4TN-5GL
HC-B4TN-5EL becomes HC-B4TN-5HL
(b) The new model number must be stamped on the hub. Refer to the Parts
Identification and Marking chapter of the Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual, 202A (61-01-02) for information on proper location and marking of
steel hubs.
E. The A-6514 Replacement Kit
The A-6514 replacement kit is required when replacing the C-840-87 hub. The
A-6514 replacement kit includes the B-3029-1 spinner mounting plate that must be
used with the new hub.
(1) C-840-87 hubs have a stepped recess on the mounting flange for installation
of the B-3029-1 spinner mounting plate. The thickness of the B-3029-1
spinner mounting plate is critical because it is compressed between the
engine flange and the propeller flange when the propeller is installed and can
influence bolt and flange stresses. Because of this critical thickness, all
existing B-3029-1 spinner mounting plates are to be discarded when the hub
is replaced and the spinner mounting plate included with the A-6514 kit is to
be installed.
NOTE: The B-3029-1 spinner mounting plate contained in the A-6514 kit is
manufactured to a closer tolerance than those previously installed.
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-10
Rev. 11 Oct/01
(2) Note the replacement of the spinner mounting plate in the propeller logbook.
F. Replacement and Conversion Kit Parts Lists.
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION QTY
C-840-60 HUB ASSEMBLY
C-1478 HUB 1
A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 3
B-3897-1 EXPANSION PLUGS 3
C-1477 HUB 1
A-1496 PILOT TUBE 3
792400014 #14 CORK SEAL 3
C-1967 HUB 1
A-1891-(A) PILOT TUBE 3
D-4005 HUB 1
B-4020-( ) PILOT TUBE 5
D-3405-2 HUB 1
Replacement and Conversion Kit Parts Lists
Table 6-2
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-11
Rev. 11 Oct/01
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION QTY
D-4001 HUB 1
D-2087 HUB 1
B-4020-( ) PILOT TUBE 5
A-6514 HC-B3( )N-5( ) REPLACEMENT KIT
B-3029-1 SPINNER MOUNTING PLATE 1
C-840-87 HUB ASSEMBLY 1
C-1478-1 HUB 1
A-6275 HC-B4( )N-5( )L CONVERSION KIT
A-3495 START LOCK PLATE 4
B-830-34L START LOCK UNIT 4
C-3492 SPINNER MOUNTING PLATE 1
A-6275-1 HC-B4( )N-5( ) CONVERSION KIT
A-3079 START LOCK PLATE 4
B-830-34 START LOCK UNIT 4
C-3492 SPINNER MOUNTING PLATE 1
Replacement and Conversion Kit Parts Lists
Table 6-2, Continued
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-12
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Piston Bore I.D.
A-862-( ) Plastic Bushing
W10063
Bushing I.D.
5. Blade Clamp Repair
See the Blade Clamp Overhaul chapter of Hartzell Manual 202A (61-01-02), Standard
Practices, for requirements and procedures for repairing clamps.
6. Spinner Assembly Repair
See Hartzell Manual 127 (61-16-27), Spinner Assembly Maintenance Instruction Guide,
for requirements and procedures for repairing spinner assemblies.
7. Cylinder Repair
A. Remove any evidence of gouging or wear on the cylinder (200) within repair limits.
Refer to Check chapter of this manual for repair limits.
NOTE: The cylinder may be reground and re-chromed if necessary. For re-
chroming procedures, refer to Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02), Hard Chromium Re-Plating chapter.
Plastic Piston Bushing Replacement
Figure 6-3
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-13
Rev. 17 Jun/04
8. Piston Unit Repair
A. Plastic Bushing Removal and Replacement
NOTE: The following procedures must be performed by a skilled machinist.
(1) Remove the oversized plastic bushing, using care not to damage the bushing
groove.
(2) Remove any remaining adhesive from the bushing groove by cleaning with
solvent CM106.
(3) Install the plastic bushing in the piston. See Figure 6-3. Refer to the Special
Adhesive and Bonding Procedures chapter of Hartzell Manual 202A
(61-01-02), Standard Practices, for procedures.
(4) Ream the plastic bushing to the indicated ID. See Table 6-3.
(5) Test the runout of the plastic bushing to the bore of the piston outboard of the
plastic bushing groove. The runout must be within 0.002 inch (0.05 mm).
B. Replacement of A-717 Guide Rod
For removal and replacement of piston guide rods, refer to the Standard Repairs
Plastic Piston Bushing Replacement Tolerances
Table 6-3
PISTBUSH.XLS
ID of Plastic Bushing
After Reaming
Piston Unit
Plastic
Bushing
Inches
( 0.001)
Millimeters
( 0.02)
C-1451-2 A-862 3.781 96.04
C-1863 A-862-1 4.283 108.79
C-2303-( ) A-862-7 4.631 117.62
C-3021-( ) A-862-1 4.283 108.79
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-14
Rev. 17 Jun/04
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-15
Rev. 11 Oct/01
C. Repair of Link Pin Unit Safety Screw Hole
(1) All piston units listed in Table 6-3 have link pin unit safety screw holes with
10-32UNF-3B threads. When damaged, these threaded holes may be repaired
by using a modified Slimsert.
NOTE: In the past, helicoil repairs were also authorized. Existing helicoils are
acceptable; however, future repairs are to be made using a modified
Slimsert and the following procedure:
(2) The tools and the part necessary to make a Slimsert repair to the link pin unit
safety screw holes are as follows:
(a) 0.221 inch (5.61 mm) Diameter No. 2 Drill
(b) Repair kit TE421
1 Drive Wrench TE353
2 B-6986-192 Slimsert TE422
3 1/4-28UNF-3B Bottom Tap TE423
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE DRILL IS CENTERED AND PERPENDICULAR TO
THE HOLE.
(3) Remove the damaged threads using the No. 2 drill.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE TAP TE423 IS PERPENDICULAR TO THE HOLE.
(4) Using the 1/4-28UNF-3B bottom tap TE423, re-tap the hole to a depth of 0.220
to 0.270 inch (5.59 to 6.85 mm).
NOTE: This will insure that the Slimsert does not extend into the slot and
interfere with the link arm.
(5) Clean the newly drilled and tapped hole with solvent CM106.
(6) Place the Slimsert TE422 in a lathe and remove the counterbored end of the
Slimsert.
(7) Apply Loctite Primer CM127 to the Slimsert TE422 and the tapped hole.
(8) Apply thread locking compound CM74 to the Slimsert TE422.
(9) Install the Slimsert by using the drive wrench TE353 so that the Slimsert is flush, or
slightly below flush, with the outboard surface of the piston.
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-16
Rev. 11 Oct/01
External Feather Stop Configuration
Figure 6-4
B-1803-4 Cylinder
C-3021-5 Piston Unit
B-834-22 Guide
Collar Unit
A-2622-1 Support Ring
A-2626-( ) Screw
BSD4928
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-17
Rev. 11 Oct/01
D. Modification of C-3021-( ) Piston for Installation of External Feathering Stop on
HC-B3TN-3( ) Propellers
Installing an external feathering stop will simplify adjustment of the feather angle on
HC-B3TN-3( ) propeller assemblies. See Figure 6-4. This option eliminates the need
to remove the piston, the rod end ring, and the low stop adjustment nuts when setting or
readjusting the feather angle. It is considered a minor modification that does not affect
propeller eligibility.
(1) Model Designation
(a) The propeller model designation is changed when the external feathering
stop option is incorporated as follows:
HC-B3TN-3C becomes HC-B3TN-3K
HC-B3TN-3B becomes HC-B3TN-3M
HC-B3TN-3G becomes HC-B3TN-3N
HC-B3TN-3H becomes HC-B3TN-3P
(b) These propeller models are the only models eligible to be modified.
NOTE: The modification is most conveniently performed at propeller
overhaul or any time the propeller is removed from the
aircraft and engine.
(c) The new model number must be stamped on the hub. Refer to the Parts
Identification and Marking chapter of the Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02) for information on proper location and marking of
steel hubs.
(2) Tools Required
(a) Drill fixture TE51
(b) No. 21 drill bit
(c) 10-32UNF-3B bottom tap
(d) 21/64 inch drill bit.
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-18
Rev. 11 Oct/01
A-2626-( ) Socket Head Cap Screw Specifications
Table 6-4
Part Number Length (Inches)
A-2626 0.75
A-2626-1 1.50
A-2626-2 0.50
A-2626-3 1.00
A-2626-4 1.25
A2626.XLS
APS5088
Length
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-19
Rev. 11 Oct/01
(3) Procedure
(a) Place the piston on the drill fixture base so that the pitch change rod
opening in the piston is aligned with the threaded hole in the base.
Use the fastening knob to secure the piston to the base.
(b) Place the drill guide plate in place on the piston base by inserting the
dowel pins into the low stop rod holes on the piston.
NOTE: Drill fixture BST-2920 (TE51) can be used for either left
hand or right hand piston modification. Ensure the correct
side of the plate is facing away from the piston, depending
on the type of piston being modified.
(c) Place the No. 21 drill guide in the drill guide plate.
1 Using the No. 21 drill bit, drill into the base of the piston to a
depth of 0.850 0.010 inch.
2 Repeat the drilling procedure at the other two locations around
the piston base.
3 Remove the No. 21 drill guide from the drill guide plate.
(d) Place the 21/64 drill guide in the drill guide plate.
1 Drill into the new hole in the piston base using the 21/64 drill bit to
a depth of 0.200 0.010 inch.
2 Repeat the drilling procedure at the other two locations around
the piston base.
3 Remove the drill guide plate from the piston.
(e) Tap the No. 21 holes using the 10-32UNF-3B tap to the bottom of
each hole. Thoroughly clean the tapped holes when finished.
(4) Additional Requirements to Complete the Modification
(a) Replace the standard B-1803-2 cylinder with the B-1803-4 cylinder.
(b) Replace the standard B-834-12 guide collar unit with the B-834-22
guide collar unit.
(c) Install the additional A-2622-1 support ring between the cylinder and
hub during assembly.
(d) Install three additional A-2626-( ) socket head cap screws in the piston
during assembly.
NOTE: Various lengths of the A-2626-( ) screw are available.
Select the length of screw that maintains a minimum of
3/8 inch of screw engaged in the piston after feather
adjustment is completed. Refer to Table 6-4 for part number
specifications.
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-20
Rev. 11 Oct/01
9. Beta Ring (Low Stop Collar) Repair (-3 Propeller Models, only)
A. General Repair
(1) Use a soft cotton wheel to polish the beta ring (420).
(2) Use a soft cotton wheel to polish the clevis-pin in the carbon block assembly.
B. Interior Surface Repair
The surface of the beta ring groove may be repaired if it is worn or scraped:
(1) Grooves/scratches in areas A and B that are 0.007 inch (0.18 mm) deep or less
must be removed. See Figure 6-5.
(2) Use 80- to 120-grit emery cloth, finishing with 240-grit polishing compound, to
smooth the surfaces of the beta ring.
0.1875 inch
(4.763 mm)
APS0198A
Repairing Interior Surface of Beta Ring
Figure 6-5
A
B
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-21
Rev. 11 Oct/01
10. Guide Collar Repair
A. Replacement of Guide Collar Bushings
(1) Using care not to damage the guide collar, drill out the oversized bushing(s).
(2) If the bushing being replaced is located at the split, drill out the staking pin.
(3) Refer to the Special Adhesive and Bonding Procedures chapter of Hartzell
Manual 202A (61-01-02) for guide collar bushing replacement procedures.
(4) Using a center punch, install a new staking pin if the bushing at the split
was replaced. Peen the end of the staking pin.
(5) Ream the bushing as required in Table 6-5.
Plastic Bushing Finish I.D. (Inches)
A-116D-1 0.508 To 0.510
A-3023 0.381 To 0.384
New Guide Collar Bushing Diameters
Table 6-5
GUIDREAM.XLS
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-22
Rev. 11 Oct/01
APS0252
Start Lock Assembly and Start Lock Plate Contact
Figure 6-6
NOTE: This portion of start lock plate
must contact a minimum of 1/2 pin
diameter.
HUB (510)
1090
1080
1070
1020
1060
1260
1210
380
1200
870
ITEM PART NUMBER
1010 830-34 830-34L - START LOCK UNITS
1090 B-3838-3-3 B-3838-3-3 - COTTER PIN
1080 B-3864-38 B-3851-N832 - WASHER
1070 A-3066 A-3066 - SPRING
1020 B-3494 B-3493 - BRACKET
1110 A-3429 A-3429 - SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW
1060 A-883 A-883 - PIN
1260 B-3384-3 B-3384-3 - HEX HEAD BOLT
1210 B-3851-0432 B-3851-0432 - WASHER
380 C-3492 C-3492 - PLATE, SPINNER
1200 B-3808-4 B-3808-4 - SELF-LOCKING NUT
870 B-3384-12 B-3384-12 - HEX HEAD BOLT
PIN
START
LOCK
PLATE
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-23
Rev. 17 Jun/04
11. The Start Lock Unit
A. Start Lock Assembly Replacement on the HC-B4( )( )-5(L) Propeller
CAUTION: BEFORE REMOVING START LOCKS, BE SURE THE PROPELLER IS
IN THE FEATHER POSITION INSTEAD OF SHUT DOWN ON THE
START LOCKS. THIS WILL PREVENT THE SUDDEN, FORCEFUL
MOVEMENT OF THE FEATHERING SPRING ASSEMBLY TO FEATHER
POSITION FROM START LOCK POSITION WHEN THE
A-880-2 SELF-LOCKING NUT IS REMOVED FROM THE SPRING
ASSEMBLY PITCH CHANGE ROD.
The B-830-34(L) start lock assembly may be removed and replaced without removing
the propeller from the aircraft. See Figure 6-6. If the start locks need to be replaced as
a result of an inspection between overhauls:
(1) Remove spinner.
(2) Remove the self-locking nut (10) from the pitch change rod. This will allow
free movement of the piston unit (50), as it is connected to the blade clamps
by the link arms.
CAUTION: ALL "-5" PROPELLERS INSTALLED ON TPE-331 TURBINE
ENGINES HAVE A BETA TUBE INSERTED IN THE FEATHER
SPRING BETA TUBE. CARE MUST BE TAKEN NOT TO MOVE THE
BETA TUBE WHEN THE NUT (10) IS REMOVED. IF THE BETA
TUBE MOVES, FLIGHT IDLE WILL NEED TO BE RESET. CHECK
AIRCRAFT MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR SETTING
FLIGHT IDLE ON AIRCRAFT.
(3) Remove the self-locking nut (450) and washer (1210) from the hex head
bolts (1260). This will allow the removal of the damaged start lock
assembly.
(4) Install the new start lock over the exposed bolts. Reinstall the washer
(1210) and loosely install the self-locking nuts (450).
NOTE: This procedure is to be completed on all four start locks as
required.
(5) Set the start lock position.
(a) Rotate the blade to a position where the start lock plate on the clamp
assembly comes in contact with the start lock pin. This establishes the
start lock angle.
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-24
Rev. 11 Oct/01
1.000
1.130
0.100
30 DEGREES
1.330
Tolerance = 0.010
CAUTION: SEE FIGURE 6-6 FOR CORRECT START LOCK PIN AND START
LOCK PLATE CONTACT AREA.
(b) With both nuts retaining the start lock assembly in a semi-secure position,
move the start lock until the proper start lock angle has been achieved.
NOTE: Use the adjustment screw in the start lock assembly for final
adjustment.
CAUTION: DO NOT TRY TO MAKE AN ADJUSTMENT WITH THE START LOCK
SCREW IF THE START LOCK ASSEMBLY HAS BEEN INSTALLED
AND TORQUED INTO POSITION.
(6) After the start lock blade angle has been achieved, torque the self-locking nuts
(1200) onto the hex head bolt (1260). See the Torque Values Table in the
Fits and Clearances chapter of this manual. The start lock is in position and
the angle is set.
Start Lock Pin Dimensions
Figure 6-7
1.186
W10022
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-25
Rev. 11 Oct/01
(7) Follow steps 1 through 6 for all four blades. Then reinstall the self-locking nut
(10). See the Torque Values Table in the Fits and Clearances chapter of this
manual. Install the safety bolt in the beta tube, and reinstall the spinner
assembly.
(8) Safety the adjustment screw to the start lock body.
NOTE: At this point the propeller assembly is still in the feather position. To
get the assembly back into the start lock position so that the engine
can start, activate the engine-mounted unfeathering pump.
B. Repairing the B-830-36 Start Lock Assembly on the HC-B3TN-5( ) When the Pin
Interferes with the Stop Screw on the Piston
(1) Remove pin (1060) from the Start Lock Assembly and modify it according to the
dimensions in Figure 6-7. Pay particular attention to the chamfered area.
(2) Replace the start lock spring with spring (1070).
(3) Reassemble the B-830-36 Start Lock Assembly and secure it with a cotter pin
(1090).
(4) Inspect the stop screw (1095) in the piston guide rod. If the screw is loose,
replace it with a new one that has a fresh locking element.
(a) Use the screw length necessary to ensure 0.38 inch (9.5 mm) minimum
engagement of the piston guide rod. See Table 6-2.
(b) If the screw head extends beyond the guide rod more than 0.19 inch
(4.8 mm), install an A-319 sleeve on the screw shank. This will help
eliminate interference between the stop screw and the start lock pin.
(5) Reassemble the Start Lock Assemblies to the piston guide collar. Use new
attaching screws (1040). Torque per the Torque Values Table in the Fits and
(6) Retract all the start lock pins and secure them in a retracted position. Move
the piston through its range from feather to reverse pitch, ensuring no contact
with the start lock pin and the guide rod or stop screw.
(7) With the piston guide rods and stop screws in a position forward of the start
lock pins, release the pins into place to allow the stop screws in the piston
rods to contact the pins evenly, establishing the start lock angle.
NOTE: Even contact can be ensured by trying to retract each high pitch
pin individually.
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-26
Rev. 11 Oct/01

12. Replacing the C-3630-( ) Beta Valve Engine Cover Bearing
A. Remove the bearing.
B. With the bearing removed, check dimension "A" shown in Figure 6-8. If dimension "A"
is greater than 0.625 inch (15.88 mm), replace the engine cover and the bearing.
C. Press fit the new B-6985 bearing into the engine cover with an insertion arbor.
C-3630-( ) Beta Valve Engine Cover Bearing
Figure 6-8
Shoulder of insertion arbor
Insertion arbor
B-6985
Bearing
B-2692-B
A
Check dimension "A"
with bearing removed
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-27
Rev. 11 Oct/01
13. Rework of A-304 Linkscrew
A. Rework of the A-304 Linkscrew (740) may be necessary in the following instances:
NOTE: Only new linkscrews may be reworked.
(1) Because the HC-A3(MV,V)F-7( ) propeller has a higher than normal pitch range
(from -3.5 degrees reverse to 85 degrees feather) the linkscrew may contact
the hub. When this happens, the full blade angle range cannot be achieved. This
condition can be eliminated by grinding the linkscrew to remove material and
allow clearance.
(2) On propeller models HC-B3( )-( ), contact between the linkscrew and the hub
may occur. When this happens, the full blade angle range cannot be achieved.
This condition can be eliminated by grinding the linkscrew to remove material
and allow clearance.
Linkscrew Rework Limits for Hub Clearance
Figure 6-9
APS5016A
Material may be
removed from this area.
0.50 inch (12.7 mm) minimum
Ensure that there is
sufficient material
surrounding these holes
to support the cotterpin
(670).
Removal of material
from the linkscrew will
likely intersect these
two adjacent holes.
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-28
Rev. 11 Oct/01
B. Procedure for rework of the linkscrew
NOTE: Until recently, hubs were modified during production in the factory by
removing enough material to allow linkscrew clearance. While this practice
was acceptable, and there are airworthy hubs still in use that were
modified in this manner, this type of modification is no longer
recommended.
(1) Remove only enough material from the linkscrew (740) to allow clearance with
the hub. See Figure 6-9.
NOTE: Removal of material from the linkscrew will likely intersect the two
adjacent holes on that side of the linkscrew.
(2) Ensure that there is sufficient material surrounding the remaining, unaffected
holes in the linkscrew to support the safety cotterpin (670). See Figure 6-9.
14. Conversion of Propeller Model HC-A3(MV,V)F-7 to HC-A3(MV,V)F-7B
A. Effectivity
Compliance is required at next overhaul or propeller disassembly on all GAF
(Government Aircraft Factories) model N22B, N24A, N22S or N22C Nomad
aircraft with propeller assembly HC-A3(MV,V)F-7.
B. Discussion
Additional counterweight force is required to assist the propeller into high pitch/
high blade angle position. To provide this assistance, additional counterweight
mass must be added to the propeller assembly, resulting in a change in
propeller model designation.
C. Procedure
NOTE: Conversion kit B-3682 provides all necessary materials for this
modification. See Table 6-6.
(1) Remove the blade clamp assembly from the propeller.
(2) Remove and discard the existing counterweight (800) and slug (810) from the
blade clamp by removing the staking pins (730) and the socket head cap
screws (790). Use care to avoid breaking the staking pin (730) between the
clamp and the counterweight.
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-29
Rev. 19 Dec/06
(3) Thoroughly clean the clamp in the area where the counterweight is
mounted.
(4) Apply sealant CM46 to each screw (790). Install the new counterweight
(800) to the clamp, using screws (790). Torque each screw (790) in
accordance with the Torque Values Table in the Fits and Clearances chapter
of this manual.
(5) Using a drill and a size No. 42 drill bit, drill through each side of the
counterweight into the hex head drive opening in the head of each screw.
Conversion Kit B-3682
Table 6-6
ITEM NO. QUANTITY PART NO. DESCRIPTION
800 3 C-3669 COUNTERWEIGHT ARM
720 3 A-65 STAKING PIN, COUNTERWEIGHT
760 6 A-47-1 CLAMP GASKET
770 6 A-2017 CLAMP BOLT
-775 6 A-2031 WASHER
780 6 A-2043-1 CLAMP NUT
790 6 A-2036-22 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW
730 6 A-285 STAKING PIN
860 6 B-6588-1 LUBRICATION FITTING
850 6 B-6544 LUBRICATION FITTING CAP
750 6 A-321 SOCKET SCREWS, CLAMP
710 6 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN, SOCKET SCREW
400 1 C-3317-228 O-RING
430 6 A-1328-1 BOLT
440 6 A-1381 WASHER
-155 1 C-3317-012 O-RING
1610 1 A-2678 NUT
810 3 B-3663-3 SLUG
820 6 B-3386-14H BOLT

118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-30
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Part No. Z-1 Dimension
B-1803-3 0.490 0.010
B-1803-4 0.462 0.010
Z-1
Cylinder Inspection
Figure 6-10
Z-2
0.250
0.125
0.500
3.795 dia.
X
Part No. X Dimension
B-2623 0.050
B-2623-1 0.068
Guide Collar Inspection
Figure 6-11
ASD4939
W10057
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-31
Rev. 11 Oct/01
(6) Insert a staking pin (730) through the counterweight and into each
screw (790) until the staking pin is flush with the counterweight.
NOTE: A cotter pin (710) may be used in place of the staking pin
(730).
(7) Proper counterweight-to-clamp contact must be maintained during assembly.
Follow the procedures found in Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02), Blade Clamp Overhaul chapter.
(8) Drill the hole in the counterweight to allow installation of the counterweight
dowel pin (720). Follow the procedures found in Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02), Blade Clamp Overhaul chapter.
(9) Use bolts (820) to attach the weight slug (810) to the counterweight. Torque
the bolts (820). See the Torque Values Table in the Fits and Clearances
(10) Safety wire the bolts.
(11) Using a round bottom metal impression stamp, reidentify the hub model as
HC-A3(MV,V)F-7B.
(12) Make a logbook entry indicating that propeller has been converted.
15. Establishing Proper Fit Between Cylinder and Hub when Start lock Assemblies are
Installed on the Guide Collar
A. Effectivity
This procedure applies to propeller models HC-B3TN-5N( ), HC-B3TN-5M( ), and
HC-B3TN-5P( ), HC-B3TN-5U( ), HC-B3TN-5W( ) .
B. Discussion
The propeller assembly may experience a problem where the piston guide collar
appears to be loose or tends to rotate, causing binding or improper action of the
start lock assembly. When this problem is reported, or at the next overhaul, the
following procedure will strengthen the system and eliminate the possibility of
rotational movement.
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-32
Rev. 11 Oct/01
C. Procedure
(1) Disassemble the propeller.
(2) Inspect the cylinder and verify dimension Z-1 in Figure 6-10.
(3) Inspect the guide collar and verify dimension X in Figure 6-11.
(4) Inspect the guide collar support ring and verify dimension T in Figure 6-12.
(5) After inspecting the parts, rework them to ensure proper cylinder-to-hub and
cylinder-to-guide-collar fit and correct guide collar rotational play.
(a) Turn and machine the cylinder in a lathe until Z-1 dimension equals
0.462 0.010 inch (11.73 0.25 mm).
Guide Collar Support Ring Inspection
Figure 6-12
ASD4959
T
3.320 0.005 diameter
3.750 0.005 diameter
Part No. T Dimension
A-2622 0.032 0.005
A-2622-1 0.063 0.006
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-33
Rev. 11 Oct/01
(b) After reworking the Z-1 dimension, check Z-2. If Z-2 is less than 0.490
0.010 inch (12.45 0.25 mm), increase the depth (dimension X
in Figure 6-10) of the recess in the guide collar as follows:
Z-2 Dimension Recess in B-830-( ) Collar
0.490 inch 0.050 0.010 inch
0.462 inch 0.068 0.010 inch
NOTE: When reworking the guide collar, be careful to maintain the
concentricity of the reworked area.
(6) Verify all fits and clearances before final assembly.
(a) Install the guide collar support ring in its place on the propeller hub.
(b) Place the modified guide collar on the cylinder. Do not install the O-ring
at this time.
(c) Install the cylinder on the hub.
(d) Ensure the guide collar support ring is in place on the guide collar.
(e) Tighten the cylinder into place. The guide collar should be free to
rotate.
(7) Disassemble the parts and install the O-ring. Then continue assembling the
propeller.
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-34
Rev. 11 Oct/01
16.Mandatory Blade Clamp Replacement
A. Effectivity
This requirement applies to all non-shot peened 838-97L blade clamps on
HC-B4MN-5( )L/LM10585(B,ANK)+4 propellers installed on CASA 212-200
aircraft.
B. Discussion
The blade may slip in the clamp, which changes the setting of the blade
angles and causes rough operation of the propeller.
C. Procedure
(1) Check the part number stamped on the clamp. Shot-peened clamps will
have the letter "P" stamped on the clamp after the part number.
(2) Replace non-shot peened clamps with shot peened clamps.
A-5950 Spring Assembly Modification Kit
Table 6-7
A-5950 Spring Assembly Modification Kit (to modify 831-48 to 831-75)
Part Number Description Quantity
C-1948 Pitch Change Rod 1
C-5816 Spring Retainer Cup 1
A-1949 Retainer, rear split 1
B-1993 Tube, spacer 1
B-5808 Retainer, rear spring 1
A-1989 Spacer (shim) 6
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-35
Rev. 11 Oct/01
17. Mandatory Spring Assembly Replacement
A. Spring Assemblies
(1) The following spring assemblies are obsolete and must be replaced at overhaul
with a new spring assembly as follows:
Obsolete Spring Assembly New Spring Assembly Application
831-69 (Previously -42 and -22) 831-76 HC-B4MP-3( )
HC-B4TN-3( )
831-63 (Previously -43) 831-72 HC-B4TN-5( )
831-64 (Previously -54) 831-73 HC-B4MN-5( )
831-20 831-75 HC-B3TN-5( )
831-30 831-75 HC-B3TN-5( )
831-38 831-75 HC-B3TN-5( )
831-45 831-75 HC-B3TN-5( )
(2) Spring assembly 831-48 is obsolete and must be either converted to or replaced
at overhaul with spring assembly 831-75. See Table 6-7 for conversion kit
information.
NOTE 1: The purpose of this procedure is to install a C-1948 pitch change rod.
Using this rod requires using a new spring retainer cup, rear spring
retainer, and other parts; therefore, replacement with an 831-75
spring assembly is specified. Instead of buying an 831-75 spring
assembly, it is acceptable to purchase only those parts necessary for
converting an 831-48 to an 831-75 spring assembly.
NOTE 2: A B-3018( )-2 pitch change rod that has been removed from service
must be retired in accordance with Hartzell Propeller Standard
Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02), Part Retirement Procedures
chapter.
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-36
Rev. 11 Oct/01
W10164
0.7845 inch
(19.926 mm)
0.735 inch (18.67 mm)
0.685 inch
(17.40 mm)
groove
0.940 inch (23.88 mm) diameter
X 0.050 inch (1.27 mm) wide,
provides external visual identifi-
cation
0.635 inch
(16.13 mm)
B. Pitch Change Rod Replacement
(1) Pitch change rod B-3018( )-2 is obsolete and must be replaced with pitch change
rod C-1948 at overhaul.
NOTE: Pitch change rod replacement is accomplished when spring assembly
831-43 or 831-63 is replaced with spring assembly 831-72, when
spring assembly 831-54 or 831-64 is replaced with spring assembly
831-73, or when spring assembly 831-20, 831-30 or 831-45 is
replaced with spring assembly 831-75.
(a) These parts are identifiable by dimensional differences shown in
Figure 6-13. Part numbers may also be etched or ink stamped on the part.
(b) A B-3018( )-2 pitch change rod that has been removed from service must be
retired in accordance with Hartzell Propeller Standard Practices Manual
202A (61-01-02), Part Retirement Procedures chapter.
Identification of B-3018( )-2 and C-1948 Pitch Change Rods
Figure 6-13
C-1948
B-3018( )-2
Groove
0.1875 inch
(4.763 mm)
0.293 - 0.378 inch
(7.44 - 9.60 mm)
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-37
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Identification of B-868AS and B-5862 Pitch Change Rods
Figure 6-14
APS6288
APS6288A
B-868AS 0.253 Inch (6.43 mm)
B-5862 0.345 Inch (8.76 mm)
PITCH CHANGE ROD "X" DIMENSION
. .
"X"
6.65 Inches
(168.91 mm)
0.067 Inch (1.70 mm)
Diameter
0.515 Inch
(13.08 mm)
B-868AS
Six Holes, 0.250 Inch
(6.35 mm) Diameter
0.005 Inch (0.13 mm)
Radius
0.635 Inch
(16.13 mm)
Diameter
B-5862
0.187 Inch (4.75 mm)
Diameter
6.96 Inches
(176.8 mm)
0.600 Inch
(15.24 mm)
Diameter
0.020 Inch (0.51 mm)
Radius
Four Holes, 0.1875 Inch
(4.763 mm) Diameter
0.397 Inch
(10.08 mm)
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-38
Rev. 11 Oct/01
(2) The B-868AS pitch change rod installed in four-blade propeller models is
obsolete and must be replaced at overhaul with a B-5862 pitch change rod.
NOTE 1: Three blade Hartzell propellers are not affected by this procedure.
NOTE 2: Other variations of the B-868AS pitch change rod (B-868AS-1, B-
868AS-2, B-868AS-4, and B-868AS-5) are not affected by this
procedure.
NOTE 3: Pitch change rod replacement is accomplished when spring assembly
831-22, 831-42, or 831-69 is replaced with spring assembly 831-76.
(a) These parts are identifiable by dimensional differences shown in Figure
6-14.
(b) A B-868AS pitch change rod that has been removed from service must be
retired in accordance with Hartzell Propeller Standard Practices Manual
202A (61-01-02), Part Retirement Procedures chapter, and is not to be
reused in a three-blade propeller.
C. Spring Retainer Cup Replacement
(1) Spring retainer cups A-3403-2 and C-1939 are obsolete and must be replaced at
overhaul with new spring retainer cups as follows:
Obsolete Spring New Spring Application
Retainer Cup Retainer Cup
C-1939 C-2855 HC-B4MN-5( )
HC-B4TN-5( )
A-3403-2 C-2858 HC-B4MP-3( )
HC-B4TN-3( )
NOTE: Replacement spring assemblies 831-72, 831-73, 831-75 and 831-76
include the new spring retainer.
(2) Parts are identifiable by ink stamped part numbers.
(3) A C-1939 or A-3403-2 spring retainer cup that has been removed from service
must be retired in accordance with Hartzell Propeller Standard Practices Manual
202A (61-01-02), Part Retirement Procedures chapter.
118F
REPAIR
61-10-18
Page 6-39
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Carbon Block Assembly
Figure 6-15
18. Carbon Block Assembly
A. Repair of Binding Problem
The clearance between the yoke pin and the corresponding linkage (beta lever
bushing) may become too close due to a buildup of plating and foreign particles
between the two pieces. See Figure 6-15. This may cause binding, and may result in
excessive wear to the carbon block, low stop collar, and beta linkage.
(1) Inspect the beta lever and carbon block assembly interface for free movement.
(2) If there is binding between the yoke pin and the corresponding linkage (beta lever
bushing), perform the following steps:
(a) Disconnect the beta linkage and remove the carbon block assembly (1300)
from the beta ring (420).
(b) Polish the yoke pin to provide adequate clearance and to eliminate binding.
(c) Reinstall the carbon block assembly into the beta ring. See the Carbon
Block Assembly section of the Fits and Clearances chapter of this manual.
(d) Reconnect the beta linkage to the carbon block assembly.
(e) Reinspect to make sure that binding between the beta lever and carbon
block assembly interface has been eliminated.
BPS0041
Snap Ring
(1360)
Yoke Unit
(1330) Cotter Pin
(1350)
Block Unit
(1340)
Clevis Pin
(1310)
Yoke Pin
(Ref)
Beta Lever
(Ref)
118F
REPAIR 61-10-18
Page 6-40
Rev. 11 Oct/01
B. Replacement of Carbon Block Unit or Yoke in the Carbon Block Assembly
(1) If the carbon block unit (1340) and/or the yoke (1330) become excessively worn
between overhaul intervals, replacement of one or both parts is necessary.
NOTE: The carbon block unit (1340) must be replaced at overhaul.
(a) Remove the cotter pin (1350) from the end of the clevis pin (1310).
(b) Slide the clevis pin (1310) from the assembly.
(c) Remove the carbon block unit (1340).
(d) Replace the yoke (1330) if any wear or damage is present, or replace the
carbon block unit (1340) if excessive wear or damage is present.
(e) Slide the clevis pin (1310) into place.
(f) Secure the clevis pin (1310) with a cotter pin (1350).
(g) Refit the carbon block unit (1340).
1 Refer to the Carbon Block Assembly section of the Fits and Clearances
2 Establish the required clearance by dressing the block sides as
necessary.
Page 7-1
Rev. 19 Dec/06 61-10-18 ASSEMBLY
118F
ASSEMBLY - CONTENTS
1. General .................................................................................................................... 7-5
2. Special Case: Reassembly When the Blades Have Been Removed for Shipping .. 7-7
3. Hub Reassembly ..................................................................................................... 7-9
4. Reassembling Blade and Flange Mounting Parts ................................................. 7-11
A. Models ending in -2, -3, -5, and -7 ................................................................. 7-11
5. Reassembling the Spinner Support Plate .............................................................. 7-13
A. Models Ending in -2 ......................................................................................... 7-13
B. Models Ending in -3 ......................................................................................... 7-15
C. Models Ending in -5 or -7, With "Split" Spinner Support Plate ......................... 7-17
D. Models Ending in -5, with "Non-Split" Spinner Support Plate ........................... 7-17
6. Mounting Hub on Assembly Table ......................................................................... 7-17
A. Models Ending in -2, -5, and -7. ....................................................................... 7-17
B. Models ending in -3 ......................................................................................... 7-18
7. Assembling Clamp and Counterweight ................................................................. 7-19
8. Installing Blades and Clamps ................................................................................ 7-21
A. Models Ending in -2, -3, -5, and -7 ................................................................... 7-21
9. Assembling and Installing Beta Rods ................................................................... 7-28
A. This procedure applies to models ending in -3, only ........................................ 7-28
10. Assembling and Installing Cylinder and Guide Collar ........................................... 7-29
A. Models ending in -3 ......................................................................................... 7-29
B. Models HC-B3TN-5M, -5ML, -5N, -5NL, -5P, -5SL, -5U, -5V, and -5W. ........... 7-31
C. All other models ending in -5, as well as those ending in -2 and -7. ................ 7-33
11. Assembling Feathering Spring .............................................................................. 7-35
12. Installing the Piston Unit ....................................................................................... 7-41
A. Models ending in -3. ........................................................................................ 7-41
B. Models HC-B3TN-5M, -5ML, -5N, -5NL, -5P, -5SL, -5U, -5V, and -5W. ........... 7-43
C. Procedure for remaining models ending in -5 and -2 models .......................... 7-44
D. Procedure for remaining models ending in -7 .................................................. 7-46
E. Application of Blade Angle Reference Tape ..................................................... 7-49
13. Setting Counterweight Angle and Blade Pitch ..................................................... 7-51
A. All models except those ending in -7 ............................................................... 7-51
14. Setting the Reverse Angle of the Blades ............................................................... 7-53
A. Procedure for all models .................................................................................. 7-53
15. Checking Blade Track ........................................................................................... 7-54
118F
Page 7-2
ASSEMBLY - CONTENTS
16. Setting the Feathering Angle of Blades ................................................................ 7-55
A. All models except those ending in
-3(AE, AEY, AF, K, KY, M, MY, N, P, PY, or Z) ................................................. 7-55
B. Models ending in -3 (AE, AEY, AF, K, KY, M, MY, N, P, PY, or Z)
with External Feather Stops. ............................................................................ 7-55
17. Installing Spinner Bulkhead .................................................................................. 7-56
A. Start Lock Unit Reassembly ............................................................................. 7-56
B. Models ending in -3 .......................................................................................... 7-57
C. Models ending in -2, -7 and -5 Models With "Split" Spinner Support Plate ...... 7-59
18. Installing Beta Ring ................................................................................................ 7-59
A. Models ending in -3 .......................................................................................... 7-59
19. Setting the Floating Pitch Angle of the Blades ...................................................... 7-60
A. Models ending in -5 and -7 ............................................................................... 7-60
20. Setting the Low Pitch Angle of the Blades ............................................................. 7-60
A. Models ending in -2 .......................................................................................... 7-60
B. Models ending in -3 .......................................................................................... 7-60
21. Checking Start Pitch Blade Angle .......................................................................... 7-62
A. HC-B3TN-3S, -3( )Y, and HC-B3( )W-3Y Models Only .................................... 7-62
B. Models ending in -5 where start lock is mounted on guide collar ..................... 7-63
C. Remaining models ending in -5 ....................................................................... 7-63
22. Check for Blade Slippage in Clamp ....................................................................... 7-67
23. Optional Sealant CM93 Application ....................................................................... 7-68
24. Finishing the Reassembly of the Beta System ...................................................... 7-69
A. Models ending in -3, only ................................................................................. 7-69
25. Propeller Lubrication .............................................................................................. 7-69
25.1.Beta Valve Assembly Procedures ....................................................................... 7-70
A. Beta Valve Spool Assembly .............................................................................. 7-70
B. Beta Valve Spring Assembly - Propeller Side ................................................... 7-71
C. Beta Valve Rod End Assembly - Engine Side .................................................. 7-71
26. Label Replacement ................................................................................................ 7-71
27. Inspecting the Reassembled Propeller ................................................................. 7-73
A. Procedure for all models except -7. ................................................................. 7-73
B. For -7 propeller models only ........................................................................... 7-73
28. Special Instructions for Propeller Model HC-B3( )W-3( ) ....................................... 7-75
Page 7-3
118F
ASSEMBLY - LIST OF FIGURES
Hub Arm Build-Up ................................................................................. Figure 7-1 ............. 7-6
Blade and Flange Mounting Parts ........................................................ Figure 7-2 ........... 7-10
An Example of a -5 Model with a "Split" Spinner
Support Plate (380) ........................................................................ Figure 7-3 ........... 7-13
An Example of a -5 Model With a "Non-Split" Spinner
Support Plate (380) ......................................................................... Figure 7-4 ........... 7-14
An Example of a -7 Model with Bracket (490) ...................................... Figure 7-5 ........... 7-14
Installing Start Lock Plate on Clamp .................................................... Figure 7-6 ........... 7-18
Attaining Clearance Between Start Lock Plate and Spinner
Mounting Plate ................................................................................ Figure 7-7 ........... 7-19
CM93 Sealant Application .................................................................... Figure 7-8 ........... 7-22
Cylinder Installation .............................................................................. Figure 7-9 ........... 7-24
Preventing Contact Between the Clamp Socket Screw Head and the
Start Lock Bracket ......................................................................... Figure 7-10 .......... 7-25
Obtaining Clearance Between the Stop Plate and the Link Arm
on Models HC-B3TN-5CL, -5DL .................................................... Figure 7-11 .......... 7-26
Chamfer OD of Stop Plate to Clear the Beta Rod Spring .................... Figure 7-12 .......... 7-29
Conguration in Which Start Locks are Attached to Guide Collar ...... Figure 7-13 .......... 7-30
Guide Collar and Cylinder .................................................................. Figure 7-14 .......... 7-32
Placing Spring Assembly in Special Fixture ........................................ Figure 7-16 .......... 7-36
A-867 Split Ring Retainers .................................................................. Figure 7-17 .......... 7-37
Piston Unit for Models Ending in -3 ..................................................... Figure 7-19 .......... 7-40
Enlargement of Piston Guide Rod Area .............................................. Figure 7-20 ......... 7-42
Application of Blade Angle Reference Tape ........................................ Figure 7-21 .......... 7-48
Correct Angle of Counterweight Relative to Axis of Piston .................. Figure 7-22 .......... 7-50
Blade Angle and Clamp Torque ........................................................... Figure 7-23 .......... 7-52
Setting Reverse Blade Angle ............................................................... Figure 7-24 .......... 7-52
Checking Feathering Angle of Blade ................................................... Figure 7-25 .......... 7-54
Start Lock Units for HC-B3TN-3S, -3( )Y, and HC-B3( )W-3Y ............. Figure 7-26 .......... 7-56
Using Dial Indicator to Check Height and Runout of Beta Ring .......... Figure 7-27 .......... 7-58
118F
Page 7-4
ASSEMBLY - LIST OF FIGURES
Obtaining Proper Start Pitch Blade Angle on HC-B3TN-3S, -3( )Y,
and HC-B3( )W-3Y ......................................................................... Figure 7-28 .......... 7-62
Providing for Visual Detection of Blade Slippage in Clamp ................. Figure 7-29 .......... 7-66
Using Padded Blade Bar to Check for Blade Slippage in Clamp ........ Figure 7-30 .......... 7-66
Sealant CM93 Application ................................................................... Figure 7-31 .......... 7-68
Beta Valve Assembly ........................................................................... Figure 7-32 ......... 7-70
An Example of an Inspection Check-Off Form .................................... Figure 7-33 .......... 7-72
Dowel Pin Location in the Spacer ....................................................... Figure 7-34 .......... 7-74
Spacer Installation ............................................................................... Figure 7-35 .......... 7-74
Page 7-5
118F
1. General
CAUTION 1: ACTUATION OF PROPELLERS MUST BE ACCOMPLISHED USING
NITROGEN OR COMPRESSED AIR THAT HAS BEEN FILTERED FOR
MOISTURE.
ACTUATING PROPELLERS INCLUDED IN THIS CHAPTER.
CAUTION 3: USE SUFFICIENT AIR PRESSURE TO MAKE SURE THAT THE
PROPELLER ACTUATES AGAINST EACH POSITIVE STOP.
A. In preparation for reassembling and reinstalling a Hartzell Propeller, make sure that
all preliminary procedures have been followed.
B. Read all assembly instructions before beginning the assembly procedures.
C. Refer to Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02) for steel hub assembly
procedures.
D. Refer to Hartzell Aluminum Blade Manual 133C (61-13-33) for blade bore plug and
blade bore bearing installation procedures for an aluminum blade.
E. Refer to Hartzell Composite Blade Manual 135F (61-13-35) for blade bore plug and
blade bore bearing installation procedures for a composite blade.
F. Refer to Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02) for blade clamp
assembly procedures.
G. Refer to the applicable aircraft type certicate data sheet or Hartzell Application
Guide Manual 159 (61-02-59) to verify installation of a spinner assembly.
H. Refer to Hartzell Application Guide Manual 159 (61-02-59) for specic blade angle
and counterweight slug information.
I. Properly protect all unassembled components from damage.
J. Unless instructed otherwise, lubricate all O-rings with lubricant CM12 before
installing them in the propeller assembly.
K. Hartzell Recommends that the lot number and cure date for each O-ring be written
on all work orders when an O-ring is installed in any propeller assembly.
L. Observe applicable torque values. Refer to Table 8-4.
M. Safety wire per NASM 33540 using 0.032 inch (0.81 mm) safety wire unless
otherwise specied
N. Verify the installation of the electric de-ice system, if applicable, before beginning the
assembly of the hub.
O. After the propeller is reassembled, see Hartzell Manual 202A (61-01-02), Standard
Practices, for lubrication procedures.
P. After the propeller is reassembled, see Hartzell Manual 202A (61-01-02), Standard
Practices, for static and dynamic balancing procedures.
118F
ASSEMBLY
61-10-18
Page 7-6
Rev. 17 Jun/04
Hub Arm Build-Up
Figure 7-1
Puller Tool
TE108 (BT-223)
TE309
(BST-3062)
Light Mallet
Hub Arm
Guide Ring (610)
Tool TE309
(BST-3062)
Spacer A-972
Adapter Ring BT-223+10
Split Bearing
(570)
Hub Arm
(510)
Guide Ring
(610)
Wire Retention Ring
(620)
APS0191A
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-7
Rev. 17 Jun/04 61-10-18
2. Special Case: Reassembly When the Blades Have Been Removed for Shipping
The propeller has been assembled and balanced at the factory. The blade angles relative
to the clamps have been marked with matching red tape attached to the clamp and blade
shank. Grease has been installed in the blade-hub system. Matching numbers have been
put on each blade and corresponding clamp.
For convenience of shipping all blades have been removed from the assembly. The clamps
have been reinstalled on the hub. The blade ends are wrapped to preserve the grease and
keep out foreign materials.
When the propeller is received by the customer, the following instructions are to be
followed:
A. Step A applies to propeller models HC-B3( )W-3( ) only:
NOTE: If the spacer is already attached to the hub flange, begin with step 2.B.
(1) If the spacer (455) is not attached to the hub flange, install the spacer as
follows:
NOTE: If the dowel pins are already installed in the spacer, begin with
step 2.A.(1)(b).
(a) Press two dowel pins (415) into the spacer (455). See Figure
7-34 for the location of the dowel pins.
(b) Lubricate the O-ring (405) with CM12 and install it in the groove in
the spacer (455) that interfaces with the face of the hub flange.
See Figures 7-34 and 7-35.
(c) Position the spacer (455) over the hub mounting studs (435), with
the O-ring (405) facing the hub flange.
(d) Position the spacer on the hub flange.
1 If the hub flange has two 8-32 threaded holes present,
position the spacer (455) so that the spacer attachment holes
align with the two 8-32 threaded holes in the hub flange.
See Figure 7-34.
2 If the hub flange does not have 8-32 threaded holes present,
align the stud clearance holes with the hub-mounted studs
(435) in the hub flange, and align the two spacer-mounted
dowel pins (415) with any two dowel pin clearance holes in
the hub flange. See Figure 7-34.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE O-RING (405) STAYS IN THE GROOVE
IN THE SPACER (455). IF THE O-RING IS TWISTED OR
PINCHED, OIL LEAKAGE WILL RESULT WHEN THE
PROPELLER IS OPERATED ON THE AIRCRAFT.
(e) Slide the spacer (455) tight against the hub flange.
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Page 7-8
(f) If the hub flange does not have threaded screw attachment holes (Figure
7-35) present to attach the spacer (455) perform the following steps:
1 Apply masking tape around the outside diameter of the spacer (455)
and the hub flange to keep the spacer (455) on the propeller assembly
when it is installed on the rotatable fixture.
2 Proceed to step 2.B.
(g) If the hub flange has two 8-32 threaded holes (Figure 7-35) present to attach
the spacer (455) to the hub flange, perform the following steps:
1 Insert a flat head screw (465) through each screw hole in the spacer
(455) and into the 8-32 threaded hole in the hub flange. See
Figures 7-34 and 7-35.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE FLAT HEAD SCREWS (465) DO NOT
PROTRUDE ABOVE THE ENGINE SIDE SURFACE OF
THE SPACER (455).
2 Tighten the flat head screws (465) until snug.
3 If after they are tightened, one or both of the flat head screws (465)
protrude above the engine side surface of the spacer, perform the
following steps:
a Remove both flat head screws and rotate the spacer 180
degrees, aligning the screw holes in the spacer with the 8-32
threaded holes in the hub flange.
b Insert a flat head screw (465) through each screw hole in the
spacer (455) and into the 8-32 threaded hole in the hub flange.
c Tighten the flat head screws (465) until snug.
d If after they are tightened, one or both of the flat head screw (465)
still protrude above the engine side surface of the spacer, remove
both screws.
e Apply masking tape around the outside diameter of the spacer
(455) and the hub flange to keep the spacer on the propeller
assembly when it is installed on the rotatable fixture.
118F
ASSEMBLY Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
Page 7-9
CAUTION 1: USE EXTREME CARE TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE MOUNTING
STUD (435) THREADS WHEN PLACING THE HUB ON THE
ROTATABLE FIXTURE.
CAUTION 2: KEEP THE MOUNTING STUD THREADS CLEAN AND FREE OF
GREASE OR DIRT.
B. Install the hub on the rotatable fixture of a propeller assembly table.
CAUTION: ON PROPELLER MODEL HC-B3( )W-3( ), DO NOT USE LOCKING
NUTS ON THE MOUNTING STUDS TO SECURE THE HUB TO THE
ROTATABLE FIXTURE. REPEATED TORQUE/DRAG WILL
WEAKEN THE EPOXY BOND ON THE MOUNTING STUDS,
RESULTING IN POSSIBLE STUD-TO-HUB BOND FAILURE.
NOTE: On propeller model HC-B3( )W-3( ), install only non-locking 9/16-18 UNF-3B
nuts on the mounting studs (435), just tight enough to secure the hub to the
rotatable fixture.
C. Remove one of the clamps from the hub. Clean off any grease from the outer diameter
of the blade shank.
D. Install the blade onto the hub, matching the blade number with the corresponding clamp
number. Install the clamp onto the blade using new clamp gaskets, which are furnished.
E. Follow instructions in Assembly chapter of this manual for blade installation.
F. Repeat procedure for other blades to be installed.
G. Install link arms to connect piston to blade clamps.
H. Check blade angles by following the instructions in the Assembly chapter of this
manual.
I. Torque and safety all bolts following instructions in Assembly chapter of this
manual.
J. Torque test the blade relative to the clamp by following instructions in Assembly
Chapter of this manual.
3. Hub Reassembly
A. Follow the procedure in the Steel Hub Overhaul chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
B. Refer to the Repair chapter of this manual for information about the mandatory hub
replacement program.
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-10
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Blade Assembly
(600)
(580)
(570)
(560)
(510)
Blade and Flange Mounting Parts
Figure 7-2
Bearing installation
Bearing race chamfer
Ring
Bearing
O-ring
Ball spacer
APS5014
APS0213
APS0207
"Cavity" where bearing
halves (580) will be
installed
Legend:
510 Hub
560 O-Ring
570 Bearing Retention Ring
580 Split-Bearing
600 Ball Bearing Spacer
Tool TE309
(BST-3062)
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-11
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
4. Reassembling Blade and Flange Mounting Parts
A. Models ending in -2, -3, -5, and -7.
NOTE: On HC-B3( )W-3( ) models only: If mounting studs (435) are
present in the propeller hub flange, the spacer (455) must be
installed on the hub flange before the hub can be installed on
the rotatable fixture of the assembly table. Refer to the
"Special Case: Reassembly When the Blades Have Been
Removed for Shipping" section of this chapter for spacer
installation instructions.
CAUTION: BE SURE THE INTERNAL RECESS OF THE BEARING GUIDE
RING FACES OUTBOARD WHEN THE GUIDE RING IS
SLIPPED OVER THE BLADE ARM FLANGE OF THE HUB UNIT
(500).
(2) Use a light mallet and special tool TE309, as shown in Figure 7-1, to
drive a blade retention split-bearing guide ring (6-10) onto one blade
arm flange of the hub unit (500).
NOTE: Drive the guide ring far enough onto the blade arm flange
that the ring forms a narrow channel on the inboard surface
of the flange.
(3) Repeat this guide ring installation procedure for the other blade arm
flanges on the hub.
(4) Use lubricant CM12 to lightly grease the inboard surface of each blade
arm flange.
(5) Place the halves of an outboard bearing race (matched set) in position
over one hub arm.
NOTE: The break-line for the bearing race halves should be
perpendicular to the table top.
(6) Use a combination of tools TE309 and TE108 to press the guide ring
far enough onto the outboard bearing race to allow insertion of the
wire retention ring (620) into the groove in the blade arm flange
See Figure 7-1.
(7) Install the wire retention ring.
(8) Use tools TE309 and TE108 with spacer A-972, as shown in Figure 7-1,
to pull the bearing guide ring outboard far enough to allow the wire
retention ring and the guide ring to contact each other.
CAUTION: THE WIRE RETENTION RING MUST BE FULLY ENCLOSED
TO ENSURE IT IS NOT PINCHED.
(9) Check to make sure the wire retention ring is fully enclosed.
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-12
Rev. 11 Oct/01
(10) Lubricate the blade O-ring (560) with lubricant CM12 and slide it over the
blade arm flange of the hub to a location inboard of the thrust bearing.
Leave it there for use later in the reassembly.
(11) Repeat Steps 4.A.(2) through 4.A.(10) for the other hub arms.
(12) Remove the hub unit from the rotatable fixture on the assembly table and
use special tool TE309 to hold the unit vertical. See Figure 7-2.
NOTE: The arm of the hub being fitted with bearing races must be
facing down so that the hub flange and guide ring form a
"cavity" that will hold the bearings.
(13) For the HC-B3TN-3( ) propeller as installed on the Beech T-34C aircraft
only, replace the A-1851-T bearing race with an A-1851 bearing race
(580). Add the letter "C" after the propeller hub serial number to indicate
that the replacement was made.
WARNING: THE BREAK LINE OF THE BEARING-HALVES MUST BE AT A
RIGHT ANGLE TO THE BREAK LINE OF THE BLADE CLAMP-
HALVES.
CAUTION 1: ANY GAP BETWEEN THE HALVES OF THE OUTBOARD
BEARING RACE SHOULD BE NO GREATER THAN 0.001 INCH
(0.03 mm).
CAUTION 2: ALL BEARING BALLS INSTALLED IN A SINGLE BEARING
MUST BE OF THE SAME GAUGE. BEARING BALLS SUPPLIED
BY HARTZELL ARE OF THE SAME GAUGE.
(14) Install the ball bearing spacer (600) and the required number of bearing
balls onto the outboard bearing races (580), taking care not to scratch the
races.
(15) Apply a slight amount of sealant CM93 to the broken edges of the
inboard bearing race (matched set). Wipe clean any excess sealant that
may extrude into bearing area when the bearing halves are joined.
CAUTION: THE OPENING OF THE RETENTION RING MUST BE AT A 90
DEGREE ANGLE TO THE PARTING LINE OF THE INBOARD
BEARING RACE.
(16) Place inboard halves of bearing race around one blade arm of the hub
unit and install the wire bearing retention ring (570) to hold the halves in
place.
CAUTION: EXCESSIVE USE OF SEALANT COULD CAUSE UNEVEN
SEATING BETWEEN BLADE CLAMP AND BEARING RACE.
(17) Apply a small bead of sealant CM93 to the inboard bearing race at
chamfer (break point) in order to evenly fill the void in the chamfered area
of the race.
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-13
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
(18) Slide the blade O-ring (560) outboard in place against the bearing race.
(19) Wrap wide masking tape around the outside diameter of the bearing
assembly to hold the parts in place.
(20) Repeat these assembly procedures for each of the other blade arms on
the hub unit.
5. Reassembling the Spinner Support Plate
NOTE: Refer to special instructions for HC-B4TN-5(G&J)L/LT10282N-5.3R in this
chapter.
A. Models Ending in -2
CAUTION 1: MAKE SURE EACH HALF OF THE SPLIT SPINNER SUPPORT PLATE
HAS THE SAME SERIAL NUMBER.
CAUTION 2: INSTALL THE SPINNER SUPPORT PLATE ON THE HUB MOUNTING
FLANGE AT A POSITION WHICH WILL ALLOW THE BETA RODS TO
PASS BETWEEN THE HUB ARMS DURING LATER ASSEMBLY
PROCEDURES.
(1) Fasten the spinner support plate (380) to the hub mounting flange in ten
places with hex head bolts (360).
NOTE: Do not tighten the hex head bolts at this stage of assembly.
An Example of a -5 Model with a "Split" Spinner Support Plate (380)
Figure 7-3
4WAY-5GL.PLT
1215
1200
1010
870
380
1210
450
400
440
430
1260
460
380
360
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-14
Rev. 11 Oct/01
An Example of a -5 Model With a "Non-Split" Spinner Support Plate (380)
Figure 7-4
1240
1200
1215
1010
1210
380
1245
1260
400
440
430
450
460
4WAY-5
An Example of a -7 Model with Bracket (490)
Figure 7-5
480
460
490
450
460
470
A3VF-7.PLT
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-15
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
(2) For a three bladed propeller, use fixture TE182 to locate the spinner
support plate (380). Drill the spinner bulkhead mounting holes in the
spinner support plate if required.
NOTE: A new spinner mounting plate is supplied with the bulkhead
mounting holes undersized. All twelve holes must be drilled
with a 0.250 drill. A previously used spinner mounting plate
will already have these holes drilled.
(3) When the spinner support plate is accurately aligned with the hub
mounting flange, torque all ten hex head bolts (360) per the Torque
Values Table in the Fits and Clearances chapter of this manual.
(4) Safety-wire the bolts together with 0.032 inch minimum diameter
stainless steel wire (CM131).
B. Models Ending in -3
CAUTION 1: INSTALL THE SPINNER SUPPORT PLATE ON THE HUB MOUNTING
FLANGE AT A POSITION WHICH WILL ALLOW THE BETA RODS TO
PASS BETWEEN THE HUB ARMS DURING LATER ASSEMBLY
PROCEDURES.
CAUTION 2: MAKE SURE EACH HALF OF THE SPLIT SPINNER SUPPORT PLATE
HAS THE SAME SERIAL NUMBER.
(1) Insert a plastic-bushed steel guide lug (340) at each of the three or
four locations in the split spinner support plate (380).
NOTE: Insert guide and lug from the hub side of the split spinner
support plate (380).
(2) On the table side of the spinner support plate, secure each guide lug in
place with a snap ring (390). Check that snap ring is in a position
where it cannot become jammed between the hub and spinner support.
(3) Fasten the spinner support plate to the hub mounting flange in ten
places with hex head bolts (360) and socket head cap screw(s) (365).
NOTE 1: A three-blade propeller has one socket head cap screw and
nine hex head bolts as fasteners. The spinner support plate
half (380) with a single guide lug hole will use the single
socket head cap screw adjacent to the installed guide lug
(340). A four-blade propeller has four socket head cap
screws and six hex head bolts. Because the screw(s) are
installed adjacent to a nearby guide lug (340), this does not
allow the use of an open wrench to tighten the hex head
bolt(s) (360).
NOTE 2: Do not tighten the hex head bolts at this stage of assembly.
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-16
Rev. 11 Oct/01
(4) For a three bladed propeller, use fixture TE182 to locate the spinner
support plate (380). For a four bladed propeller, use fixture TE183 to
locate the spinner support plate. Drill the spinner bulkhead mounting holes
in the spinner support plate if required.
NOTE: A new spinner mounting plate is supplied with the bulkhead
mounting holes undersized. All twelve holes must be drilled with
a 0.250 drill. A previously used spinner mounting plate will
already have these holes drilled.
(5) When the spinner support plate is accurately aligned with the hub
mounting flange, torque all hex head bolts (360) per the Torque Values
Table in the Fits and Clearances chapter of this manual.
(6) Drill the screw(s) with a #42 drill and safety them and the hex head
bolts with safety wire CM131.
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-17
Rev. 12 Apr/02 61-10-18
C. Models Ending in -5 or -7, With "Split" Spinner Support Plate (i.e., HC-B3TN-5M, -5ML,
-5N, -5NL, -5P, -5SL, -5U, -5V, -5W; HC-B4MN-5AL, -5L; HC-B4TN-5F, -5FL,
-5GL, -5HL, -5JL, -5KL, -5ML, -5NL, -5PL, -5QL)
CAUTION: MAKE SURE EACH HALF OF THE SPLIT SPINNER SUPPORT
PLATE (380) HAS THE SAME SERIAL NUMBER.
(1) Fasten the spinner support plate (380) to the hub mounting flange in ten
places with hex head bolts (360).
(2) Install four (4) B-3384-( ) bolts (870) under the blade arms for spinner
mounting. (See instructions in this chapter for MU-2 de-ice installation.)
NOTE: Do not tighten the hex head bolts at this stage of assembly.
(3) To accurately align the spinner support plate with the hub mounting flange,
temporarily attach the spinner bulkhead to the support plate with bolts
(870), washers (1215) and nuts (450).
(4) When the spinner support plate (380) is accurately aligned with the hub
mounting flange, torque all ten hex head bolts (360) per the Torque
(5) Safety-wire the bolts together with 0.032 inch minimum diameter stainless
steel wire CM131.
(6) Remove the spinner bulkhead to facilitate further assembly procedures.
D. Models Ending in -5, with "Non-Split" Spinner Support Plate (i.e., HC-B3TN-5, -5C,
-5CL, -5D, -5DL, -5E, -5FL, -5G, -5K, HC-B4TN-5, -5A, -5AL, -5C, -5CL, -5DL,
-5EL)
No reassembly is needed at this point. See Figures 7-4 and 7-5.
6. Mounting Hub on Assembly Table
A. Models Ending in -2, -5, and -7.
(1) Install the hub assembly on the rotatable fixture of the assembly table.
(2) No special instructions are needed. If not already accomplished, install
the expansion plug (520) in each pilot tube (530) in accordance with
the Steel Hub Overhaul chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual
202A (61-01-02).
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-18
Rev. 11 Oct/01
B. Models ending in -3.
(1) Place the beta ring (30) over the rotatable fixture on the assembly table,
with the raised surfaces of the beta rod access holes facing upward.
(2) Place the spinner bulkhead unit over the rotatable fixture.
(3) Reinstall the hub unit (510) on the rotatable fixture of the assembly table.
If not already accomplished, install expansion plug (520) in each pilot
tube (530) in accordance with the Steel Hub Overhaul chapter of Hartzell
Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
Installing Start Lock Plate on Clamp
Figure 7-6
1120
1130
1170
1160
APS6273
CLAMP (REF)
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-19
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
Start Lock
Plate OD
Start lock Pin
If necesssary, remove only a minimal
amount of material from the OD and/or the
OD corner of the start lock plate (1130) to
attain clearance between the start lock
plate and the spinner mounting plate, and
between the start lock plate and the head
of the inboard bolt (360).
A
7. Assembling Clamp and Counterweight
A. For all models, refer to the Clamp Overhaul chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02).
B. For all models, refer to the Hartzell Propeller Application Guide for information on
proper counterweight slugs.
C. For HC-B3TN-3S, -3( )Y, and HC-B3( )W-3Y models only, where a start lock kit will
be installed.
(1) Using hex head bolts (1160 and 1170), attach a spacer (1120) and
start lock plate (1130) to the inboard side of each clamp. See Figure
7-6.
NOTE: The start lock plate(s) may need to be adjusted later to
obtain the proper start pitch blade angle.
(2) Safety the hex head bolts with safety wire CM131.
Attaining Clearance Between Start Lock Plate and Spinner Mounting Plate
Figure 7-7
CAUTION: THE START LOCK PLATE
MUST CONTACT AT
LEAST ONE HALF OF
THE DIAMETER OF THE
START LOCK PIN WHEN
THE START LOCK UNIT
IS ENGAGED.
APS6299a
A
View A-A
OD Corner Material
Removal
Start Lock Plate OD
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-20
Rev. 11 Oct/01
D. For all models, after each clamp (840) and counterweight (800) is assembled:
(1) This step applies to HC-B3TN-3( )Y and HC-B3( )W-3Y Models only,
using the A3419-( ) or the C-7519 start lock plate (1130):
CAUTION: THE PROPELLER MUST BE ALLOWED TO FUNCTION
WITHOUT INTERFERENCE FROM THE START LOCK
PLATE.
(a) There must be sufficient clearance between the OD of the start
lock plate (1130) and the spinner mounting plate (380), and
between the start lock plate and the head of the inboard bolt
(360).
CAUTION: THE START LOCK PLATE MUST CONTACT AT LEAST
ONE HALF OF THE DIAMETER OF THE START LOCK
PIN WHEN THE START LOCK UNIT IS ENGAGED.
(b) If necessary, remove only a minimal amount of material from the
OD and/or the OD corner of the start lock plate (1130) to attain
clearance between the start lock plate and the spinner mounting
plate (380). There must be enough material left on the start lock
plate to properly engage the start lock pin (1060) in the start lock
unit (1010). See Figure 7-7.
(c) After the removal of material from the OD of the start lock plate,
paint the OD of the start lock plate with paint CM67 to protect
that area from corrosion.
CAUTION: A LINK ARM (70) CANNOT BE INSTALLED ON THE CLAMP-
HALF AFTER THE CLAMP HAS BEEN INSTALLED ON THE
HUB UNIT.
NOTE: All link arms should have the same length from the center of
the link pin hole to the center of the link screw hole.
(2) Install the link screw sleeve (230) in the large hole of the link arm (70).
(3) Install the clamp protection washer (650) between the link arm and the
clamp.
(4) Fit the link arm (70) onto the link screw (740).
NOTE: The raised shoulder on the link arm must face inboard,
toward clamp.
(5) Push the sleeve cotter pin (670) through the hole in the end of the link
screw.
(6) Open the cotter pin to safety it.
NOTE: The link arm should move freely on the link screw.
Page 7-21
118F
CAUTION: DO NOT INSTALL LUBRICATION FITTINGS (860) ON THE
CLAMP AT THIS STAGE OF ASSEMBLY.
(7) Repeat these assembly procedures for the other clamps and
counterweights.
8. Installing Blades and Clamps
A. Models ending in -2, -3, -5, -7
CAUTION: IF POSSIBLE, EACH BLADE MUST BE REINSTALLED ON THE
HUB ARM FROM WHICH IT WAS REMOVED AT DISASSEMBLY.
(1) With the hub assembly in the horizontal position, follow the prescribed
procedure for Checking Blade Track.
(2) Stand blade number one in vertical position (base up, tip down) and ll
the pilot tube cavity with CM12 grease to the top of the bottom (inboard)
bearing race level. See the Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02) for lubrication guidelines.
WARNING: AIR TRAPPED IN THE GREASE CAN AFFECT PROPELLER
BALANCE AFTER RUN-UP.
(3) After making sure no air is trapped in the grease, press the blade onto its
matching hub pilot tube.
NOTE: A slight amount of grease will ooze out around the pilot tube if
the blade has been lubricated correctly.
(4) In consecutive order, repeat the lubrication and reinstallation procedure for
the other blades.
CAUTION: BE SURE TO USE HARDENING GASKET COMPOUND CM46
ON THE SHOULDER RADIUS OF THE BLADE BASE.
(5) Spread approved gasket compound CM46 on the shoulder radius of the
blade base in the area where it will be in contact with the blade clamp.
NOTE: A bead approximately 0.25 inch (6.4 mm) wide and 0.06 inch
(1.5 mm) thick is sufcient.
(6) Remove the masking tape used to temporarily hold the blade split-bearing
together.
118F
Page 7-22
APS0417
Apply CM93
to Area A
Optional Application
of CM93 to Area C
APS0426
Approximately 0.25 inch
(6.4 mm) wide and 0.06
inch (1.5 mm ) thick
CM93 Sealant Application
Figure 7-8
Apply CM93
to Area B
of CM93 to Area D
of CM93 to Area C
of CM93 to Area D
Approximately 3/16 inch
(1.58 mm)
Apply CM93
to Area A
Page 7-23
118F
CAUTION: THE PARTING LINE OF THE CLAMP-HALVES MUST BE AT
A RIGHT ANGLE TO THE PARTING LINE OF THE INBOARD
BEARING RACE.
(7) Seal the blade clamp using the following steps:
CAUTION: SEALANT MUST NOT EXTEND ONTO THE CLAMP PARTING
SURFACE. REMOVE SEALANT IF IT EXTENDS ONTO THE
PARTING SURFACE.
(a) Put a small bead of sealant CM93 on the inboard bearing radius (areas A
and B) to ll the void from the beveled edge of the bearing outside diameter
as shown in Figure 7-8.
(8) Optionally, put a small bead of sealant CM93 on a portion of the mating surfaces
(Areas C and D) on both clamp halves, as shown in Figure 7-8.
NOTE: The application of sealant CM93 to the clamp mating surfaces is an
optional procedure. Application of CM93 to the clamp mating surfaces
may cause the gasket to slip out of place.
(9) Install the matching clamp-half to which the counterweight is attached.
(10) Put a gasket (760) between each of the clamp-half parting surfaces.
(11) Install the other clamp-half.
CAUTION 1: A 0.06-INCH (1.5 MM) MAXIMUM OF GASKET MATERIAL SHOULD
BE EVENLY EXPOSED THROUGH THE LIPS ON EACH CLAMP-
HALF PARTING SURFACE. HOWEVER, GASKET MATERIAL MUST
BE TRIMMED AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE METAL-TO-METAL
CONTACT WHERE THE CLAMP LUGS MEET.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT TORQUE THE OUTBOARD CLAMP BOLTS AT THIS STEP
OF ASSEMBLY.
(12) On all propeller models except HC-A3( )F-7( ), apply anti-seize lubricant CM118
to the threaded portion of the outboard clamp bolts (770).
(13) Insert the outboard clamp bolts (770) and fasten them with clamp nuts (780).
Hand-tighten.
NOTE: This step helps align the clamp gasket, but the clamp bolts should not
be torqued at this stage.
(14) Insert inboard clamp socket screws (750).
Page 7-23.1
118F
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED THE RECOMMENDED TORQUE ON INBOARD
CLAMP SOCKET SCREWS. SEE THE TORQUE VALUES TABLE IN
THE FITS AND CLEARANCES CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL.
(15) Tighten the socket screws by increasing torque with a conventional
5/16-inch Allen wrench.
NOTE: Torque socket head screws in 10 Ft-Lb increments (10, 20, etc.)
alternating between screws at each increment.
CAUTION: DO NOT CONTACT THE INNER CLAMP-HALF WHILE DRILLING
TO SAFETY THE INBOARD CLAMP SOCKET SCREWS.
(16) Using a drill and a size #42 drill bit, drill the head of each inboard clamp socket
screw.
118F
Page 7-23.2
118F
ASSEMBLY
61-10-18
Page 7-24
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Cylinder Installation
Figure 7-9
B3TN-3N.PLT
200
270
250
280
890
880
510
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-25
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
Preventing Contact Between the Clamp Socket Screw Head and the Start Lock Bracket
Figure 7-10
Grind the protruding side of the
clamp socket screw (750) head
to be flush, or just above flush
with the surface of the clamp.
Clamp Surface
Safety Wire
APS6295
APS6296
118F
Page 7-26
(17) This step applies only to models HC-B3TN-5( ), where the start lock is not
mounted on the guide collar:
Due to the conguration of the start lock unit on the above models, in some
instances the head of the clamp socket screw (750) may interfere with
the start lock bracket (1020). To prevent interference from occurring, do the
following:
CAUTION 1: USE EXTREME CARE TO AVOID SCRATCHING, NICKING
OR DAMAGING THE CLAMP.
CAUTION 2: DO NOT GRIND THE CLAMP SOCKET SCREW HEAD
BELOW FLUSH WITH THE SURFACE OF THE CLAMP.
(a) Carefully grind the protruding side of the clamp socket screw (750)
head to be ush, or just above ush with the surface of the clamp.
See Figure 7-10.
(b) Paint the clamp socket screw (750) head using paint CM67 to protect
the screw from corrosion.
Obtaining Clearance Between the Stop Plate and the Link Arm
on Models HC-B3TN-5CL, -5DL
Figure 7-11
Remove only enough material from
the end of the stop plate to obtain
clearance between the stop plate
and the shoulder of the link arm
Link Arm Shoulder
Align holes in
stop plate (1230)
with holes in outboard
end of clamp
Clamp
APS6304
Page 7-27
118F
(18) Safety each socket screw.
(a) On -2, -3, and -7 models, safety each socket screw with a cotter
pin (710) in such a way that the cotter pin contacts the clamp-half
and prevents any tendency for the screw to back out of the clamp.
NOTE: Three loops of safety wire CM131 may be used as an
alternative to safety the socket screws, if the cotter pin
causes clearance problems.
(b) On -5 models, use three loops of safety wire CM131 to safety the
socket screw; a cotter pin causes clearance problems.
NOTE: For -5 models where the clamp socket screw head has been
ground for clearance purposes, lightly tap the loops of safety
wire using a hammer to atten them, so they will not contact
the start lock bracket.
(19) On all models except HC-B3TN-5CL, and -5DL
(a) Attach the stop plate (1230) to the clamp (700) using hex head
bolts (1220).
(b) Torque the hex head bolts (1220) in accordance with the Torque
(c) Safety the hex head bolts (1220) with stainless steel wire CM131.
(20) On models HC-B3TN-5CL, and -5DL only:
Due to normal manufacturing tolerance buildup, the stop plate (1230)
may not properly align on the clamp, and the end of the stop plate may
contact the shoulder of the link arm. When this happens, material must
be removed from the stop plate to obtain clearance. See Figure 7-11.
(a) Attempt to align the holes in the stop plate (1230) with the holes
on the outboard end of the clamp.
(b) If the holes in the stop plate (1230) do not align with the holes
in the outboard end of the clamp, remove only enough material
from the end of the stop plate to allow alignment, and to obtain
clearance between the stop plate and the shoulder of the link arm.
(c) Attach the stop plate (1230) to the clamp (700) using hex head
bolts (1220).
(d) Torque the hex head bolts (1220) in accordance with the Torque
(e) Safety the hex head bolts (1220) with stainless steel wire CM131.
(21) Repeat these blade clamp reinstallation procedures for each of the
other propeller blades.
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-28
Rev. 11 Oct/01
9. Assembling and Installing Beta Rods
A. This procedure applies to models ending in -3, only.
CAUTION 1: BETA ROD RETAINER RINGS (THREE-SEGMENT
COMPRESSION RINGS) MUST BE ASSEMBLED WITH THEIR
SHARP EDGES AGAINST EACH OTHER.
CAUTION 2: STEPS 9.A.(1) AND 9.A.(2) DO NOT APPLY IF USING BETA
ROD B-3002-( ). THE B-3002-( ) ROD HAS A MACHINED
RETAINING RING.
(1) Slide two retainer rings (330) over the inboard end of one propeller
beta rod (320) and into the groove provided for them in the rod.
NOTE 1: The rounded edges of the retainer rings must face away
from each other.
(2) Use the special tool TE65 (AST-2849) to crimp the retainer rings
together by compressing them to a 0.550-inch (13.97 mm) maximum
outside diameter.
(3) Slide a beta rod retainer (310) over the outboard end of the propeller
beta rod and down onto the crimped keeper rings. The crimped keeper
rings fit down inside the beta rod retainer (310) ID recess.
(4) If installing a B-3002-( ) beta rod (320), install a washer (295) against
the outboard shoulder of the beta rod.
NOTE: The B-3002-( ) beta rod must have an "H" stamped on the
machined retaining ring, indicating that this part has been
heat treated. Refer to the Check chapter of this manual.
(5) Slide a beta return spring (290) onto the outboard end of the beta rod.
(6) Use special tool TE29 (AT-725-1) to compress the beta spring by hand
to approximately half its length.
NOTE: Leave the special tool on the spring to aid further assembly
procedures.
(7) Follow these procedures for the remaining propeller beta rod
subassemblies.
(8) Insert the assembled beta rods through the guide bushings provided for
them in the spinner support plate (380).
(9) Install a new socket head cap screw (280) in the guide collar unit
(250).
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-29
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
Chamfer OD of Stop Plate to Clear the Beta Rod Spring
Figure 7-12
10. Assembling and Installing Cylinder and Guide Collar
A. Models ending in -3
Step (1) applies to HC-B3TN-3K, 3M, 3N, or 3P, only.
(1) Put the support ring (880) in place on hub shoulder. See Figure 7-9.
Steps 10.A.(2) through 10.A.(11) apply to all models ending in -3.
(2) Clean the threads on the hub unit and on the cylinder (200).
(3) Insert the socket head cap screw (280) into the guide collar (250) and
slip the collar down over the low stop rods (and support ring, where
appropriate).
NOTE 1: The chamfer in the guide collar (250) must face the flange
on the cylinder (200). The inside diameter recess of the
guide collar (250), which is where the support ring (880) fits,
must face the hub.
NOTE 2: For four-blade models, only: Make sure the guide collar is
positioned so the socket screw (280) can be accessed. If
the screw cannot be accessed, take the collar off, turn it
"up-side-down," and reinstall it.
The entire length of the OD of
the stop plate must overhang the
clamp enough to cover a
minimum of one half of the
diameter of the stop pin.
Stop Pin
Stop Plate (1230)
CAUTION: THE STOP PLATE MUST
CONTACT AT LEAST ONE HALF
OF THE DIAMETER OF THE
STOP PIN WHEN THE STOP
UNIT IS ENGAGED.
Chamfered area
on OD of Stop
Plate
APS6301
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-30
Rev. 11 Oct/01
200
260
270
250
280
880
890
1040
1010
CAUTION 1: DO NOT APPLY SEALANT TO THE THREADS OF THE
CYLINDER.
CAUTION 2: HYDRAULIC SEALANT ADHESIVE CM134 IN THE CYLINDER
COULD CONTAMINATE THE AIRCRAFT ENGINE OIL.
(4) Apply a bead of hydraulic sealant adhesive CM134 in the groove of the
hub (510) where the cylinder O-ring will fit. Install O-ring (890) into
cylinder chamfer, facing the hub (510).
(5) Hand screw the cylinder (200) onto the hub unit (510).
(6) Use a square bar of appropriate size to fit the slot provided for it in the
top of the cylinder, and torque the cylinder against the hub unit. See the
Torque Values Table in the Fits and Clearances chapter of this manual.
(7) Inspect the inside of the cylinder to make sure the O-ring has not been
forced out of place during the cylinder installation procedure.
(8) Inspect the slot in the top of the cylinder to make sure the square-bar
wrench used for torquing did not raise any sharp edges or damage the
threads.
(9) Remove any sharp edges in the wrench slot on top of the cylinder.
(10) Loosen and remove the special tools used to compress the beta
springs.
Configuration in Which Start Locks are Attached to Guide Collar
Figure 7-13
B3TN-5NL.PLT
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-31
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
(11) For models HC-B3TN-3S, -3( )Y and HC-B3( )W-3Y only, make sure there
is clearance between the stop plate (1130) and the beta return spring
(290).
CAUTION: THE STOP PLATE MUST CONTACT AT LEAST ONE HALF
OF THE DIAMETER OF THE STOP PIN WHEN THE STOP
UNIT IS ENGAGED.
(a) If the stop plate contacts the beta rod spring, chamfer the OD of the
stop plate (1130) just enough to allow it to clear the spring. The
entire length of the OD of the stop plate must overhang the clamp
enough to cover a minimum of one half of the diameter of the stop
pin. See Figure 7-12.
(b) If it is necessary to chamfer the OD of the stop plate (1130) to attain
clearance with the beta return spring (290), paint the chamfered area
of the stop plate using paint CM67 to protect that area from
corrosion.
B. Models HC-B3TN-5M, -5ML, -5N, -5NL, -5P, -5SL, -5U, -5V, and -5W.
These models have start locks mounted on the guide collar as shown in Figure 7-13.
(1) Place the bushing (260) into the holes provided in the guide collar (250).
(2) Place a drop of bonding agent CM116 on the threads of the bushing (260).
Turn the bushing (260) into the start lock (1010), but do not tighten the
bushing at this time.
(3) Install the screws (1040) through the start lock housing (1010) and into the
guide collar (250), but do not tighten them at this time.
(4) Tighten the bushing (260) until secure.
(5) Repeat steps (1) through (4) for the other start locks.
(6) Install the collar on the cylinder and tighten the socket head cap screw
(280).
NOTE 1: The chamfer in the guide collar (250) must face the flange on
the cylinder (200).
NOTE 2: The inside diameter recess of the guide collar (250), which is
where the support ring (880) fits, must face the hub.
(a) Install the cylinder/collar unit into the piston and make sure everything
moves freely.
(b) Tighten the screws (1040) according to the Torque Values Table in
the Fits and Clearances chapter of this manual.
(7) Put the support ring (880) in place on the hub shoulder. See Figure 7-13.
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-32
Rev. 11 Oct/01
86
Guide Collar and Cylinder
Figure 7-14
260
510
890
280
250
270
200
B3TN-5FL.PLT
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-33
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY SEALANT TO THE THREADS OF THE
CYLINDER.
hub (510) where the cylinder O-ring will fit.
(10) Install O-ring (890) into the cylinder chamfer, facing the hub (510).
(11) Hand screw the cylinder (200) and guide collar (250) onto the hub unit
(510).
(12) Use a square bar of appropriate size to fit the slot provided for it in the
top of the cylinder, and torque the cylinder against the hub unit. See the
CAUTION: HYDRAULIC SEALANT ADHESIVE IN THE CYLINDER COULD
CONTAMINATE THE AIRCRAFT ENGINE OIL.
threads.
C. All other models ending in -5, as well as those ending in -2 and -7.
NOTE: Some models ending in -5 do not have a guide collar.
(1) Assemble the guide collar unit (250) and cylinder (200). See Figure 7-14.
NOTE 1: The chamfer in the guide collar (250) must face the flange on
the cylinder (200).
NOTE 2: For -5 models with guide rods in the piston: assemble
cylinder, guide collar, and piston and make sure everything
moves freely.
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY SEALANT TO THE THREADS OF THE
CYLINDER.
hub (510) where the cylinder O-ring (890) will fit.
(4) Install O-ring (890) into the cylinder chamfer, facing the hub (510).
(5) Screw the cylinder (200) and guide collar (250) onto the hub unit (510).
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-34
Rev. 11 Oct/01
200
1500
1510
1460
1430
1440
1410
150
1450
1480
1420
180
1520
Legend:
150 O-Ring
180 Feathering Stop Screw
200 Cylinder
1410 Pitch Change Rod
1420 Thrust Bearing
1430 Spacer
1440 Cup, Spring Retainer
1450 Spacer, Spring
1460 Spacer Tube
1470 Feathering Spring (Outer)
1480 Feathering Spring (Inner)
1500 Retainer, Spring, Rear
1510 Retainer, Split, Rear
1520 Washer
Typical Feathering
Spring Assembly
Feathering Spring Assembly
Figure 7-15
APS6268
APS5075
Spring
Extension
831-75 Spring Assembly
1410
1420
1430
1440
1450
1470
1460
1480
1510
1500
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-35
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
(6) Use a square bar of appropriate size to fit the slot provided for it in
the top of the cylinder, and torque the cylinder against the hub unit.
See the Torque Values Table in the Fits and Clearances chapter of
this manual.
CAUTION: HYDRAULIC SEALANT ADHESIVE IN THE CYLINDER
COULD CONTAMINATE THE AIRCRAFT ENGINE OIL.
threads.
11. Assembling Feathering Spring
NOTE: A special fixture, TE59, is required for compressing the feathering spring
assembly.
A. This is a general procedure that applies to all models covered in this manual.
Because there are several different types of feathering spring assemblies, some
portions of the instructions may not specifically apply to the model you are
assembling.
CAUTION: SEE THE REPAIR, CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL FOR
INFORMATION ON MANDATORY PITCH CHANGE ROD
REPLACEMENT.
(1) Slide the spring retainer cup (1440) onto the pitch change rod (1410).
(2) Install the thrust bearing (1420) onto the pitch change rod (1410).
(3) If applicable, add the spacer (1430).
(4) Add spring spacers (1450) as needed.
NOTE: The exact number of spacers needed is not determined until
the counterweight angle is set (later assembly procedure);
however, the number of spacers needed will most likely be
the same as the number of spacers removed during
propeller disassembly.
(5) Place the spacer tube (1460) on the pitch change rod (1410).
(6) Slide the feathering spring(s) (1470 and 1480) over the spacer tube
(1460).
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-36
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Placing Spring Assembly in Special Fixture
Figure 7-16
APS4997
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-37
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
(7) If applicable, add the washer (1520).
NOTE: The 831-75 spring assembly, as shown in Figure 7-15, has a
spring extension, which is installed onto the rear retainer
(1500) before installing the rear retainer onto the spring.
(8) Place the rear retainer (1500) on the spring(s) (1470 and 1480).
(9) Place the threaded end of the pitch change rod (1410) into special
fixture TE59. See Figure 7-16.
WARNING: WHEN COMPRESSED, THE FEATHERING SPRING
ASSEMBLY IS LOADED TO APPROXIMATELY 1000
POUNDS (454 kg) FORCE. ENSURE THE SAFETY OF
EVERYONE IN THE VICINITY DURING ASSEMBLY
PROCEDURES.
(10) Compress the feathering spring assembly enough to insert the split rear
split retainer (1510) that holds the spring in compression on the pitch
change rod (1410).
NOTE 1: Apply oil or grease to each half of the rear split retainer
(1510) to keep it in place until spring is decompressed.
NOTE 2: If you are using P/N A-867 split ring retainers, be sure they
have a 45 degree chamfer, 0.030-inch (0.76 mm) deep,
machined on the inside diameter as shown in Figure 7-17.
A-867 Split Ring Retainers
Figure 7-17
Old Design: Do Not Use
APS0245
New Designs: 45 degrees chamfer, 0.30-inch (7.62
mm) deep, machined on edges of inside diameter
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-38
Rev. 11 Oct/01
1440
200
Flange
Safety-Wire
Spanner Wrench
TE148
NOTE: Drill completely through flange
APS0190
Feathering Spring Assembly
Figure 7-18
200
1440
1440
APS0211
Page 7-39
118F
(11) Carefully decompress (unload) the feathering spring assembly, making
sure the split retainer does not dislodge from its groove in the pitch change
rod during decompression of the feathering spring.
(12) Apply a layer of anti-seize compound CM118 to the threads of the spring
retainer cup (1440).
(13) Insert the feathering spring assembly into the cylinder (200).
(14) Using the special spanner wrench TE148 or locally procured strap wrench,
thread the feathering spring into place in the cylinder.
(15) Tighten the assembly until it is secure.
(16) As shown in Figure 7-18, use a #42 size bit, and drill through the ange of
the spring retainer cup (1440) at the wrench slot in the cylinder.
(a) Drill in and down at an angle that exits on the other side of the ange.
(17) Insert 0.032-inch minimum diameter stainless steel wire CM131 through
the drilled hole.
(a) Using three loops of wire, safety the feathering spring assembly.
(b) Tuck the pigtail into the slotted area.
NOTE: Steps (18) and (19) do not apply to models HC-B3TN-3K, -3M, -3N or
-3P.
(18) Install four feathering stop screws (180) in the spring retainer cup (1440).
Turn the feathering stop screws all the way in; then, back them out to an
even height of approximately three threads.
(19) Safety the feathering stop screws (180) with 0.032-inch minimum diameter
stainless steel wire CM131. These screws may need to be adjusted later to
obtain the proper feathering angle.
118F
Page 7-40
Piston Unit for Models Ending in -3
Figure 7-19
B3TN-3N part.
20
210
220
30
310
320
70
330
230
10
50
80
60
90
160
170
190
290
REF
Page 7-41
118F
CAUTION: ENGINE OIL ENTERS THIS AREA OF THE ASSEMBLY. MAKE
SURE ALL BITS OF METAL FROM DRILLING AND SAFETY
WIRING ARE REMOVED.
(20) Lubricate the pitch change rod O-ring (150) with lubricant CM12 and install the
O-ring in the groove that is provided for it.
12. Installing the Piston Unit
A. Models ending in -3.
(1) Lubricate the piston O-ring (160) and carefully install it in the groove
provided for it in the piston unit (50).
(2) Cut the necessary length of oiled felt dust seal material (170).
(a) Cut the felt seal material on a 30 degree diagonal so there will be an
overlap at the parting line with a smooth, fuzz-free surface.
(3) Install the felt dust seal material in the groove provided for it in the
piston.
NOTE: For models ending in -3(AE, AEY, K, KY, M, MY, N, P, PY, or Z) only,
follow steps (a) and (b):
(a) Install three screws (190) in the base of the piston unit (50). Ensure a
minimum of 0.50 inch (12.7 mm) of screw is engaged into the piston unit
(50).
(b) Make sure all three screws protrude an approximately equal distance from
the piston base.
(4) Slide the piston unit (50) into place over the cylinder (200).
(5) Align the propeller beta rods (320) with the holes provided for them in the
piston unit (50).
(6) Install the free end of each link arm (70) in the slot provided for it in the piston
unit (50).
(7) Install all link pin units (80) and safety screws (90).
118F
Page 7-42
(8) Make sure the guide collar unit is seated solidly against the cylinder at
the correct radial location.
NOTE: If necessary, shift the guide collar unit radially to provide the
correct alignment between the piston and the propeller beta
rods.
(9) When the necessary alignment is conrmed, use a size 3/16-inch normal
Allen wrench with torquing adapter to tighten the Nylock socket head cap
screw in the guide collar unit. See the Torque Values Table in the Fits and
Enlargement of Piston Guide Rod Area
Figure 7-20
80
10
50
90
60
160
170
65
230
70
55
1290
1280
B3TN-5NL.PLT
1290
1280
55
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-43
Rev. 17 Jun/04
(10) Turn the large self-locking nut (10) onto the end of the pitch change rod
(1410).
(11) Use a wrench on the nut and a 5/8-inch socket on the pitch change rod
to torque the nut in accordance with the Torque Values Table in the Fits
and Clearances chapter of this manual.
B. Models HC-B3TN-5M, -5ML, -5N, -5NL, -5P, -5SL, -5U, -5V, and -5W.
These models have start locks mounted on the guide collar as shown in Figure 7-13.
Refer to Figure 7-20 for the following steps:
CAUTION: USE ONLY A PISTON WITH A-717 GUIDE RODS (55) THAT
HAVE A CHAMFER AND RADIUS ON THE THREADED END.
(REFER TO FIGURE 5-3 IN THE CHECK CHAPTER OF THIS
MANUAL.)
NOTE: The felt seal material should be cut on a 30 degree diagonal
so there will be an overlap at the parting line with a smooth, fuzz-
free surface.
(3) Install the felt dust seal material in the groove provided for it in the
piston unit (50).
(4) Install the spacer (1290), and screw (1280) into each piston guide rod
(55), as shown in Figure 7-20.
NOTE 1: Use a spacer (1290) only if there is more than 0.190 inch (4.83
mm) between the rod end and the screw head.
NOTE 2: The guide rods (55) are not removed during overhaul. If a
guide rod is damaged beyond the allowable service limits
specified in the Check chapter of this manual, the piston unit
(50) must be repaired in accordance with the Standard Repairs
(5) Slide the piston into place over the cylinder (200).
(6) Align the piston guide rod with the hole provided for it in the guide collar
unit.
(7) Install the free end of each link arm (70) in the slot provided for it in the
piston unit (50).
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-44
Rev. 17 Jun/04
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE PROPER SCREW (90) IS INSTALLED
AND THAT ADEQUATE THREADS ARE AVAILABLE IN
PISTON UNIT TO HOLD SCREW IN PLACE. AT LEAST
THREE THREAD LENGTHS ARE SUFFICIENT.
(9) Seat the guide collar (250) solidly against the cylinder (200) at the correct
radial location to assist in aligning the piston unit (50).
NOTE: If necessary, shift the guide collar unit radially to provide the
correct alignment between the piston rod and the guide collar.
(10) When the necessary alignment is confirmed, use a size 3/16 inch Allen
wrench with torquing adapter to tighten the socket head cap screw (280)
in the guide collar unit. See the Torque Values Table in the Fits and
(11) Turn the large self-locking nut (10) onto the end of the pitch change rod
(1410).
(12) Use a wrench on the nut and a 1 inch socket on the pitch change rod to
torque the nut. See the Torque Values Table in the Fits and Clearances
C. Procedure for remaining models ending in -5 and -2 models
NOTE 1: The start locks on HC-B3TN-5( ) propeller models described in this section
are attached to the bulkhead. The A-3021-4 or -4L piston used can have
A-717 guide rods that either do or do not have a chamfer and radius on the
threaded end or can have any combination of the two rod configurations.
See Figure 5-3 in the Check chapter of this manual.
NOTE 2: Step (1) applies to -2 models only.
NOTE: The felt seal material should be cut on a 30 degree diagonal so
there will be an overlap at the parting line with a smooth, fuzz-free
surface.
(3) Install the felt dust seal material in the groove provided for it in the piston.
(4) Slide the piston into place over the cylinder (200).
(5) Align the piston guide rod (55) with the hole provided for it in the guide
collar unit.
NOTE: Propeller models HC-B3TN-5C, -5D, -5CL, and -5DL do not have
a guide collar.
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-45
Rev. 17 Jun/04
(6) Install washer (120), jam nut (110) and screw (100) in the end of each of
the piston guide rods (55).
piston.
CAUTION: ENSURE PROPER SCREW (90) IS INSTALLED AND THAT
ADEQUATE THREADS ARE AVAILABLE IN PISTON UNIT TO
HOLD SCREW IN PLACE. AT LEAST THREE THREAD
LENGTHS ARE SUFFICIENT.
(9) Seat the guide collar (250) solidly against the cylinder (200) at the correct
radial location to assist in aligning the piston unit (50).
NOTE 1: If necessary, shift the guide collar unit radially to provide the
clearances necessary between the piston rod and the guide
collar.
NOTE 2: Propeller models HC-B3TN-5C, -5D, -5CL, and -5DL to not have
a guide collar.
(10) When the necessary clearances are confirmed, use a size 3/16-inch Allen
wrench with torquing adapter to tighten the socket head cap screw (280) in
the guide collar unit. See the Torque Value Table in the Fits and
NOTE: Propeller models HC-B3TN-5C, -5D, -5CL, and -5DL to not have
a guide collar.
(11) Thread the large self-locking nut (10) onto the end of the pitch change
rod (1410).
(12) Use a wrench on the nut and a 5/8-inch socket on the pitch change rod
to torque the nut. See the Torque Values Table in the Fits and Clearances
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18 Rev. 17 Jun/04
Page 7-46
D. Procedure for remaining models ending in -7
NOTE: Use a locally fabricated plug to seal the end of the opening for the beta valve,
so air pressure to the propeller assembly can be maintained.
(1) Install the spring assembly
(a) Slide the spring assembly (1400) into the cylinder (200).
(b) Install the split retainer (960) between the cylinder (200) and the front
spring retainer cup (1440).
(c) Slide the retainer (960) into the recess in the cylinder (200).
(d) Pull the spring retainer cup (1440) tight against the split retainer (960).
(e) Install the ring retention plate (950).
(f) Install the ring retention plate screws (940) and torque them in
accordance with the Torque Values Table in the Fits and Clearances
(g) Safety the screws (940) with 0.032 inch (0.81 mm) minimum diameter
stainless steel safety wire. (Two per safety).
NOTE: The felt seal material should be cut on a 30 degree diagonal so
there will be an overlap at the parting line with a smooth, fuzz-free
surface.
(4) Install the felt dust seal material in the groove provided for it in the piston.
(5) Slide the piston unit (50) into place over the cylinder (200).
(6) Align the piston guide rod (55) with the hole provided for it in the guide
collar unit (250).
piston unit (50).
(8) Install each link pin unit (80) through the large hole in each side of the
piston unit (50), and through the hole in each link arm (70).
(9) Push the link pin units (80) flush with the piston unit (50).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE PROPER SCREW (90) IS INSTALLED
AND THAT ADEQUATE THREADS ARE AVAILABLE IN THE
PISTON UNIT TO HOLD THE SCREW IN PLACE. AT LEAST
THREE THREAD LENGTHS ARE SUFFICIENT.
(10) Install the fillister head screw (90) through each link pin unit (80) and into
the piston unit (50).
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18 Rev. 17 Jun/04
Page 7-47
(11) Safety the fillister head screws (90).
(12) Seat the guide collar unit (250) solidly against the cylinder (200) at the
correct radial location to assist in aligning the piston unit (50).
NOTE: If necessary, shift the guide collar unit (250) radially to provide
proper alignment between the piston unit (50) and the link arms
(70).
(13) Torque the socket head cap screw (280) into the guide collar (250) to
secure it in place on the cylinder (200). See the Torque Values Table in
the Fits and Clearances chapter of this manual.
(14) Thread the large self-locking nut (10) onto the end of the pitch change rod
(1410).
(15) Use a wrench on the nut and a 5/8-inch socket on the pitch change rod to
torque the nut (10) in accordance with the Torque Values Table in the Fits
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE FLAT EDGE OF EACH WASHER (120)
FACES THE HUB (500). FAILURE TO ALIGN THE FLAT EDGE
OF EACH WASHER TO THE HUB WILL RESULT IN DAMAGE
TO THE HUB.
(16) Install the socket head screw (100), washer (120), and jam nut (110) onto
the end of each of the piston guide rods (55).
(17) When the necessary clearances are confirmed, use a size 3/16-inch Allen
wrench with torquing adapter to tighten the socket head cap screw (280) in
the guide collar unit. See the Torque Value Table in the Fits and
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18 Rev. 11 Oct/01
Application of Blade Angle Reference Tape
Figure 7-21
Page 7-48
W10313
APS0050A
Blade Face
Yellow Blade Angle
Reference Tape
CM160
Reference blade
radius location
(Blade Face)
C
a
m
b
e
r
M
e
a
s
u
r
e

d
i
s
t
a
n
c
e

f
r
o
m
h
u
b

c
e
n
t
e
r

t
o

r
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
b
l
a
d
e

r
a
d
i
u
s

l
o
c
a
t
i
o
n

o
n
b
l
a
d
e
f
a
c
e
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18 Rev. 11 Oct/01
E. Application of Blade Angle Reference Tape
CAUTION: DO NOT CONFUSE REFERENCE BLADE RADIUS WITH
BLADE STATION. REFERENCE BLADE RADIUS AND BLADE
STATION OF THE SAME NUMBER MAY NOT ALWAYS
INDICATE THE SAME LOCATION ON THE BLADE.
Reference blade radius is measured from the center of the propeller hub to a
predetermined reference location on the blade for blade angle measurement.
Blade stations are used during the repair or overhaul process of a blade to define a
blade span location for dimensional measurement.
(1) Establish a reference blade radius location
(a) Refer to the Aircraft Type Certificate Data Sheet or the Hartzell
Propeller Application Guide, Manual 159 (61-02-59), for the reference
blade radius location specified for the applicable aircraft installation.
(b) Beginning with Blade One, measure from the center of the propeller
hub to the reference blade radius location specified. See Figure 7-21.
(c) Apply a yellow blade angle reference tape CM160 to the face side of
the blade at the reference blade radius location, perpendicular to the
blade centerline. See Figure 7-21.
NOTE: Place the reference tape CM160 so that the reference blade
radius location runs through the centerline of the tape.
(d) Repeat steps 12.D.(1)(b) and 12.D.(1)(c) for the remaining blades in
the hub assembly.
(e) Place a pattern cut-out over each blade angle reference tape CM160
and spray each yellow blade angle reference tape CM160 with clear
lacquer CM129 to prevent peeling.
Page 7-49
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-50
Rev. 11 Oct/01
APS6292
APS2065
APS2065A
Correct Angle of Counterweight Relative to Axis of Piston
Figure 7-22
NOTE: These illustrations
depict a right-hand
(rotation) propeller.
Check a left-hand
(rotation) propeller
from the opposite side
of the counterweight.
Piston
Counterweight
Blade
Clamp
Blade
Low Pitch
Blade Angle
Feathering
Blade Angle
Reverse Blade
Angle
Maintain Positive
Angle of Counterweight
in Reverse Position
Hand Held
Protractor
Piston
Counterweight
Blade
Blade Clamp
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-51
Rev. 17 Jun/04 61-10-18
13. Setting Counterweight Angle and Blade Pitch
A. All models except those ending in -7
CAUTION: AT THIS STAGE OF ASSEMBLY THE OUTBOARD CLAMP BOLTS
HAVE NOT BEEN TIGHTENED, BECAUSE ADJUSTMENTS OF
COUNTERWEIGHT ANGLE AND BLADE PITCH USUALLY INVOLVE
SOME DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE.
WARNING: TO PREVENT THE PROPELLER FROM STICKING IN REVERSE, SET
CORRECT COUNTERWEIGHT ANGLE WITH REFERENCE TO THE
PROPELLER CENTERLINE WHEN THE PISTON IS IN FULL REVERSE
POSITION . SEE FIGURE 7-22. REFER TO HARTZELL APPLICATION
GUIDE, MANUAL 159 (61-02-59), FOR CORRECT ANGLE.
NOTE: Counterweight angles are not adjustable on models ending with -7.
For those models ending with -7, the angles are determined by
contact between the piston rod washers and the rearmost surface
of the guide collar.
(1) Apply pressure to the piston through the rotatable fixture on the propeller
assembly table.
(2) Force the piston to full reverse position.
(3) Use hand-held protractor, as shown in Figure 7-22, to check the angle of
counterweight relative to the axis of the piston.
NOTE: The blade-to-blade counterweight angle tolerance is 1.5 degrees.
CAUTION 1: REFER TO THE APPLICABLE AIRCRAFT TYPE CERTIFICATE
DATA SHEET OR HARTZELL APPLICATION GUIDE, MANUAL 159
(61-02-59) FOR THE SPECIFIC COUNTERWEIGHT ANGLE
REQUIRED.
CAUTION 2: AS INDICATED IN FIGURE 7-22, THE POSITIVE ANGLE,
USUALLY 2 DEGREES OR MORE, IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DO NOT CONSIDER IT FOR THE PRESCRIBED ANGLE.
(4) Adjust the counterweight angle, if necessary, by adding or removing one
spring spacer (1450) forward of the spacer tube (item 1460 in Figure
7-15) in the feathering spring assembly to increase or decrease the angle by
approximately 1 degree.
NOTE: The quantity and thickness of counterweight adjustment spacers
needed at assembly will probably be the same as the quantity and
thickness of the spacers removed at disassembly. If spacers are
added at assembly, use the correct thickness and quantity
specified for the required change in angle.
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-52
Rev. 17 Jun/04
APS0094
APS0973
APS4990
Blade Angle and Clamp Torque
Figure 7-23
Propeller mounted on
assembly table
Height gage with
adjustable pointer
NOTE: Blade height at the tips
should not vary more than
0.125 inch (3.18 mm).
Wrench TE142
12-Point
Socket
Setting Reverse Blade Angle
Figure 7-24
Riser Fixture TE48
Bench Top Protractor
APS0973
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-53
Rev. 17 Jun/04 61-10-18
14. Setting the Reverse Angle of the Blades
A. Procedure for all models
(1) Keep pressure applied to the piston through the rotatable fixture on the propeller
assembly table.
(2) Keep the piston in reverse pitch position.
(3) Use a bench-top protractor and special riser fixture as shown in Figure 7-24, to
set the correct reverse angle on Blade One at the reference blade radius
specified in the Hartzell Propeller Application Guide, Manual 159 (61-02-59), or
aircraft type certificate.
NOTE: Refer to the aircraft type certificate data sheet or Hartzell Application
Guide, Manual 159 (61-02-59), for the specific reverse blade angle,
blade to blade tolerance at reverse blade angle, and reference blade
radius required for measurement.
(4) Use wrench TE142, as shown in Figure 7-23, to hold nut (780), and a standard
12-point socket to torque the outboard clamp bolts (770) per the Torque Values
(a) While torquing the outboard clamp bolts, make sure the gasket position is
maintained in order to provide an adequate grease seal.
(b) Ensure a nearly equal gap between the two halves is maintained after final
torque is applied.
(5) Repeat this reverse angle setting procedure and clamp bolt torquing for each of
the other blades.
NOTE: A blade to blade tolerance is applicable when setting the reverse blade
angle. A blade-to-blade tolerance is also applicable when setting the
low pitch (-3 propellers) or the floating pitch (-5 and -7 propellers) and
feather blade angle (all models). It is recommended that a minimum
blade-to-blade tolerance be met in the reverse blade angle. This will
insure the best opportunity to meet all blade angle tolerance
requirements for each propeller.
(6) Confirm the correct blade angle setting and counterweight angle by cycling the
propeller from reverse to feather, and back to reverse. Confirm that the reverse
blade angle settings and counterweight angle are correct.
(7) If the counterweight angle is incorrect, remove and disassemble the spring. Add or
remove the counterweight adjustment spacers (1450) as needed to achieve the
correct counterweight angle. If necessary, reset the reverse and feather angles
after adjusting the counterweight angle.
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-54
Rev. 17 Jun/04
Checking Feathering Angle of Blade
Figure 7-25
15. Checking Blade Track
(1) Turn the propeller on the rotatable fixture and check the height at the
tip of each blade using a gage and adjustable pointer as shown in
Figure 7-23.
NOTE: Blade heights at the tip should not vary more than 0.125 inch
(3.18 mm).
APS0336
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-55
Rev. 17 Jun/04 61-10-18
16. Setting the Feathering Angle of Blades
A. All models except those ending in -3(AE, AEY, AF, K, KY, M, MY, N, P, PY, or Z)
(1) Release the air pressure to the rotatable fixture.
(2) Use a hand-held protractor to check the feathering angle on Blade One at the
reference blade radius specified in the Hartzell Propeller Application Guide,
Manual 159 (61-02-59), or aircraft type certificate. See Figure 7-25.
NOTE: Refer to the applicable aircraft type certificate data sheet or Hartzell
Application Guide, Manual 159 (61-02-59), for the specific requirements
for feathering angle and blade-to-blade tolerance at feather blade angle.
(3) Adjust the feathering angle as necessary by removing the piston and turning the
feathering stop screws (180).
NOTE 1: Before removing the piston, mark a piston ear with a grease pencil
CM162, and match mark the guide collar to ensure that the piston is
reinstalled in the same position.
NOTE 2: Turning a stop screw in one turn will increase the feathering angle
approximately 1.5 degrees.
Turning a stop screw out one turn will reduce the feathering angle
approximately 1.5 degrees.
(4) If applicable, re-safety the feathering stop screws together, two by two.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE GREASE PENCIL MARK ON THE PISTON
EAR ALIGNS WITH THE MATCH MARK ON THE GUIDE COLLAR.
FAILURE TO ALIGN GREASE PENCIL MARKS MAY RESULT IN A
CHANGE OF BLADE ANGLES, DUE TO NORMAL STACK-UP
TOLERANCES BETWEEN THE LINK PIN HOLES AND THE LINK
ARMS.
(5) Reinstall the piston.
(6) Recheck the feather blade angle of all the blades.
(7) Check the blade to blade tolerance at feather blade angle.
B. Models ending in -3 (AE, AEY, AF, K, KY, M, MY, N, P, PY, or Z) with External Feather
Stops.
(1) Release pressure to the piston.
(2) Check feather angle. See Figure 7-25.
(3) With the propeller in full reverse, adjust feather angle by turning all three adjusting
screws (190). Turning screws into piston will increase angle; backing screws out
will decrease angle.
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-56
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Start Lock Units for HC-B3TN-3S, -3( )Y, and HC-B3( )W-3Y
Figure 7-26
17. Installing Spinner Bulkhead
A. Start Lock Unit Reassembly
(1) Insert the pin (1060) into the start lock bracket (1020).
(2) Insert the spring (1070) into the start lock bracket (1020), against the pin
(1060).
(3) Compress the spring (1070) and install the washer (1080) on top of the
spring.
(4) Insert the cotter pin (1060) into the bracket (1020) to retain the washer
(1080), spring (1070), and pin (1060) in the bracket.
(5) Secure the cotter pin (1060).
NOTE: When securing the cotter pin, do not allow it to roll over the
forward part of the bracket, or the cotter pin may contact the
clamp.
APS6273
AREA OF
ENLARGEMENT
1145 or
1140 1010
1010A
1155 or
1150
460
450
1110
1010-REF
1010A-REF
1110
Page 7-57
118F
B. Models ending in -3
(1) With a suitable sling and overhead hoist, lift the propeller assembly from the
rotatable xture on the assembly table and into a vertical position.
CAUTION 1: IF THE PROPELLER IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ICE PROTECTION
SYSTEM, APPLICABLE INSTRUCTIONS AND TECHNICAL
INFORMATION CAN BE FOUND IN HARTZELL PROPELLER
ICE PROTECTION SYSTEM MANUAL 180 (30-61-80) FOR
THOSE SYSTEM COMPONENTS SUPPLIED BY HARTZELL.
ICE PROTECTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS NOT SUPPLIED
BY HARTZELL PROPELLER INC. ARE CONTROLLED BY THE
APPLICABLE TC OR STC HOLDERS INSTRUCTIONS FOR
CONTINUED AIRWORTHINESS (ICA).
CAUTION 2: USE APPROPRIATE LENGTH HEX HEAD BOLTS (870) TO
MAINTAIN CLEARANCE WITH THE BLADE CLAMP.
(a) Attach the bulkhead unit to the spinner support plate (380) using the
specied hex head bolts (870), washers (460) and nuts (450).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE BETA RING (420) DOES NOT CONTACT
THE HEADS OF THE A-2070-( ) SCREWS.
(b) Torque the bolts (870) in accordance with the Torque Table in the Fits and
(2) For propeller models HC-B3TN-3S, -3( )Y, and HC-B3( )W-3Y, where a start lock
kit is installed:
(a) Attach the bulkhead unit to the spinner support plate (380) using six hex
head bolts (870).
(b) Torque the hex head bolts (870) in accordance with the Torque Table in the
Fits and Clearances chapter of this manual.
(d) Attach the three start lock units (1010 and 1010A) to the spinner bulkhead
using the specied screws or bolts. See Figure 7-26.
(e) Models with a de-ice system require button head socket screws (1140 and
1150) to attach the start lock units to the bulkhead.
1 If the A-2070-( ) button head socket screw (1140) is recessed in the nut
(450), substitute a longer A-2070-( ) screw. If an A-2070-( )
screw contacts the clamp (700), use a washer (1190) under the head
of the screw. Make sure that the beta ring (420) does not contact the
heads of the A-2070-( ) screws.
2 If the button head socket screw (1150) A-2070-10 is recessed in the
nut, substitute screw A-2070-9. Make sure that the beta ring does not
contact the heads of the screws.
118F
ASSEMBLY
61-10-18
Page 7-58
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Using Dial Indicator to Check Height and Runout of Beta Ring
Figure 7-27
Turn the rods evenly into
the beta ring until the beta ring
at each rod reaches a height of
1.870 +0.005/-0.020 Inch
(47.50 +0.13/-0.51 mm),
measured from the bottom of
the beta ring to the bottom of
the propeller hub ange.
APS5018B
Height gauge with
dial indicator
Rotatable xture
Fixture
Surface of assembly table

Propeller assembly
Page 7-59
118F
(f) Models with no de-ice system use hex head bolts (1145 and 1155) to
attach the start lock units to the bulkhead.
1 Model HC-B3TW-3Y - Use one washer (460) under each nut
(450). Use washers (460) as required under the head of each hex
head bolt (1155) and/or hex head bolt (1145).
2 Model HC-B3TW-3Y - If one full thread of the hex head bolts
(1145) is not visible beyond the mating nut, bolt B-3384-6H may
be substituted. Make sure that the B-3384-6H bolt does not
contact the clamp or other parts.
(3) Return the propeller assembly to the rotatable xture on the assembly table.
C. Models ending in -2, -7 and -5 Models With "Split" Spinner Support Plate. See
Figure 7-3.
(1) With a suitable sling and overhead hoist, lift the propeller assembly from the
rotatable xture on the assembly table and into a vertical position.
CAUTION: IF THE PROPELLER IS EQUIPPED WITH A DE-ICE SYSTEM,
REFER TO APPLICABLE MANUFACTURER'S MANUALS
AND GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC
INFORMATION CONCERNING INSTALLATION OF DE-ICE
SYSTEM HARDWARE.
(2) Attach the bulkhead unit to the spinner support plate (380) using the
specied hex head bolts (870), washers (460) and nuts (450). See the
(3) Return propeller assembly to the rotatable xture on the assembly table.
18. Installing Beta Ring
(1) Thread a jam nut (410) onto the end of each propeller beta rod (320).
(2) Thread an elastic pitch adjustment nut (210) onto each beta rod.
CAUTION: TAKE CARE NOT TO BOTTOM THE RODS IN THE BETA RING.
THIS COULD RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE PARTS.
(3) Turn the rods evenly into the beta ring (420) until each rod reaches the
height indicated in Figure 7-27.
NOTE: Use a one-inch to two-inch depth micrometer to measure beta
ring height.
(4) Check runout of beta ring
CAUTION: BETA RING RUNOUT MUST BE KEPT WITHIN 0.010-INCH
(0.25 MM) TOTAL.
(a) Use a dial indicator to check runout of the beta ring at full feather. See
Figure 7-27.
(b) After checking runout of the beta ring, tighten the beta jam nuts. See
the Torque Values Table in the Fits and Clearances chapter of this
manual.
(c) Recheck the beta ring runout.
118F
Page 7-60
19. Setting the Floating Pitch Angle of the Blades
A. Models ending in -5 and -7
(1) After reverse and feather pitch angle of all blades are set, check to make sure
the oating pitch angle of all blades is established within tolerance.
CAUTION: THE FLOATING PITCH ANGLE OF ALL BLADES MUST BE WITHIN
A TOLERANCE OF 0.1 DEGREE, OR A MAXIMUM OF 0.2
DEGREE ONE DIRECTION.
(2) With the propeller assembly still mounted on the rotatable xture of the
assembly table, apply pressure to the piston until blade number one attains a
oating pitch position between 20 degrees and 25 degrees.
(3) Check the oating pitch angle of each of the other blades.
(4) If the blade to blade tolerance is excessive, then one or more blades must be
rotated in the blade clamp(s).
(a) Use wrench TE142, as shown Figure 7-23, to hold nut (780). Use a
standard 12-point socket to loosen the outboard clamp bolts to allow
rotation of the blade in the clamp.
(b) Repeat procedure 14.A. for setting the reverse angle of the blades.
(c) Repeat procedure 16.A. for setting the feather angle of the blades.
(d) Repeat procedure 19.A. for setting the oating pitch angle of the blades.
NOTE: Recheck the oating pitch angle after resetting any blade angle.
20. Setting the Low Pitch Angle of the Blades
NOTE: This model does not reverse.
(1) Apply pressure, forcing the propeller into low pitch.
(2) Set low pitch angle of all blades within a tolerance of 0.1 degree, or a
maximum of 0.2 degree in one direction.
B. Models ending in -3
Setting the low pitch angle of the blades establishes "hydraulic low pitch" for the
propeller.
CAUTION: WHEN A BLADE ANGLE IS SET OR CHECKED, ACTIVATE THE
ASSEMBLY AWAY FROM THE REVERSE PITCH POSITION BY
HAND TO RESEAT THE BLADE AND CLAMP PARTS AND TO
REMOVE PLAY FROM THE ASSEMBLY.
(1) Apply pressure to the piston through rotatable xture on propeller assembly
table until Blade Number One reaches the correct low pitch blade angle as
indicated by the bench-top protractor. See Figure 7-24.
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-61
Rev. 17 Jun/04 61-10-18
(2) Trap the pressure at this position of the setup blade.
NOTE: The low pitch angle of all blades must be within a blade to
blade tolerance of 0.1 degree or 0.2 degree from the
maximum to the minimum blade angle at low pitch.
(3) Turn the elastic pitch adjustment nuts (210) on the three propeller beta
rods so that the nuts are against the bosses on the piston at low stop
position.
CAUTION: ADJUSTING THE BETA RING RUNOUT WILL AFFECT THE
LOW PITCH ANGLE. A RECHECK OF THE LOW PITCH
BLADE ANGLE IS REQUIRED.
(4) Apply pressure to the rotatable fixture, forcing the propeller against the
reverse pitch stop.
(5) Select a blade with a beta rod adjacent to it. "Zero" the dial indicator on
the beta ring (420) at a place close to the selected beta rod.
(6) Adjust the other two or three elastic pitch adjustment nuts (210) to
correct the beta ring (420) runout to within 0.010 inch (0.254 mm)
maximum movement for one revolution of the propeller.
(7) Release pressure from the rotatable fixture, allowing the propeller blade
angle to move to feather or to a blade pitch higher than low pitch.
(8) Apply pressure to the rotatable fixture to force the propeller from a higher
blade angle to low pitch blade angle.
NOTE: Make sure that the elastic pitch adjustment nuts (210) are just
barely engaged by the piston (50).
CAUTION: BETA RODS (320) AND BETA RING (420) SHOULD NOT
MOVE WHEN VERIFYING CONTACT BETWEEN THE PISTON
(50) AND THE ELASTIC PITCH ADJUSTMENT NUTS (210).
(9) Move the assembly away from the reverse pitch position by hand to
reseat the blade and clamp parts, and to remove play from the
assembly.
(10) Recheck the low pitch blade angle and the blade-to-blade tolerance at
low pitch blade angle of the specified blades.
(11) If the blade-to-blade tolerance is excessive, then one or more blades
must be rotated in the blade clamp(s).
(a) Repeat the procedure in this chapter for setting the reverse angle
and tolerance of the blades.
(b) Repeat the procedure in this chapter for setting the feather angle
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-62
Rev. 17 Jun/04
Start Lock Plate
(c) Repeat the procedure in this chapter for setting the low pitch angle
NOTE: If the blade-to-blade tolerance is within specification, but
the actual blade angle is not within specification, evenly
turn the elastic pitch adjustment nuts (210) down to
increase the low pitch angle, or turn them up to decrease
the low pitch angle.
(12) With pressure applied to the piston, and with the propeller assembly in
full reverse position, check the beta ring runout. Total maximum
allowable runout is 0.010 inch (0.25 mm).
21. Checking Start Pitch Blade Angle
A. HC-B3TN-3S, -3( )Y, and HC-B3( )W-3Y Models Only
(1) Install the start lock unit (1010), attaching the hex head bolts
(1145, 1155) or button head socket screws (1140, 1150), as applicable,
to the bulkhead and spinner support plate.
(2) Torque the hex head bolts (1145, 1155) in accordance with the Torque
(3) Apply pressure to position the propeller to full reverse.
(4) Release the pressure and allow the blades to rotate into the start lock position.
APS6300a
Remove material from the
notched area of the start lock
plate(s) (1130) as necessary
to obtain proper blade angle.
Apply Zinc Chromate Primer
CM67 to the area where
material was removed.
Obtaining Proper Start Pitch Blade Angle on HC-B3TN-3S, -3( )Y, and HC-B3( )W-3Y
Figure 7-28
Start Lock Pin
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-63
Rev. 17 Jun/04 61-10-18
(5) Check the start lock angle.
NOTE: Refer to the Hartzell Application Guide for the specific start lock angle
specifications and tolerances.
(6) Check all blades to make sure they are within 0.2 degree of each other.
(7) If the start lock angle requires adjustment at this time, do the following:
(a) Remove material from the notched area of the start lock plate(s) (1130), as
necessary, to obtain proper blade angle. See Figure 7-28.
(b) Paint the notched area of the start lock plate (1130), where material was
removed, using paint CM67 to protect that area from corrosion.
(8) Make sure there is proper contact between the start lock plate (1130) and start lock
pin (1060).
B. Models ending in -5 where start lock is mounted on guide collar
(i.e., HC-B3TN-5M, -5ML, -5N, -5NL, -5P, -5SL, -5U, -5V, and -5W.)
(1) Release the pressure and allow the blades to rotate into the start lock position.
(2) Check all blades to make sure they are within 0.1 degree of each other.
(3) If the start lock angle requires adjustment at this time, do the following:
(a) Apply enough air pressure to the rotatable fixture to raise the piston off the start
locks.
(b) Turn the screws (1280) on the end of the piston rod the same distance. Turn
the screws out to decrease the angle; turn the screws in to increase the
angle.
(4) If the gap between the guide rod (55) end and the screw (1280) head is greater
than 0.190 inch (4.83 mm), install a spacer (1290) between the screw head and
guide rod end.
C. Remaining models ending in -5
(1) Reassemble the Start Lock Unit
(a) Insert the start lock pin (1060) into the start lock bracket (1020).
(b) Insert the spring (1070) into the start lock bracket (1020).
(c) Compress the spring (1070) and install the washer (1080) on top of the spring.
(d) Insert the cotter pin (1090) into the bracket (1020) to hold the washer (1080),
spring (1070), and pin (1060) in the bracket.
(e) Secure the cotter pin (1090).
(2) Install the start lock units, using bolts through the bulkhead and spinner support. Do
not torque the bolts at this time; tighten them just enough to hold them in place.
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-64
Rev. 17 Jun/04
CAUTION: TO PREVENT POSSIBLE OVERLOAD OF ONE START LOCK
DURING THE CHECK PROCEDURE, RELEASE THE LINK
ARMS FROM THE PISTON TO ALLOW THE BLADES TO BE
ROTATED BY HAND TO ENGAGE THE CLAMP-MOUNTED
START LOCK PLATES AGAINST THE START LOCK PINS.
(3) Apply pressure to the piston through the rotatable fixture on the propeller
assembly table.
(4) Force the piston to full reverse position.
(5) Remove the fillister head screws (90) and the link pin unit (80) from each
piston ear and link arm (70).
(6) Verify that each start lock pin (1060) is extended.
NOTE: If the start lock pin (1060) has been secured to the start lock
bracket (1020) with wire, remove the wire to release the pin.
(7) Hand-rotate each blade to firmly engage the clamp-mounted start lock
plates (1230) against the start lock pins (1060).
(8) While holding hand pressure against the blade to firmly engage the clamp-
mounted start lock plates (1230) against the start lock pins (1060),
measure the blade angle.
CAUTION: THE STARTING PITCH ANGLE OF ALL BLADES MUST BE
WITHIN A TOLERANCE OF 0.2 DEGREE TOTAL.
(9) Adjust the location of the start locks to achieve the desired start lock blade
angle.
(a) Turn the socket head cap screw (1100), located on the start lock
bracket, to achieve the desired start lock angle.
(b) Maintain a maximum blade-to-blade difference of 0.2 degree.
NOTE: Refer to the applicable aircraft type certificate data sheet or
Hartzell Application Guide, Manual 159 (61-02-59), for the specific
starting pitch angle and reference blade radius required for blade
angle measurement.
(10) Make sure there is proper contact between the start lock plate and the start
lock pin (1060). Refer to Figure 6-6 in the Repair chapter of this manual.
NOTE: The start lock plate must contact a minimum of one half of the
diameter of the start lock pin (1060) when the start lock unit is
engaged.
(11) Torque the bolts in accordance with the Torque Values Table in the Fits
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-65
Rev. 17 Jun/04 61-10-18
CAUTION: CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE START LOCK BRACKET AND
THE CLAMP SCREWS MUST BE MAINTAINED.
(12) Make sure there is clearance between the start lock bracket and the
clamp screws.
(a) Retract the start lock pins and hold them in place with heavy wire
inserted through the hole of each start lock housing.
(b) Rotate each blade by hand to feather position to check for clearance.
NOTE: If the clamp screws contact the start lock bracket, refer to
the section on Installing Blades and Clamps in this chapter.
(13) Rotate the blades by hand to full reverse and install the free end of each
link arm (70) in the slot provided for it in each piston ear.
(14) Install a link pin unit (80) through each piston ear and link arm (70) to hold
the link arm to the piston.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE PROPER FILLISTER HEAD SCREW
(90) IS INSTALLED AND THAT ADEQUATE THREADS ARE
AVAILABLE IN THE PISTON UNIT TO HOLD THE SCREW IN
PLACE. AT LEAST THREE THREADS MUST BE ENGAGED.
(15) Install a fillister head screw (90) through each link pin unit (80) and into the
piston. Tighten the screws until snug.
(16) Slowly release pressure and allow the feathering spring assembly (1400) to
rotate all blades to firmly engage the clamp-mounted start lock plates
(1230) against the start lock pins (1060).
CAUTION: ADJUSTING THE SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS WITH FULL
FEATHERING SPRING PRESSURE AGAINST THE START LOCK
PINS IS NOT PERMITTED. MAKE SURE ALL START LOCK
PINS CONTACT WITH THE START LOCK PLATES AT THE
SAME TIME.
(17) Using 0.032 inch (0.81 mm) minimum stainless steel wire, safety the fillister
head screw (90) to the link pin unit on each piston ear.
(18) Using 0.032 inch (0.81 mm) minimum stainless steel wire, safety the socket
head cap screw to the start lock bracket on each assembly.
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-66
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Using Padded Blade Bar to Check for Blade Slippage in Clamp
Figure 7-30
Apply torque to blade assemblies per Blade Torque Table
in the Fits and Clearance chapter of this manual.
Providing for Visual Detection of Blade Slippage in Clamp
Figure 7-29
Red plastic tape
Blade base
Blade clamp
APS0216
Fully assembled
propeller
APS0210
> <
0.25 inch (6.35 mm) to
0.50 inch (12.70 mm)
Padded blade bar
just outboard of
de-ice boot
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-67
Rev. 11 Oct/01
61-10-18
22. Check for Blade Slippage in Clamp
With the propeller still mounted on the rotatable xture of the assembly table,
proceed as follows to provide for visual detection of slippage between the blade
base and the blade clamp.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE A PUNCH OR SCRIBE A LINE ON THE BLADE
BASE. THIS COULD START A CRACK IN THE BLADE.
(1) Place a strip of red plastic tape down the base and across the clamp of
blade number one as shown in Figure 7-29.
(2) Carefully slit the tape along the line where the blade and blade clamp meet.
(3) Spray the pieces of tape with lacquer so cleaning solvent will not wash
them off.
(4) Repeat this procedure on the other blade assemblies.
NOTE: Misalignment of the halves of tape on a blade assembly indicates
slippage between the blade and clamp. Follow the rework
procedure found in the Blade Clamp Overhaul chapter of Hartzell
CAUTION: DO NOT PLACE THE PADDED BAR IN THE AREA OF THE
DE-ICE BOOT WHEN APPLYING TORQUE TO A BLADE
ASSEMBLY. PLACE THE BAR IN THE THICKEST AREA OF
THE BLADE, JUST OUTBOARD OF THE DE-ICE BOOT.
(5) Use a padded blade bar to apply torque to each blade assembly per the
Blade Torque Table in the Fits and Clearance chapter of this manual.
Torque blade toward reverse.
(6) If necessary to correct blade slippage, refer to Hartzell Standard Practices
Manual 202A (61-01-02) Blade Clamp Overhaul chapter.
118F
Page 7-68
23.Optional Sealant CM93 Application
The application of sealant CM93 to the blade/blade clamp interface is an optional
procedure that may provide additional protection against corrosion of the blade retention
components.
CAUTION 1: TO AVOID PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE BLADE RETENTION
COMPONENTS CAUSED BY TRAPPED CHEMICALS, THIS
PROCEDURE MUST ONLY BE PERFORMED FOLLOWING THE
ASSEMBLY OF A PROPELLER AFTER OVERHAUL OR AFTER ANY
OTHER PROCEDURE INVOLVING DISASSEMBLY AND CLEANING OF
THE PROPELLER BLADE RETENTION COMPONENTS.
CAUTION 2: TO MAKE SURE OF PROPER ADHESION OF SEALANT CM93, BLADE
AND BLADE CLAMP SURFACES MUST BE FREE OF GREASE AND
DIRT.
CAUTION 3: DO NOT ALLOW THE CM93 TO EXTEND ONTO THE SURFACE OF THE
CLAMP, WHERE BALANCE WEIGHTS AND DE-ICE HARDWARE ARE
INSTALLED.
A. After performing the check for blade slippage in the clamp, ll the external void at the
blade/blade clamp interface with a 0.25 inch (6.35 mm) maximum bead of sealant
CM93, around the entire circumference of blade, as shown in Figure 7-31.
B. Permit the sealant to cure for a minimum of two hours, before returning the propeller to
service.
Sealant CM93 Application
Figure 7-31
CM 93 Sealant
W10348
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-69
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
24. Finishing the Reassembly of the Beta System
A. Models ending in -3, only
CAUTION: IF THE PROPELLER BETA ROD GUIDE LUGS CANNOT BE TURNED
SMOOTHLY, WITHOUT STICKING, WITH THE PROPELLER IN
REVERSE POSITION, THE LUGS ARE BINDING AND THE GUIDE
COLLAR MUST BE LOOSENED, THE SPINNER SUPPORT PLATE
MUST BE ADJUSTED, OR THE PISTON AND GUIDE COLLAR ARE
OUT OF ALIGNMENT.
(1) Thread a check nut (220) onto the end of each propeller beta rod. Position
equal distance from the elastic nut (210).
(2) Place the rod end ring (30) on the end of the beta rods.
(3) Thread an elastic nut (20) onto the end of each beta rod.
(4) Torque each elastic nut in accordance with the Torque Values Table in the Fits
25. Propeller Lubrication
Lubricate the propeller in accordance with the Propeller Lubrication chapter of Hartzell
118F
Page 7-70
25.1. Beta Valve Assembly Procedures
A. Beta Valve Spool Assembly
(1) Lubricate the internal surface of the beta valve sleeve (1720) with turbine oil
CM60.
(2) Lubricate the outboard shoulder surfaces of the beta valve push rod (1790) with
turbine oil CM60.
(3) Slide the outboard end of the beta valve push rod (1790) into the bore of the
beta valve sleeve (1720).
(4) Lubricate the O-ring (1800) with turbine oil CM60.
(5) Install the O-ring (1800) in the O-ring groove in the inboard end of the beta valve
push rod (1790).
(6) Slide the beta valve washer (1710) into the outboard end of the beta valve
sleeve (1720) until it bottoms.
CAUTION: DURING INSTALLATION OF THE PITCH INDICATOR PIN INTO
THE BETA VALVE SLEEVE, DO NOT FORCE THE COMPONENTS
TOGETHER. MAKE SURE THE COMPONENTS ARE PROPERLY
ALIGNED TO AVOID DAMAGE.
(7) Install the reverse pitch indicator pin (1700) into the outboard end of the beta
valve sleeve (1720).
(8) Put the head of the reverse pitch indicator pin (1700) into the bottom of the
recessed area of the beta valve sleeve (1720). Refer to Figure 7-32.
(9) Slide the inboard end of the beta feedback rod (1670) into the outboard end of
the beta valve sleeve (1720) until the rod end bottoms.
(10) Unthread the beta feedback rod (1670) only until the spring pin (1680) hole lines
up.
(11) If a new beta valve rod (1670) is installed, drill a hole through the beta feedback
rod threads, in line with the beta valve sleeve hole, using a drill and a No. 42
(0.0935 inch dia.) size drill bit.
Beta Valve Assembly
Figure 7-32
Indicator Pin Recessed Area
Page 7-71
118F
B. Beta Valve Spring Assembly - Propeller Side
(1) Slide the beta valve outer spring (1650) over the beta valve inner spring (1660).
(2) Slide the beta valve springs over the beta feedback rod (1670) and position them
onto the beta valve sleeve ange.
(3) Slide the beta valve spring retainer (1640) over the beta feedback rod (1670) with
the recessed center section facing towards the beta valve springs.
(4) Position the beta valve spring retainer (1640) onto the outboard end of the beta
valve outer spring (1650).
(5) Slide the beta valve spacer (1620) over the beta feedback rod (1670).
(6) Turn a self locking nut (1610) onto the threaded end of the beta feedback rod
(1670).
C. Beta Valve Rod End Assembly - Engine Side
(1) Apply lubricant CM60 to O-rings (1810, 1820).
(2) Install the O-ring (1810) in the external O-ring groove of the engine cover (1830).
(3) Install the O-ring (1820) in the internal O-ring groove of the engine cover (1830).
(4) Slide the engine cover (1830) over the inboard end of the beta valve push rod
(1790) with the external O-ring groove facing outboard, towards the beta valve
sleeve (1720).
(5) Put the engine cover (1830) on the inboard shoulder of the beta valve push rod
(1790).
(6) Turn the nut (1840) onto the threaded end of the beta valve push rod (1790) to the
outboard end of the threads.
(7) Slide the valve bushing (1850) over the threaded end of the beta valve push rod
(1790) until it rests against the nut (1840).
(8) Slide the rod end tting (1860) over the valve bushing (1850).
(9) Turn the rod end cap (1870) onto the threaded end of the beta valve push rod
(1790) until it bottoms against the end of the spool.
(10) Using nger force only, tighten the nut (1840) against the valve bushing (1850).
26. Label Replacement
For installation of labels, refer to the Parts Identication and Marking chapter and the
Paint and Finish chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A (61-01-02).
118F
ASSEMBLY
61-10-18
Page 7-72
Rev. 11 Oct/01
An Example of an Inspection Check-Off Form
Figure 7-33
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-73
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
27. Inspecting the Reassembled Propeller
Use an assembly inspection check-off form as a check-list for final inspection of the
reassembled propeller. An example of such a form is in Figure 7-33.
A. Procedure for all models except -7.
(1) Verify that blade balance has been accomplished.
(2) Check blade track.
NOTE: Height at the tip of each blade can vary within 0.06 inch
(1.5 mm) from blade to blade.
(3) Check end-play in each blade. Maximum movement of 0.125 inch
(3.18 mm) is allowed. See Figure 1-3 in the Testing and Fault Isolation
(4) Check the fore-and-aft movement of each blade. Maximum movement of
0.125 inch (3.18 mm) is allowed. See Figure 1-3 in the Testing and Fault
Isolation chapter of this manual.
(5) Check for radial play in each blade. Maximum angular movement of 0.5
degree is allowed. See Figure 1-3 in the Testing and Fault Isolation
(6) Check blade pitch settings. Maintain the maximum limits stated in the
Hartzell Application Guide, Manual 159 (61-02-59).
B. For -7 propeller models only
(1) Remove the locally fabricated plug that was previously installed to seal the
end of the opening for the beta valve.
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-74
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Attachment
screw hole
S=Stud clearance holes
Insert dowel pin in this hole
(from propeller side)
Insert dowel pin in this hole
(from propeller side)
Attachment
screw hole
W10409
W10410
S S
S S
S
S
S
S
Dowel Pin Location in the Spacer
Figure 7-34
Spacer Installation
Figure 7-35
8-32 threaded hole
Mounting Stud (435)
O-ring (405)
Spacer attachment hole
Flat head screw (465)
Spacer (455)
E7373I
Propeller
Side
Engine
Side
0.385 0.005 Inch
(9.98 0.127 mm)
Dowel pin (415)
Dowel pin (415)
O-ring groove
118F
ASSEMBLY
Page 7-75
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
28. Special Instructions for Propeller Model HC-B3( )W-3( )
A. After completing inspections of the reassembled propeller, remove the propeller from
the rotatable fixture.
B. Place the propeller assembly on a propeller cart in preparation for installation of the
mounting studs (435).
C. Refer to the Steel Hub Overhaul chapter of Hartzell Standard Practices Manual 202A
(61-01-02) for " W" flange propeller mounting stud installation instructions.
D. Spacer (455) Installation
NOTE: Some hub flanges do not have 8-32 threaded holes present to attach the
spacer. See Figure 7-35.
(1) If the hub flange does not have 8-32 threaded holes present to attach the
spacer (455), package and ship the spacer and the O-ring (405) separately
from the propeller assembly. See Figure 7-35.
(2) If the hub flange has two 8-32 threaded holes (Figure 7-35) present to
attach the spacer (455), perform the following steps:
NOTE: If the dowel pins are already installed in the spacer, begin with
step 28.D.(2)(b).
(a) Press two dowel pins (415) into the spacer (455). See Figure
7-34 for the location of the dowel pins.
(b) Lubricate the O-ring (405) with CM12 and install it in the groove in the
spacer (455) that interfaces with the face of the hub flange. See
Figure 7-34.
(c) Position the spacer (455) over the hub mounting studs (435), with the
O-ring (405) facing the hub flange.
(d) Position the spacer (455) so that the spacer attachment holes align
with the two 8-32 threaded holes in the hub flange. See Figure
7-34.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE O-RING (405) STAYS IN THE GROOVE
IN THE SPACER (455). IF THE O-RING IS TWISTED OR
PINCHED, OIL LEAKAGE WILL RESULT WHEN THE
PROPELLER IS OPERATED ON THE AIRCRAFT.
(e) Slide the spacer (455) tight against the hub flange.
(f) Insert a flat head screw (465) through each screw hole in the spacer
(455) and into the 8-32 threaded hole in the hub flange. See
Figures 7-34 and 7-35.
118F
ASSEMBLY 61-10-18
Page 7-76
Rev. 11 Oct/01
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE FLAT HEAD SCREWS (465) DO NOT
PROTRUDE ABOVE THE ENGINE SIDE SURFACE OF
THE SPACER (455).
(g) Tighten the flat head screws (465) until snug.
(h) If after they are tightened, one or both of the flat head screws (465)
protrude above the engine side surface of the spacer, perform the
following steps:
1 Remove both flat head screws and rotate the spacer 180
degrees, aligning the screw holes in the spacer with the 8-32
threaded holes in the hub flange.
2 Insert a flat head screw (465) through each screw hole in the
spacer (455) and into the 8-32 threaded hole in the hub flange.
3 Tighten the flat head screws (465) until snug.
4 If after they are tightened, one or both of the flat head screw
(465) still protrude above the engine side surface of the spacer,
remove both screws.
5 Package and ship the spacer (455) and the O-ring (405)
separately from the propeller assembly, but DO NOT ship the flat
head screws (465).
118F
FITS AND CLEARANCES 61-10-18
Page 8-1
Rev. 11 Oct/01
CONTENTS
1. Identification of Springs Used in Various Hartzell Propellers................................ 8-3
2. Torque Values..................................................................................................... 8-6
3. Carbon Block Assembly ..................................................................................... 8-8
A. Clearance Between the Carbon Block Unit and the Beta Ring ....................... 8-8
Table 8-1 Identification of Springs Used in Various Hartzell Propellers ........................ 8-3
Table 8-2 Blade Tolerances ........................................................................................ 8-5
Table 8-3 Blade Torque Values ................................................................................... 8-6
Table 8-4 Torque Values ............................................................................................. 8-7
TABLES
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure 8-1 Piston Wear Tolerances .............................................................................. 8-5
Figure 8-2 Determining Torque Value of a Standard Torque Wrench with Adaptor ......... 8-6
Figure 8-3 Carbon Block and Beta Ring Clearance ...................................................... 8-8
118F
Page 8-2
Rev. 11 Oct/01
118F
Page 8-3
Rev. 11 Oct/01
1. Identification of Springs Used in Various Hartzell Propellers
The following chart may be used as an aid in identifying springs used in various
assemblies:
Part No. Free length (in.) O.D. (in.) I.D. (in.) Wire dia. (in.)
A-1596 3-63/64 0.171 0.137 0.017
A-2213 2.5 1.799 1.475 0.162
A-2213-1 3.15 1.799 1.475 0.162
A-3008 6.25 0.540 0.390 0.075
A-3066 1.3 0.344 0.262 0.041
A-308(A) 1.150 0.005 0.287 0.163 0.062
A-308-1 1.190 0.005 0.287 0.163 0.062
A-308-2 1.17 0.287 0.163 0.062
A-308-3 1.125 0.287 0.163 0.062
A-3099 5-3/4 0.625 0.435 0.095
A-3107 2.015 0.390 0.230 0.080
A-3146 3.5 0.750 0.682 0.034
A-3182 1.086 0.304 0.232 0.036
A-3197 2-9/16 1.000 0.890 0.055
A-3413 6.4 3.190 2.624 0.283
A-3413-1 3.2 3.190 2.624 0.283
A-3496 12 (Die spring) 2.000 1.000 (0.280 x 0.470)
A-3498 12 (Die spring) 2.000 1.000 (0.225 x 0.437)
A-3607 7 1.150 0.968 0.091
A-3608 6 0.930 0.770 0.080
A-4104 1-15/16 0.325 0.239 0.043
A-4109 0.953 0.300 0.226 0.037
A-4119 2.565 0.750 0.660 0.045
A-4234 5 0.540 0.390 0.075
A-4235 2-3/4 1.490 1.300 0.095
A-884 2-1/2 0.313 0.261 0.026
A-884-1 2.15 0.313 0.261 0.026
A-884-3 1.0 0.313 0.261 0.026
A-884-4 1.75 0.313 0.261 0.026
B-1362-2 10.62 1.200 0.75 0.225
B-1363 21-1/4 1.200 0.750 0.225
B-1363-1 15-1/4 1.200 0.750 0.225
Identification of Springs Used in Various Hartzell Propellers
Table 8-1
118F
Page 8-4
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Part No. Free length (in.) O.D. (in.) I.D. (in.) Wire dia. (in.)
B-1363-2 20-1/4 1.200 0.750 0.225
B-1453 18.8 2.020 1.520 0.250
B-1454 21 1.475 1.151 0.162
B-1594 8.937 3.425 2.675 0.375
B-1824 11.8 1.500 1.188 0.156
B-1825 12-9/16 2.000 1.562 0.219
B-1826 14.7 2.560 2.060 0.250
B-2380 7.6 2.030 1.53 0.250
B-2381 8.8 1.485 1.161 0.162
B-3041 18 1.485 1.049 0.218
B-3281-1 6.4 2.051 1.426 0.313
B-3281-3 5.45 1.385 0.885 0.250
B-853 15.25 2.010 1.510 0.250
EXTENSION SPRINGS
A-306 0.751 0.623 0.063
A-306-A 0.750 0.638 0.056
TORSION SPRINGS
A-2163 9-1/2 coils =1-9/32 =1-1/8 0.075
A-2178 3-3/4 coils 1-31/64 1-3/16 0.075
A-4139 4 coils =1-9/32 =1-1/8 0.075
Identification of Springs Used in Various Hartzell Propellers
Table 8-1, Continued
118F
Page 8-5
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Tol eranc es Affec t i ng t he B l ades
B al anc e Tol eranc e 1 s l ug A -1305
B lade Trac k (A l umi num B l ades ) 0. 06 i nc h (1. 5 mm)
B lade Trac k (Compos i t e B l ades ) 0. 125 i nc h (3. 2 mm)
B lade E nd Pl ay Movement at Ti p* 0. 125 i nc h (3. 17 mm)
Radi al P lay in B lade* 0. 5 degree
Fore and A ft Movement at Ti p* 0. 125 i nc h (3. 17 mm)
In-and-Out Movement * None
B lade P i t c h Set t i ng Tol eranc e
B et ween B l ades at Low P i t c h 0. 2 degree
Piston Wear Tolerances
Figure 8-1
A
B
Link pin hole
Blade Tolerances
Table 8-2
APS0192
* See Figure 1-2 in the Testing and Fault Isolation chapter of this manual.
TOLBLADE.XLS
For piston wear tolerances, see
the Repair chapter of this manual.
118F
Page 8-6
Rev. 11 Oct/01
Determining Torque Value of a Standard Torque Wrench with Adaptor
Figure 8-2
2. Torque Values
Threaded fasteners and hardware are the weakest components in an assembly. Vibration
can cause an improperly tightened fastener to fail in a matter of minutes. Proper tension in
a fastener depends on a variety of known load factors and can influence fastener service
life. Proper tension is achieved by application of measured torque.
Accurate wrenches and professional procedures will result in precision tensioning.
See Table 8-4 for proper torque values on Hartzell propeller assembly hardware.
When an adaptor is used with a torque wrench, use the equation in Figure 8-2 to determine
the torque value.
Blade Torque Values
Table 8-3
(actual torque required) x (torque wrench length)
(torque wrench length) + (length of adaptor)
=
torque wrench reading
to achieve required
actual torque
100 Ft-Lb (136 N m) x 1 ft (30.5 cm)
1 ft (30.5 cm) + 0.50 ft (15.2 cm)
66.7 Ft-Lb
(90 N m)
reading on torque
wrench with 6-inch
(15.2 cm) adaptor for
actual torque of 100 Ft-
Lb (136 N m)
<
EXAMPLE:
Standard Torque Wrench Torquing Adaptor
0.50 foot
(15.2 cm)
1.00 foot
(30.5 cm)
APS212
=
Ft-Lb N M In-Lb
Aluminum Blade, mounted in blade clamp 167 226 2004
Composite Blade, mounted in blade clamp 200 271 2400
TORQBLADE.XLS
118F
Page 8-7
Rev. 19 Dec/06
Torque Values
Table 8-4
CAUTION: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, THE TORQUE VALUES LISTED IN TABLE
8-1 ARE BASED ON NON-LUBRICATED THREADS.
NOTE 1: Torque tolerance is 10 percent unless otherwise noted. Wet torque denotes
use of anti-seize compound CM118.
Item No. Part Number Description/Location
Torque
Ft-Lb In-Lb Nm
10 A-880-( ) Nut, Hex, Self-Locking, Thin/Piston 120 1440 162
20 B-3359
Nut, 3/8-24, Hex, Self-Locking/Ring, Rod End
12 144 16
B-3599 Nut, 3/8-24, Hex, Self-Locking/Ring, Rod End 12 144 16
200 B-854-( ) Cylinder 125-150 1500-1800 169-203
B-1803-( ) Cylinder 125-150 1500-1800 169-203
B-3406 Cylinder 125-150 1500-1800 169-203
280 A-2038-( ) Screw, 1/4-28, Cap/Guide Collar Tighten Until Secure
360 A-2051 Bolt, 5/16-24, Hex Head/Spinner Mtg Plate 15 180 20
-365 A-2037-1 Screw, 5/16, Cap/Spinner Mtg Plate 15 180 20
410 A-3439 Nut, 3/8-24, Hex, Thin/Collar, Low Stop 12 144 16
A-3382 Nut, 3/8-24, Hex, Thin/Collar, Low Stop 12 144 16
750 A-321
Screw, 3/8-24, Double 60 Head/Blade
Clamp 40 480 54
770 A-2017 Bolt, 3/8-24, 12 Point/Clamp Outer 35 420 47
A-1372 Bolt, 7/16-20, 12 Point/Clamp Outer 60-65 Wet 720-780 Wet 82-88 Wet
A-1379 Bolt, 7/16-20, 12 Point/Clamp Outer 60-65 Wet 720-780 Wet 82-88 Wet
870 B-3384-( ) Bolt, 1/4-28, Hex Head/Bulkhead Mounting -- 96-120 11-13.5
940 B-3840-8
Screw, 10-32, Fillister Head/Plate Ring
Retention -- 24 2.7
1040 A-2626-( ) Screw, 10-32, Cap/Start Lock Guide Collar -- 24 2.7
1140 A-2070-7
Screw, 1/4-28, Button Head/Bulkhead
Mounting -- 40-120 5-13.5
A-2070-8
Mounting -- 40-120 5-13.5
1145 B-3384-5H Bolt, 1/4-28, Hex Head/Bulkhead -- 96-120 11-13.5
1150 A-2070-10
Mounting -- 40-120 5-13.5
A-2070-9
Mounting -- 40-120 5-13.5
1155 B-3384-8H Bolt, 1/4-28, Hex Head/Bulkhead Mounting -- 96-120 11-13.5
1160 B-3720 Bolt, 10-32, Hex Head/Start Lock Plate -- 48-72 5.5-8
1170 A-1018 Hex Head Bolt/Start Lock Plate -- 48-72 5.5-8
B-3383-7H Bolt, 10-32, Hex Head/Start Lock Plate -- 48-72 5.5-8
1220 A-2016-( ) Bolt, 10-32, Hex Head/Start Lock Plate -- 48-72 5.5-8
- ITEM NOT ILLUSTRATED
118F
FITS AND CLEARANCES
61-10-18
Page 8-8
Rev. 11 Oct/01
3. Carbon Block Assembly
A. Clearance Between the Carbon Block Unit and the Beta Ring
The following clearance dimension must be checked upon installation of the carbon
block assembly in the beta ring, and whenever unusual conditions that could create
excessive wear exist.
NOTE: The carbon block unit must be replaced at overhaul.
(1) Side clearance between a new carbon block unit (1340) and the beta ring (420)
when installed should be 0.001 to 0.002 inch (0.03 to 0.05 mm). See Figure
8-3.
(2) The carbon block unit (1340) must be replaced if the maximum side clearance
between the carbon block unit and the beta ring (420) is greater than 0.010 inch
(0.25 mm).
Carbon Block and Beta Ring Clearance
Figure 8-3
APS0168B
Carbon Block
Unit
(1340)
Beta Ring
(420)
Snap Ring
(1360)
Side clearance 0.001 to 0.002 inch
(0.03 to 0.05 mm) upon installation.
Maximum of 0.010 inch (0.254 mm)
side clearance is permitted. The
carbon block unit must be replaced if
this value is exceeded.
Yoke Pin
(Ref)
118F
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT
Page 9-1
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
CONTENTS
1. Minimum Facility and Tooling Requirements ............................................................ 9-3
A. Tooling ............................................................................................................... 9-3
B. Facilities ............................................................................................................ 9-3
2. Special Tools........................................................................................................... 9-3
A. Special Tools ..................................................................................................... 9-3
B. Listings .............................................................................................................. 9-3
118F
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT 61-10-18
Page 9-2
Rev. 11 Oct/01
118F
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT
Page 9-3
Rev. 11 Oct/01 61-10-18
1. Minimum Facility and Tooling Requirements
A. Tooling
Propeller repair stations approved to overhaul Hartzell propellers are expected to
possess precision fixtures, tools, and blade tables for blade inspection and rework.
Except as specifically required in this manual, locally fabricated tooling is acceptable
for most repair and inspection operations.
B. Facilities
(1) Grinding, plating, and painting of propeller components have the potential for
health and safety hazards beyond that of other areas of a typical workshop. It is
expected that such areas be in compliance with industry standards and
governmental regulations concerning occupational safety and health, as well as
environmental protection.
(2) Workshop areas need to be segregated to prevent contamination. Separate
areas should be designated for cleaning, inspection, painting, plating, and
assembly. Propeller balancing must be performed in a draft-free area.
2. Special Tools
NOTE: It is the responsibility of the repair station to determine the special tooling
required for the propeller they are servicing or overhauling. The applicable
overhaul manual and the numerical index of Hartzell Manual 165A (61-00-65)
provide necessary information. Hartzell maintains no exact list of tools required
for specific models of propellers or levels of service.
A. Special Tools
Hartzell Tool and Equipment Manual 165A (61-00-65) contains a listing of special
tools available from Hartzell. The manual also includes vendor lists for other specialty
tooling not sold by Hartzell.
B. Listings
The Introduction section of Manual 165A (61-00-65) provides information about what
is included in the listings and how to quickly locate tools.
118F
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT 61-10-18
Page 9-4
Rev. 11 Oct/01
118F
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
Page 10-1
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST - CONTENTS
1. Introduction ........................................................................................................... 10-6
A. General ............................................................................................................ 10-6
B. Using the Illustrated Parts List ......................................................................... 10-6
C. Propeller Assemblies Congured with an Ice Protection System ..................... 10-6
2. The Illustrated Parts List ....................................................................................... 10-7
A. Detailed Parts List ............................................................................................ 10-7
B. Revisions .......................................................................................................... 10-8
C. Vendors ............................................................................................................ 10-9
3. A-3403-2 and C-1939 Spring Retainer Cups ........................................................ 10-9
PROPELLER ASSEMBLIES
HC-B3TN-2, -2B ....................................................................................................... 10-11
HC-B3TN-3, -3A, -3B, -3C, -3D, -3DL, -3E,
-3F, -3G, -3H, -3S, -3UL ...................................................................................... 10-19
HC-B3TN-3AE, -3AF, -3K, -3M, -3N, -3P, -3Z ........................................................... 10-39
HC-B3TN-3BY, -3DY, -3SY ....................................................................................... 10-55
HC-B3TN-3AEY, -3AFY ............................................................................................ 10-83
HC-B3TW-3 ............................................................................................................... 10-97
HC-B3TW-3Y .......................................................................................................... 10-107
HC-B3MN-3 ............................................................................................................ 10-119
HC-B4MP-3, -3A, -3B, -3C ...................................................................................... 10-129
HC-B4TN-3, -3A, -3B, -3C ..................................................................................... 10-139
HC-B3TN-5C, -5D ................................................................................................... 10-149
HC-B3TN-5CL, -5DL ............................................................................................... 10-159
HC-B3TN-5E, -5F, -5FL, -5G, -5K ........................................................................... 10-169
HC-B3TN-5M, -5ML, -5N, -5NL, -5P,
-5SL, -5U, -5V, -5W .......................................................................................... 10-181
HC-B4MN-5L ........................................................................................................... 10-193
HC-B4MN-5AL ........................................................................................................ 10-203
HC-B4TN-5, -5A, -5AL,
-5C, -5CL, -5DL, -5EL ....................................................................................... 10-213
HC-B4TN-5F, -5FL, -5GL, -5HL .............................................................................. 10-223
HC-B4TN-5JL, -5KL, -5ML, -5NL -5PL, -5QL .......................................................... 10-233
HC-A3(MV,V)F-7, -7A, -7B ...................................................................................... 10-245
HC-B3TF-7, -7A, -7B, -7C ....................................................................................... 10-257
HC-B4MN-5B(L) ...................................................................................................... 10-271
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-2
Rev. 14 Apr/03
ILLUSTRATIONS
HC-B3TN-2, -2B Propeller Exploded View .....................................Figure 10-1 ............. 10-10
Clamp Assembly Exploded View ....................................................Figure 10-2 ............. 10-14
831-12, 831-57 Spring Assembly ..................................................Figure 10-3 ............. 10-16
HC-B3TN-3, -3A, -3B, -3C, -3D, -3DL, -3E, -3F
3G, -3H, -3S, -3UL Exploded View ...........................Figure 10-4 ............. 10-18
Clamp Assembly Exploded View ....................................................Figure 10-5 ............. 10-24
A-3044 Carbon Block Assembly .....................................................Figure 10-6 ............ 10-26
A-3074 Carbon Block Assembly .....................................................Figure 10-7 ............. 10-28
A-4731 Carbon Block Assembly .....................................................Figure 10-8 ............. 10-30
831-79 Spring Assembly ................................................................Figure 10-9 ............. 10-32
831-82 Spring Assembly ...............................................................Figure 10-10 ............ 10-34
HC-B3TN-3AE, -3AF, -3K, -3M, -3N, -3P, -3Z Exploded View .......Figure 10-12 ............ 10-38
Clamp Assembly Exploded View ...................................................Figure 10-13 ............ 10-42
A-3044 Carbon Block Assembly ....................................................Figure 10-14 ............ 10-44
HC-B3TN-3BY, -3DY, -3SY Exploded View ...................................Figure 10-19 ............ 10-54
Start Lock Kit for HC-B3TN-3BY, -3DY, -3SY, -3AEY, -3AFY ........Figure 10-21 ............ 10-60
HC-B3TN-3AEY, -3AFY Exploded View ........................................Figure 10-28 ............ 10-82
118F
Page 10-3
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
ILLUSTRATIONS
HC-B3TW-3 Exploded View ..........................................................Figure 10-34 ............ 10-96
Clamp Assembly Exploded View ...................................................Figure 10-35 .......... 10-100
A-3044 Carbon Block Assembly ....................................................Figure 10-36 .......... 10-102
831-82 Spring Assembly ...............................................................Figure 10-37 .......... 10-104
HC-B3TW-3Y Exploded View ........................................................Figure 10-38 .......... 10-106
Start Lock Kit for HC-B3TW-3Y .....................................................Figure 10-40 .......... 10-112
HC-B3MN-3 Exploded View ..........................................................Figure 10-43 .......... 10-118
HC-B4MP-3, -3A, -3B, -3C Exploded View ...................................Figure 10-47 .......... 10-128
HC-B4TN-3, -3A, -3B, -3C Exploded View ....................................Figure 10-51 .......... 10-138
HC-B3TN-5C, -5D Exploded View .................................................Figure 10-55 .......... 10-148
830-23 Start Lock Unit ...................................................................Figure 10-57 .......... 10-154
HC-B3TN-5CL, -5DL Exploded View ...........................................Figure 10-59 .......... 10-158
830-23L Start Lock Unit .................................................................Figure 10-61 .......... 10-164
HC-B3TN- 5E, -5F, -5FL, -5G, -5K Exploded View .......................Figure 10-63 .......... 10-168
830-23( ) Start Lock .......................................................................Figure 10-65 .......... 10-176
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-4
Rev. 14 Apr/03
ILLUSTRATIONS
831-75 Spring Assembly .............................................................Figure 10-66 .......... 10-178
HC-B3TN-5M, -5ML, -5N, -5NL, -5P,
-5SL, -5U, -5V, -5W Exploded View ......................................Figure 10-67 .......... 10-180
Clamp Assembly Exploded View ..................................................Figure 10-68 .......... 10-184
830-37 and 830-41 Start Lock Unit ..............................................Figure 10-69 .......... 10-186
HC-B4MN-5L Exploded View ........................................................Figure 10-71 .......... 10-192
HC-B4MN-5AL Exploded View .....................................................Figure 10-75 .......... 10-202
831-73 Spring Assembly ..............................................................Figure 10-78 .......... 10-210
HC-B4TN-5, -5A, -5AL, -5C, -5CL, -5DL, -5EL Exploded View .....Figure 10-79 .......... 10-212
830-( ) Start Lock Assembly ..........................................................Figure 10-81 .......... 10-218
HC-B4TN-5F, -5FL, -5GL, -5HL Exploded View ............................Figure 10-83 .......... 10-222
830-34( ) Start Lock Assembly ......................................................Figure 10-85 .......... 10-228
HC-B4TN-5JL, -5KL, -5ML, -5NL, -5PL, -5QL Exploded View ......Figure 10-87 .......... 10-232
830-34L Start Lock Assembly ........................................................Figure 10-89 .......... 10-238
HC-A3(MV,V)F-7, -7A, -7B Exploded View ...................................Figure 10-92 .......... 10-244
C-3630-1 Beta Valve .....................................................................Figure 10-95 .......... 10-252
C-3630-2 Beta Valve .....................................................................Figure 10-96 .......... 10-254
118F
Page 10-5
Rev. 15 Nov/03
61-10-18
HC-B3TF-7, -7A, -7B, -7C Exploded View ....................................Figure 10-97 .......... 10-256
C-3630-1 Beta Valve ....................................................................Figure 10-100 ......... 10-266
C-3630-2 Beta Valve ....................................................................Figure 10-101 ......... 10-268
HC-B4MN-5B(L) Exploded View .................................................Figure 10-102 ......... 10-270
Clamp Assembly Exploded View .................................................Figure 10-103 ......... 10-274
830-34(L) Start Lock Unit .............................................................Figure 10-104 ......... 10-276
831-72 Spring Assembly ..............................................................Figure 10-105 ......... 10-278
ILLUSTRATIONS
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-6
Rev. 19 Dec/06
1. Introduction
A. General
(1) This Illustrated Parts List contains all of the current congurations for the
specied propellers manufactured by Hartzell Propeller Inc. and supersedes
any prints that may have previously been supplied for part and assembly
information. The parts lists contained within the Illustrated Parts List are to be
used for verifying the conguration of propeller models and ordering parts.
CAUTION: ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST ARE TO BE
USED FOR IDENTIFYING PARTS ONLY.
(2) Figures are for reference only. The gures provide general views of parts. For
ease of illustration, typical views of some parts were created and shown in
multiple gures. For this reason, illustrated parts may not exactly reect parts
contained in some propeller assemblies.
B. Using the Illustrated Parts List
(1) Every effort has been made to include all of the propellers and congurations
manufactured by Hartzell Propeller Inc. If an overhaul facility has questions
about a propeller conguration as stated in the Illustrated Parts List, contact the
Hartzell Propeller Product Support Department.
(2) Basic Propeller Parts: Refers to all of the propeller components that may be
unique to a particular propeller model.
(3) Spinner Mounting Kits have been included in this manual. It is the responsibility
of the propeller maintenance facility to ensure that the appropriate spinner and
mounting parts have been installed. Refer to the Hartzell Application Guide for
spinner assembly application information.
C. Propeller Assemblies Congured with an Ice Protection System
(1) If the propeller is equipped with an ice protection system, applicable instructions
and technical information can be found in Hartzell Propeller Ice Protection
System Manual 180 (30-61-80) for those system components supplied by
Hartzell. Propeller ice protection system components not supplied by Hartzell
Propeller Inc. are controlled by the applicable TC or STC holders Instructions
for Continued Airworthiness (ICA).
118F
Page 10-7
Rev. 14 Apr/03
61-10-18
2. The Illustrated Parts List
A. Detailed Parts List
The Detailed Parts List consists of the Figure/Item Number, Part Number, Description,
Conguration Change Code, Effectivity Code and Units Per Assembly. Space is
reserved for the Airline Stock Number. The following is an explanation of each column.
(1) Fig/Item Number
(a) Figure Number refers to the illustration where items appear. Item Numbers
are assigned in broken sequence to allow the insertion of subsequent
additional parts. Items listed but not illustrated are identied by a dash to the
left of the item number.
(b) Alpha variants will be used to add additional items. There are two reasons
for the use of alpha variants:
1 A part may have an alternate, or may be superseded, replaced, or
obsoleted by another part. For example, the felt dust seal (A-863) that
is item 170 was superseded by the felt dust seal (B-1843) that is item
170A.
2 An Illustrated Parts List may contain multiple congurations. Effectivity
codes are used to distinguish different part numbers within the same
list. For example, one conguration may use a counterweight (B-3007)
that is item 800, yet another conguration uses a counterweight
(B-3091) that is item 800A. Effectivity codes are very important in the
determination of parts in a given conguration.
(2) Part Number
Use the Hartzell part number when ordering the part from Hartzell or a Hartzell
approved distributor. Digits of Hartzell Part Numbers have no signicance other
than to identify a part.
(3) Airline Stock Number
Space is reserved for the Airline Stock Number.
(4) Nomenclature
This column identies the item. The relationship of parts to assembly are
indicated by the use of indentations. This column may also contain vendor
CAGE codes, as applicable. Information regarding part alternative, supersedure,
replacement, or obsolescence may also be found in this column. Refer to
Revisions, below, for further information regarding alternate, superseded,
replaced, or obsoleted parts.
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-8
Rev. 19 Dec/06
(5) Effectivity Code (EFF CODE)
The effectivity column shows the prex and/or sufx of the propeller model to
which the parts apply. In some cases, the specic engine or aircraft manufacturer
may be called out. Effectivity codes assigned apply only to the gure/listing in
which they appear. Parts common to all end items show no code.
(6) Units Per Assembly (UPA)
Designates the total quantity of an item required for the next higher assembly or
subassembly.
(7) Overhaul (O/H)
Designates the parts to be replaced at overhaul. A Y identies the parts that are
replaced at overhaul.
NOTE: An overhaul kit may not contain all the parts identied with a "Y" for
a particular model propeller. An example of parts that may not be
included in the overhaul kit is spinner mounting parts.
B. Revisions
(1) Alternate
Alternate parts are identied by the term "ALTERNATE" in the Description
column. Alternate items are considered airworthy for continued ight and existing
stock of parts may be used for maintenance and/or repair. The new or alternate
part numbers may be used interchangeably when ordering/stocking new parts.
Alternate parts may no longer be available.
(2) Supersedure
Part changes are identied by the terms SUPERSEDES ITEM _____ or
SUPERSEDED BY ITEM _____ in the Description column. Superseded items
are considered airworthy for continued ight and existing stock of superseded
parts may be used for maintenance and/or repair. Once the superseding part
has been incorporated/installed into an assembly, the original superseded part
is no longer to be used in that assembly. Superseded parts may no longer be
available, and the new part number must be used when ordering/stocking new
parts.
(3) Replacement
Part changes identied by the terms "REPLACES ITEM _____ or REPLACED
BY ITEM _____ in the Description column are considered airworthy for
continued ight, but must be replaced with a part with the new part number at
overhaul. Existing stock of replaced parts may not used for maintenance and/or
repair of effected assemblies. Replaced parts may no longer be available, and
the new part number must be used when ordering/stocking new parts.
(4) Obsolescence
Obsolete parts are identied by "OBS in the Units Per Assembly (UPA) column.
Obsolete items are considered unairworthy for continued ight.
118F
Page 10-9
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
(5) Service Documents and Airworthiness Directives
(a) In the event of modification or rework of an existing part, the supersedure,
replacement, or obsolescence of a part, or the addition of parts installed by
a Service Bulletin (SB) or Service Letter (SL), the SB or SL number will
appear in the Description column as SB_____, or "SL_____ after the
description.
(b) When a SB has a relationship to an Airworthiness Directive (AD), the AD will
be shown in parentheses after the SB number as SB_____ (AD_____).
C. Vendors
(1) Many O-rings, fasteners, and other vendor supplied hardware listed in Hartzell
manuals have previously been specified with AN, MS, NAS or vendor part
number. To provide internal controls and procurement flexibility, Hartzell has
made engineering changes to provide all O-rings, fasteners, and hardware with
a Hartzell part number. Parts shipments from Hartzell will specify only the
Hartzell part numbers.
(2) Some O-rings, fasteners, and hardware manufactured in accordance with
established industry specifications (certain AN, MS, NAS items) are acceptable
for use in Hartzell products without additional standards imposed by Hartzell;
however, Hartzell does impose restrictions on certain AN, MS, and NAS vendor
parts, which must be procured directly from Hartzell. Refer to Manual 202A
(61-01-01), Chapter 2200, Vendor Cross Reference, for a listing of part number
interchangeability. Where allowable, both the Hartzell part number item and AN,
MS, NAS, and other specified vendor numbers items can be used
interchangeably. The Hartzell part number must be used when ordering these
parts from Hartzell.
3. A-3403-2 and C-1939 Spring Retainer Cups
Existing stocks of A-3403-2 and C-1939 Spring Retainer Cups are obsolete and are no
longer usable. Distributors and propeller repair stations should check existing stocks. New
parts in the field inventories may be returned for credit toward replacement parts. Refer to
the Repair chapter of this manual for additional effectivity and compliance information.
118F
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 61-10-18
Page 10-10
Rev. 17 Jun/04
HC-B3TN-2, -2B Propeller Exploded View
Figure 10-1
B3TN-2.PLT
360
520
630
380
640
740
670
650
500
890
280
250
270
200
150
1400
260
530
930
920
910
50
80
90
55
60
160
170
620
610
590
600
400
570
560
580
700
10
70
230
180
65
360
440
430
118F
Page 10-11
Rev. 17 Jun/04
61-10-18
FIG./ITEM PART AIRLINE DESCRIPTION EFF. UPA O/H
NUMBER NUMBER STOCK NUMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CODE
-ITEM NOT ILLUSTRATED
EFFECTIVITY MODEL EFFECTIVITY MODEL
10-1
HC-B3TN-2( ) PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
10 A-880-1 SELF-LOCKING NUT 1 Y
-50 C-1802 PISTON UNIT - SUPERSEDED BY 1
ITEM 50A (REQUIRED WITH 831-12
SPRING ASSEMBLY)
50A C-1863 PISTON UNIT - SUPERSEDES ITEM 50 1
(REQUIRED WITH 831-57 SPRING
ASSEMBLY)
55 A-817-2 GUIDE ROD 3
60 A-862-1 BUSHING, PLASTIC 1
65 A-114-B STAKING PIN 3
70 A-861-3 LINK ARM 3
80 A-1464 LINK PIN UNIT 3 Y
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 3 Y
150 C-3317-020 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-347-2 O-RING 1 Y
170 A-863 FELT DUST SEAL, REPLACED BY OBS
ITEM 170A PRE SL152A
170A B-1843 FELT DUST SEAL, REPLACES ITEM 170 1 Y
POST SL152A
180 B-3840-6 SCREW 4 Y
200 B-1803-1 CYLINDER -SUPERSEDED BY 1
ITEM 200A (REQUIRED WITH 831-12
SPRING ASSEMBLY)
200A B-1803-2 CYLINDER -SUPERSEDES 1
ITEM 200 (REQUIRED WITH
831-57 SPRING ASSEMBLY)
230 A-944 LINKSCREW BUSHING 1 Y

HC-B3TN-2, -2B
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-12
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-1
-240 834-7A GUIDE COLLAR UNIT 1
250 B-1836-1 GUIDE COLLAR 1
260 A-116-D-1 BUSHING, PLASTIC 3
270 A-114-2 STAKING PIN 1
280 A-2038-14 SCREW, SOCKET HEAD CAP 1 Y
360 A-2051 HEXAGON HEAD BOLT 10 Y
380 C-3003-1 PLATE, SPINNER MOUNTING 1
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
430 B-3339 DOUBLE HEXAGON HEAD BOLT 8 Y
440 A-2048-2 WASHER 8 Y
500 840-60 HUB UNIT 1
520 B-3897-1 EXPANSION PLUG 3 Y
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 3
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 3 Y
560A C-3317-230 O-RING - ALTERNATE (IF ITEM 560 CAUSES 3 Y
EXCESSIVE FRICTION)
560B C-3317-231 O-RING - ALTERNATE (IF ITEM 560 CAUSES 3 Y
EXCESSIVE FRICTION)
570 A-1851-T SPLIT BEARING, BLADE 3
570A A-1851 SPLIT BEARING, BLADE - 3
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
-571 A-1851-TA RACE, HUB SIDE - USE WITH ITEM 570 1
-571A A-1851-A RACE, HUB SIDE - USE WITH ITEM 570A 1
-572 A-1851-TB RACE, BLADE SIDE - USE WITH ITEM 570 1
-572A A-1851-B RACE, BLADE SIDE - USE WITH ITEM 570A 1
580 A-1877 BEARING WIRE RING 3 Y
590 B-6144-2 9/16" DIAMETER STEEL BALL 57 Y
590A B-6144-2-450 9/16" DIAMETER STEEL BALL RF
(450 PIECE BOX)
600 B-3742 BALL SPACER 3 Y
600A A-1899 BALL SPACER - ALTERNATE 3 Y
610 A-1852 RING, BEARING GUIDE 3
620 A-1854 WIRE RETENTION RING 3 Y
630 B-3840-( ) SCREW AR Y
(LENGTH OF SCREW MUST SUIT ITEM 640
AND PROVIDE 0.125 INCH (3.18 MM)
MINIMUM ENGAGEMENT)
10-1
HC-B3TN-2, -2B
118F
Page 10-13
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-1
640 A-1305 BALANCE WEIGHT AR
650 A-6119 LINK ARM BUSHING 3 Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 3 Y
700 838-17E CLAMP ASSEMBLY - SEE FIGURE 10-2 3
740 A-304 LINK SCREW 1 Y
890 C-3317-235 O-RING 1 Y
910 A-2037 SCREW, SOCKET HEAD CAP 3 Y
920 B-3368 HEXAGON JAM NUT 3 Y
930 A-1444 WASHER, PISTON GUIDE ROD 3 Y
1400 831-12 SPRING ASSEMBLY -SUPERSEDED BY 1
ITEM 1400A (REQUIRED WITH B-1803-1
CYLINDER) SEE FIGURE 10-3.
1400A 831-57 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SUPERSEDES 1
ITEM 1400 (REQUIRED WITH
B-1803-2 CYLINDER) SEE FIGURE 10-3.
HC-B3TN-2, -2B
NOTE 1: COUNTERWEIGHT SLUGS AND
COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG MOUNTING
HARDWARE ARE APPLICATION
SPECIFIC. COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
MOUNTING HARDWARE MUST BE
REPLACED AT OVERHAUL.
REFER TO HARTZELL APPLICATION
GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
NOTE 2: SPINNER ASSEMBLIES AND SPINNER
MOUNTING HARDWARE ARE
APPLICATION SPECIFIC. REFER TO
HARTZELL APPLICATION GUIDE
MANUAL 159 (61-02-59) AND
HARTZELL SPINNER MANUAL 127
(61-16-27).
118F
Page 10-14
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Clamp Assembly Exploded View
Figure 10-2
CLAMP4.PLT
770
840
710
840
860
850
750
760
780
740
730
790
800
730
720
118F
Page 10-15
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-2
-700 838-17E CLAMP ASSEMBLY 3
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
720 A-65 DOWEL PIN, REPLACED BY 1
ITEM 720A (PRE HC-SB-61-285)
720A 101375 PULL PLUG, REPLACES ITEM 720 1
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
730 A-285 LINKSCREW STAKING PIN 4 Y
740 A-304 LINKSCREW 1 Y
750 A-321 CLAMP SOCKET SCREW 2 Y
760 A-1306 GASKET, BLADE CLAMP 2 Y
770 A-1372 CLAMP BOLT 2 Y
770A A-1379 CLAMP BOLT, ALTERNATE 2 Y
780 A-1373 CLAMP NUT, SELF LOCKING 2 Y
800 833-16E COUNTERWEIGHT 1
840 C-1301S BLADE CLAMP 1
850 B-6544 CAP, FITTING, LUBRICATION 2 Y
860 B-6588-1 LUBRICATION FITTING 2 Y
HC-B3TN-2, -2B
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-16
Rev. 19 Dec/06
831-12, 831-57 Spring Assembly
Figure 10-3
W10514
1410
1420
1440
1490
1430
1480
1500
1510
831-57
1510
1440
1410
1500
1490
1495
831-12
1485
1480
118F
Page 10-17
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-3
-1400 831-12 SPRING ASSEMBLY 1
1410 B-868A-2 PITCH CHANGE ROD, REPLACED BY OBS
ITEM 1410A
1410A B-868AS-2 PITCH CHANGE ROD, REPLACES 1
ITEM 1410
1440 A-1827 CUP, SPRING RETAINER, REPLACED BY OBS
ITEM 1440A
1440A B-666 CUP, SPRING RETAINER, REPLACES 1
ITEM 1440
1480 A-1849 SPACER TUBE 1
1485 B-1824 SPRING 1
1490 B-1825 SPRING 1
1495 B-1826 SPRING 1
1500 A-1829 RETAINER, REAR 1
1510 A-867 SPLIT RETAINER 1 Y
-1400A 831-57 SPRING ASSEMBLY 1
1410 B-3332 PITCH CHANGE ROD 1
1420 A-3497 THRUST BEARING 1
1430 A-3087 SPACER AR Y
1440 A-1827-1 CUP, SPRING RETAINER 1
1480 A-3042A-4 SPACER TUBE 1
1490 A-3498 SPRING 1
HC-B3TN-2, -2B
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-18
Rev. 14 Apr/03
HC-B3TN-3, -3A, -3B, -3C, -3D, -3DL, -3E, -3F, -3G, -3H, -3S, -3UL Exploded View
Figure 10-4
B3TN-3A.PLT
30
210
90
60
160
170
620
610
590
600
870
570
560
580
700
10
70
230
520
380
640
740
670
650
500
890
280
250
270
200
150
1400
260
530
50
80
20
220
250
310
320
330
1300
420
410
290
320
400
360
350
340
390
630
180
440
430
118F
Page 10-19
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-4
HC-B3TN-3, -3A, PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
-3B,-3C,-3D,-3DL,
-3E, -3F,- 3G, -3H,
-3S, -3UL
20 B-3359 NUT, 3/8-24, HEX, SELF-LOCKING 3 Y
20A B-3599 NUT, 3/8-24, HEX, SELF-LOCKING - 3 Y
ALTERNATE
30 B-3049 RING, ROD END 1
50 C-3021-5 PISTON UNIT -3, -3A, -3B, 1
-3C,-3D, -3E,
-3F,-3G, -3H,
-3S
50A C-3021 PISTON UNIT - ALTERNATE -3, -3A, -3B, 1
-3C,-3D, -3E,
-3F,-3G, -3H,
-3S
50B C-3021L PISTON UNIT -3DL, -3UL 1
70 B-4016 LINK ARM -3, -3A, -3B, 3
-3C, -3D, -3E,
-3F, -3G, -3H,
-3S
70A B-1901 LINK ARM - ALTERNATE -3, -3A, -3B, 3
-3C, -3D, -3E,
-3F, -3G, -3H,
-3S
70B B-4016L LINK ARM -3DL, -3UL 3
70C B-1901L LINK ARM - ALTERNATE -3UL 3
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 3 Y
150 C-3317-020 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-347-2 O-RING 1 Y
HC-B3TN-3, -3A, -3B, -3C, -3D, -3DL, -3E, -3F, -3G, -3H, -3S, -3UL
-3E HC-B3TN-3E
-3F HC-B3TN-3F
-3G HC-B3TN-3G
-3H HC-B3TN-3H
-3S HC-B3TN-3S
-3UL HC-B3TN-3UL
-3 HC-B3TN-3
-3A HC-B3TN-3A
-3B HC-B3TN-3B
-3C HC-B3TN-3C
-3D HC-B3TN-3D
-3DL HC-B3TN-3DL
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-20
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-4
170 A-863 FELT DUST SEAL - REPLACED BY OBS
170A B-1843 FELT DUST SEAL - REPLACES ITEM 170 1 Y
POST SL152A
180 B-3840-5 FEATHERING STOP SCREW 4 Y
200 B-1803-2 CYLINDER 1
210 A-2043 SELF LOCKING NUT OBS
REPLACED BY ITEM 210A PRE SL155A
210A A-2043-1 SELF LOCKING NUT - REPLACES ITEM 210 3 Y
220 A-3439 NUT, 3/8-24, HEX, THIN 3 Y
220A B-3382 HEXAGON JAM NUT - ALTERNATE 3 Y
-240 834-12 GUIDE COLLAR UNIT RF
250 B-3440 GUIDE COLLAR 1
260 A-3023 BUSHING, PLASTIC 3
290 A-3099 SPRING, BETA RETURN 3 Y
-295 A-965 WASHER - (USE WITH ITEMS 300 AND 3 Y
300B ONLY)
-300 B-3002-2 LOW STOP ROD UNIT - SUPERSEDED -3, -3A,- 3B, 3
BY ITEM 300A -3C,-3D, -3DL,
-3G,-3H, -3S,
-3UL
-300A B-3475A-2 LOW STOP ROD UNIT - SUPERSEDES -3, -3A, -3B, 3
ITEM 300 -3C,-3D, -3DL,
-3G,-3H, -3S,
-3UL
-300B B-3002-10 LOW STOP ROD UNIT - SUPERSEDED BY -3E, -3F 3
ITEM 300C
-300C B-3475A-10 LOW STOP ROD UNIT - SUPERSEDES -3E, -3F 3
ITEM 300B
310 A-3478-1 LOW STOP ROD RETAINER 3
(USE WITH ITEMS 300A AND 300C ONLY)
320 B-3476A-2 BETA ROD - (USE WITH ITEM 300A ONLY) -3, -3A, -3B, 3
-3C,-3D, -3DL,
-3G,-3H, -3S,
-3UL
-3E HC-B3TN-3E
-3F HC-B3TN-3F
-3G HC-B3TN-3G
-3H HC-B3TN-3H
-3S HC-B3TN-3S
-3UL HC-B3TN-3UL
-3 HC-B3TN-3
-3A HC-B3TN-3A
-3B HC-B3TN-3B
-3C HC-B3TN-3C
-3D HC-B3TN-3D
-3DL HC-B3TN-3DL
118F
Page 10-21
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-4
320A B-3476A-10 BETA ROD - (USE WITH ITEM 300C ONLY) -3E, -3F 3
330 A-3482 RETAINING RING 6 Y
(USE WITH ITEMS 300A AND 300C ONLY)
340 A-3067-2 GUIDE LUG 3
350 A-3023-2 PLASTIC BUSHING 3
-365 A-2037-1 SCREW, SOCKET HEAD CAP 1 Y
380 C-3003-2 PLATE, SPINNER MOUNTING - 1
SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 380A
380A C-3003-1 PLATE, SPINNER MOUNTING - 1
SUPERSEDES ITEM 380
390 B-3843-56ZD SNAP RING 3 Y
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
410 A-3439 HEXAGON JAM NUT 3 Y
420 B-3001 COLLAR, LOW STOP - REPLACED BY OBS
ITEM 420A
420A B-3001-2 COLLAR, LOW STOP - REPLACES ITEM 420 1
440 A-2048-2 WASHER 8 Y
-450 B-3808-4 NUT, HEX, SELF LOCKING 12 Y
-460 B-3851-0432 WASHER, FLAT -3, -3A, - 3B, 24 Y
-3C,-3D, -3DL,
-3E, -3F, -3G,
-3H, -3S
-460A B-3851-0463 WASHER, FLAT -3UL 12 Y
500 840-60 HUB UNIT 1
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 3
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 3 Y
570 A-1851 SPLIT BEARING, BLADE - SL 131A 3
570A A-1851-T SPLIT BEARING, BLADE, ITEM 570 -3, -3A, -3B, 3
ALTERNATE - SL 131A -3C, -3D, -3DL
-3E, -3F, -3G,
-3S
-571 A-1851-A RACE, HUB SIDE - USE WITH ITEM 570 1
-571A A-1851-TA RACE, HUB SIDE - USE WITH ITME 570A -3, -3A, -3B, 1
-3C, -3D, -3DL
-3E, -3F, -3G,
-3S
-572 A-1851-B RACE, BLADE SIDE - USE WIT ITEM 570 1
-572A A-1851-TB RACE, BLADE SIDE - USE WITH ITEM 570A -3, -3A, -3B, 1
-3C, -3D, -3DL
-3E, -3F, -3G,
-3S
-3E HC-B3TN-3E
-3F HC-B3TN-3F
-3G HC-B3TN-3G
-3H HC-B3TN-3H
-3S HC-B3TN-3S
-3UL HC-B3TN-3UL
-3 HC-B3TN-3
-3A HC-B3TN-3A
-3B HC-B3TN-3B
-3C HC-B3TN-3C
-3D HC-B3TN-3D
-3DL HC-B3TN-3DL
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-22
Rev. 14 Apr/03
10-4
(450 PIECE BOX)
610 A-1852 BEARING GUIDE RING 3
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 3 Y
700 838-( ) CLAMP ASSEMBLY - SEE FIGURE 10-5 3
870 B-3384-4 HEXAGON HEAD BOLT 12 Y
870A B-3384-4H HEXAGON HEAD BOLT, ALTERNATE 12 Y
890 C-3317-235 O-RING 1 Y
1300 A-3044 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY 1
SEE FIGURE 10-6
1300A A-3074 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY 2
SEE FIGURE 10-7
1300B A-4731 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY 2
SEE FIGURE 10-8
1400 831-79 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SEE FIGURE 10-9 -3, -3B, -3H 1
1400A 831-82 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SEE FIGURE 10-10 -3A, -3C, -3D, 1
-3DL, -3E, -3F,
-3G, -3UL
1400B 831-83 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SEE FIGURE 10-11 -3S 1
-3E HC-B3TN-3E
-3F HC-B3TN-3F
-3G HC-B3TN-3G
-3H HC-B3TN-3H
-3S HC-B3TN-3S
-3UL HC-B3TN-3UL
-3 HC-B3TN-3
-3A HC-B3TN-3A
-3B HC-B3TN-3B
-3C HC-B3TN-3C
-3D HC-B3TN-3D
-3DL HC-B3TN-3DL
HARDWARE ARE APPLICATION SPECIFIC.
HARDWARE MUST BE REPLACED
AT OVERHAUL.REFER TO HARTZELL
APPLICATION GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
MOUNTING HARDWARE ARE APPLICATION
SPECIFIC. REFER TO HARTZELL
APPLICATION GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59)
AND HARTZELL SPINNER MANUAL 127
(61-16-27).
118F
Page 10-23
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
118F
Page 10-24
Rev. 14 Apr/03
770
840
710
840
860
850
750
760
780
740
730
790
800
730
720
Figure 10-5
CLAMP4.PLT
118F
Page 10-25
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-5
-700 838-67 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -3, -3A, -3B, 3
-3C, -3D, -3E,
-3H, -3S
-700A 838-65 CLAMP ASSEMBLY - ALTERNATE -3, -3A, -3B, 3
-3C, -3D, -3E,
-3H, -3S
-700B 838-67L CLAMP ASSEMBLY -3DL, -3UL 3
-700C 838-88 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -3F, -3G, -3N, 3
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
720 A-65 DOWEL PIN - REPLACED BY 1
720A 101375 PLUG, PULL - REPLACES ITEM 720 1
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
730A B-3838-3-2 LINKSCREW STAKING PIN - ALTERNATE 3 Y
770A A-1379 CLAMP BOLT - ALTERNATE 2 Y
800 B-3007 COUNTERWEIGHT -3, -3A, -3B, 1
-3C, -3D, -3DL,
-3E, -3H, -3S
800A B-3007-2 COUNTERWEIGHT -3F, -3G 1
840 C-1301-9S BLADE CLAMP -3, -3A, -3B 1
-3C, -3D, -3E,
-3F, 3G, -3H,
-3S,
840A C-1301-1S BLADE CLAMP - ALTERNATE -3, -3A, -3B, 1
-3C, -3D, -3E,
-3F, -3G,-3H,
-3S,
840B C-1301-10S BLADE CLAMP -3DL 1
840C C-1301-7S BLADE CLAMP - ALTERNATE -3DL 1
850 B-6544 CAP-FITTING, LUBRICATION 2 Y
-3E HC-B3TN-3E
-3F HC-B3TN-3F
-3G HC-B3TN-3G
-3H HC-B3TN-3H
-3S HC-B3TN-3S
-3UL HC-B3TN-3UL
-3 HC-B3TN-3
-3A HC-B3TN-3A
-3B HC-B3TN-3B
-3C HC-B3TN-3C
-3D HC-B3TN-3D
-3DL HC-B3TN-3DL
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-26
Rev. 14 Apr/03
A-3044 Carbon Block Assembly
Figure 10-6
BPS0041
1310
1360
1330
1350
1340
118F
Page 10-27
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-6
-1300 A-3044 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY (SEE NOTE) 1
1310 A-3027 PIN CLEVIS - SUPERSEDED BY 1 Y
ITEM 1310A
1310A B-3844-53 PIN, CLEVIS - SUPERSEDES ITEM 1310 1 Y
1330 A-3025 YOKE UNIT 1
1340 A-3026 BLOCK UNIT 1 Y
1350 A-4543 COTTER PIN, T HEAD 1 Y
1360 B-3843-25PP RETAINER, RING, EXTERNAL 1 Y
NOTE: THIS CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY IS EFFECTIVE
FOR ALL APPLICATIONS EXCEPT
DEHAVILLAND, FAIRCHILD, AND PILATUS.
118F
Page 10-28
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-7
1310
1330
1340
1350
W10062
118F
Page 10-29
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-7
1310 A-3027 PIN, CLEVIS - SUPERSEDED BY 1 Y
ITEM 1310A
1330 A-3073 YOKE UNIT 1
FOR FAIRCHILD AND PILATUS APPLICATIONS
ONLY.
118F
Page 10-30
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-8
450
470
451 460
490
1310
1320 1330
1340
1360
W10061
118F
Page 10-31
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-18
1310 B-6648-31 BOLT, CLEVIS 1 Y
1320 B-3811 NUT 1 Y
1330 A-3025 YOKE UNIT 1
FOR DEHAVILLAND APPLICATIONS ONLY.
118F
Page 10-32
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-9
1410
1440
1430
1460
1490
1480
1500
1510
APS5078.TIF
118F
Page 10-33
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-9
-1400 831-19 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SUPERSEDED BY RF
ITEM 1400A
-1400A 831-79 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SUPERSEDES RF
ITEM 1400
1410 B-868AS PITCH CHANGE ROD - SUPERSEDED BY 1
ITEM 1410A
1410A D-5862 PITCH CHANGE ROD - SUPERSEDES 1
ITEM 1410
1440 A-1827-1 CUP, SPRING RETAINER - SUPERSEDED BY 1
ITEM 1440A
1440A C-5976 CUP, SPRING RETAINER - SUPERSEDES 1
ITEM 1440
1460 B-1453 SPRING 1
1480 A-3042A SPACER TUBE 1
1490 B-3041 SPRING 1
HC-B3TN-3, -3B, -3H
118F
Page 10-34
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-10
1410
1420
1430
1440
1450
1480
1460
1490
1470
1500
1510
APS5079.TIF
118F
Page 10-35
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-10
ITEM 1400A
ITEM 1400
ITEM 1410A
ITEM 1410
1430 A-4018 SPACER 1
ITEM 1440A
ITEM 1440
1460 B-1826 SPRING 1
1470 A-3401 EXTENSION, SPRING 1
1490 A-3498 SPRING 1
HC-B3TN-3A, -3C, -3D, -3DL, -3E, -3F,-3G, -3UL
118F
Page 10-36
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-11
1410
1540
1420
1430
1440
1450
1490
1460
1480
1470
1500
1510
APS5080.TIF
118F
Page 10-37
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
HC-B3TN-3S
10-11
-1400 831-83 SPRING ASSEMBLY RF
1410 D-5862 PITCH CHANGE ROD 1
1430 A-4018 SPACER 1
1440 A-1827-1 CUP, SPRING RETAINER 1
1460 B-1826 SPRING 1
1490 A-3498 SPRING 1
1540 A-3342-2 TUBE, LOW PITCH SPACER 1
118F
Page 10-38
Rev. 14 Apr/03
HC-B3TN-3AE, -3AF, -3K, -3M, -3N, -3P, -3Z Exploded View
Figure 10-12
B3TN-3N.PLT
30
210
90
60 160 170
620
610
590
600
870
570
560
580
700
10
70
230
180
520
380
640
740
670
650
500
890
280
250
270
200
150
1400
260
530
50
80
190
20
220
250
310
320
330
1300
420
410
290
320
400
880
360
350
340
390
630
440
430
118F
Page 10-39
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
HC-B3TN-3AE, -3AF, -3K, -3M, -3N, -3P, -3Z
10-12 HC-B3TN-3AE, PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
-3AF,-3K, -3M,
-3N, -3P, -3Z
ALTERNATE
50 C-3021-5 PISTON UNIT 1
70 B-4016 LINK ARM 3
70A B-1901 LINK ARM - ALTERNATE 3
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 3 Y
150 C-3317-020 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-347-2 O-RING 1 Y
170 A-863 FELT DUST SEAL - REPLACED BY ITEM 170A OBS
PRE SL152A
POST SL152A
190 A-2626-( ) SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW 3 Y
200 B-1803-4 CYLINDER 1
210 A-2043 SELF LOCKING NUT - REPLACED BY OBS
POST SL155A
220 A-3439 NUT, 3/8-24, HEX, THIN 3 Y
-295 A-965 WASHER (USE WITH ITEM 300 ONLY) 3 Y
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-40
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-12
-300 B-3002-2 LOW STOP ROD UNIT - SUPERSEDED BY 3
ITEM 300A
-300A B-3475A-2 LOW STOP ROD UNIT - SUPERSEDES 3
ITEM 300
(USE WITH ITEM 300A ONLY)
320 B-3476A-2 BETA ROD - (USE WITH ITEM 300A ONLY) 3
330 A-3482 RETAINING RING - (USE WITH ITEM 6 Y
300A ONLY)
340 A-3067-2 GUIDE LUG 3
SUPERSEDES ITEM 380
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
ITEM 420A
440 A-2048-2 WASHER 8 Y
-460 B-3851-0432 WASHER, FLAT 24 Y
500 840-60 HUB UNIT 1
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 3
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 3 Y
570 A-1851 SPLIT BEARING, BLADE 3
570A A-1851-T SPLIT BEARING, BLADE - ALTERNATE 3
- SL 131A
-571A A-1851-TA RACE, HUB SIDE - USE WITH ITEM 570A 1
-572 A-1851-B RACE, BLADE SIDE - USE WITH ITEM 570 1
-572A A-1851-TB RACE, BLADE SIDE- USE WITH ITEM 570A 1
HC-B3TN-3AE, -3AF, -3K, -3M, -3N, -3P, -3Z
118F
Page 10-41
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-12
(450 PIECE BOX)
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 3 Y
870A B-3384-4H HEXAGON HEAD BOLT - ALTERNATE 12 Y
880 A-2622-1 SUPPORT RING 1
890 C-3317-235 O-RING 1 Y
SEE FIGURE 10-14
1300A A-3074 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY FAIRCHILD, 2
SEE FIGURE 10-15 PILATUS
1300B A-4731 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY DEHAVILLAND 2
SEE FIGURE 10-16
1400 831-79 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SEE FIGURE 10-17 -3M, -3P 1
1400A 831-82 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SEE FIGURE 10-18 -3AE, -3AF -3K, 1
-3N, -3Z
HC-B3TN-3AE, -3AF, -3K, -3M, -3N, -3P, -3Z
COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
APPLICATION SPECIFIC.
COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
REPLACED AT OVERHAUL. REFER
TO HARTZELL APPLICATION
GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
NOTE 2: SPINNER ASSEMBLIES
AND SPINNER MOUNTING
HARDWARE AREAPPLICATION
APPLICATION GUIDE MANUAL
159 (61-02-59) AND HARTZELL
SPINNER MANUAL 127 (61-16-27).
-3N HC-B3TN-3N
-3P HC-B3TN-3P
-3Z HC-B3TN-3Z
-3AE HC-B3TN-3AE
-3AF HC-B3TN-3AF
-3K HC-B3TN-3K
-3M HC-B3TN-3M

118F
61-10-18
Page 10-42
Rev. 14 Apr/03
770
840
710
840
860
850
750
760
780
740
730
790
800
730
720
Figure 10-13
CLAMP4.PLT
118F
Page 10-43
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-13
-700 838-67 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -3K, -3M, -3P, 3
-700A 838-65 CLAMP ASSEMBLY - ALTERNATE -3K, -3M, -3P 3
-700B 838-88 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -3N, -3Z 3
-700C 838-95 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -3AE 3
-700D 838-98 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -3AF 3
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
800 B-3007 COUNTERWEIGHT -3K, -3M, -3P 1
800A B-3007-2 COUNTERWEIGHT -3N 1
800B B-3091-2 COUNTERWEIGHT -3AE 1
800C B-3328 COUNTERWEIGHT -3AF 1
840 C-1301-9S BLADE CLAMP -3AE, -3AF, 1
-3K, -3M, -3N,
-3P, -3Z
840A C-1301-1S BLADE CLAMP - ALTERNATE -3AE, -3AF, 1
-3K, -3M, -3N,
-3P, -3Z
-3N HC-B3TN-3N
-3P HC-B3TN-3P
-3Z HC-B3TN-3Z
-3AE HC-B3TN-3AE
-3AF HC-B3TN-3AF
-3K HC-B3TN-3K
-3M HC-B3TN-3M

HC-B3TN-3AE, -3AF, -3K, -3M, -3N, -3P, -3Z
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-44
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-14
BPS0041
1310
1360
1330
1350
1340
118F
Page 10-45
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
HC-B3TN-3AE, -3AF, -3K, -3M, -3N, -3P, -3Z
10-14
ITEM 1310A
1330 A-3025 YOKE UNIT 1
118F
Page 10-46
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-15
1310
1330
1340
1350
W10062
118F
Page 10-47
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
HC-B3TN-3AE, -3AF, -3K, -3M, -3N, -3P, -3Z
10-15
ITEM 1310A
1330 A-3073 YOKE UNIT 1
ONLY.
118F
Page 10-48
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-16
450
470
451 460
490
1310
1320 1330
1340
1360
W10061
118F
Page 10-49
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
HC-B3TN-3AE, -3AF, -3K, -3M, -3N, -3P, -3Z
10-16
1310 B-6648-31 BOLT, CLEVIS 1 Y
1320 B-3811 NUT 1 Y
1330 A-3025 YOKE UNIT 1
118F
Page 10-50
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-17
1410
1440
1430
1460
1490
1480
1500
1510
APS5078.TIF
118F
Page 10-51
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
HC-B3TN- -3M, -3P
10-17
ITEM 1400A
ITEM 1400
ITEM 1410A
ITEM 1410
ITEM 1440A
ITEM 1440
1460 B-1453 SPRING 1
1490 B-3041 SPRING 1
118F
Page 10-52
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-18
1410
1420
1430
1440
1450
1480
1460
1490
1470
1500
1510
APS5079.TIF
118F
Page 10-53
Rev. 14 Apr/03
61-10-18
10-18
ITEM 1400
ITEM 1400A
ITEM 1410A
ITEM 1410
1430 A-4018 SPACER 1
1440 A-1827-1 CUP, SPRING RETAINER - SUPERSEDED 1
BY ITEM 1440A
ITEM 1440
1460 B-1826 SPRING 1
1490 A-3498 SPRING 1

HC-B3TN-3AE, -3AF, -3K, -3N, -3Z
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-54
Rev. 19 Dec/06
HC-B3TN-3BY, -3DY, -3SY Exploded View
Figure 10-19
B3TN-3AY
1120
118F
Page 10-55
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-19 HC-B3TN-3BY, PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
-3DY, -3SY
ALTERNATE
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 3 Y
150 C-3317-020 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-347-2 O-RING 1 Y
ITEM 170A, PRE SL152A
POST SL152A
200 B-1803-2 CYLINDER 1
POST SL155A
220 A-3439 NUT, 3/8-24, HEX, THIN 3 Y
ITEM 300A
ITEM 300 - (USE WITH ITEMS 320A & 330)
HC-B3TN-3BY, -3DY, -3SY
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-56
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-19
330 A-3482 RETAINING RING - 6 Y
340 A-3067-2 GUIDE LUG 3
380A C-3003-1 PLATE, SPINNER MOUNTING 1
SUPERSEDES ITEM 380
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
ITEM 420A
440 A-2048-2 STEEL WASHER 8 Y
450 B-3808-4 NUT, HEX, SELF LOCKING 12 Y
-460 B-3851-0432 WASHER, FLAT 24 Y
500 840-60 HUB UNIT 1
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 3
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 3 Y
570 A-1851 SPLIT BEARING, BLADE - SL 131A 3
570A A-1851-T SPLIT BEARING, BLADE 3
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
(450 PIECE BOX)
118F
Page 10-57
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-19
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 3 Y
890 C-3317-235 O-RING 1 Y
1000 A-3432-( ) START LOCK KIT - SEE FIGURE 10-21 -3BY (WITH 1
DEICE), -3SY
1000A A-3433-( ) START LOCK KIT - SEE FIGURE 10-21 -3BY (NO 1
DEICE), -3DY
SEE FIGURE 10-22
1300A A-3074 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY FAIRCHILD 2
SEE FIGURE 10-23 PILATUS
1300B A-4731 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY DEHAVILLAND 2
SEE FIGURE 10-24
1400 831-79 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SEE FIGURE 10-25 -3BY 1
1400A 831-82 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SEE FIGURE 10-26 -3DY 1
1400B 831-83 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SEE FIGURE 10-27 -3SY 1
-3BY HC-B3TN-3BY
-3DY HC-B3TN-3DY
-3SY HC-B3TN-3SY

NOTE 1: COUNTERWEIGHT SLUGS
AND COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
REPLACED AT OVERHAUL.REFER
TO HARTZELL APPLICATION GUIDE
MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
NOTE 2: SPINNER ASSEMBLIES AND
SPINNER MOUNTING HARDWARE
ARE APPLICATION SPECIFIC.
REFER TOHARTZELL APPLICATION
GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59) AND
(61-16-27).
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-58
Rev. 14 Apr/03
770 840
710
840
860
850
750
760
780
740
730
790
800
730
720
Figure 10-20
CLAMP4.PLT
118F
Page 10-59
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-20
-700 838-67 CLAMP ASSEMBLY 3
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
720 A-65 DOWEL PIN, COUNTERWEIGHT 1
720 A-65 DOWEL PIN - REPLACED BY ITEM 720A 1
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
800 B-3007 COUNTERWEIGHT 1
840 C-1301-9S BLADE CLAMP 1
HC-B3TN-3BY, 3DY, -3SY
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-60
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Start Lock Kit for HC-B3TN-3BY, -3DY, -3SY, -3AEY, -3AFY
Figure 10-21
1110
1010-REF
1010A-REF
1140
1145
1150
1155 1010
1010A
1110
1120
1130
1160
1170
APS6273
AREA OF
ENLARGEMENT
BULKHEAD (REF)
CLAMP (REF)
118F
Page 10-61
Rev. 14 Apr/03
61-10-18
10-21
-1000 A-3432 START LOCK KIT -3BY ON 1
SUPERSEDED BY ITEM -1000C DEHAVILLAND
FACTORY
INSTALLED
DE-ICE)
-1000A A-3432-1 START LOCK KIT -3BY ON 1
DEHAVILLAND
FIELD ADJUST
WITH DEICE
-1000B A-3432-2 START LOCK KIT -3BY ON 1
SUPERSEDES ITEM -1000 DEHAVILLAND
FACTORY
INSTALLED
WITH DE-ICE
-1000C A-3432-3 START LOCK KIT -3SY 1
-1000D A-3433 START LOCK KIT -3AFY 1
NO DEICE
-3DY ON
KENMORE
AIR HARBOR
-1000E A-3433 START LOCK KIT -3AEY 1
SUPERSEDED BY ITEM -1000H
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FACTORY
INSTALLED
NO DE-ICE
-1000F A-3433-1 START LOCK KIT -3BY ON 1
DEHAVILLAND
FIELD ADJUST
NO DE-ICE

HC-B3TN-3BY, -3DY, -3SY, -3AEY, -3AFY
-3AEY HC-B3TN-3AEY
-3AFY HC-B3TN-3AFY
-3BY HC-B3TN-3BY
-3DY HC-B3TN-3DY
-3SY HC-B3TN-3SY

118F
61-10-18
Page 10-62
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-21
-1000G A-3433-2 START LOCK KIT -3DY 1
EXCEPT
KENMORE AIR
HARBOR
-1000H A-3433-2 START LOCK KIT -3AEY 1
SUPERSEDES ITEM -1000E
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FACTORY
INSTALLED
NO DE-ICE
-1000J A-7780 START LOCK KIT -3AFY 1
WITH DEICE
-1000K A-3433-4 START LOCK KIT -3DY 1
VIKING AIR
1010 830-26 START LOCK UNIT 1
1020 B-3418-1 BRACKET, START LOCK - SUPERSEDED 1
BY ITEM 1020B (PRE HC-SL-61-248)
1020B 101224 BRACKET, START LOCK - SUPERSEDES 1
ITEM 1020 (POST HC-SL-61-248)
1060 A-883 PIN, START LOCK 1
1080 B-3851-N832 WASHER, FLAT 1 Y
1090 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 1 Y
1110 A-884-4 SPRING 1 Y
1010A 830-27 START LOCK UNIT 2
1020A B-3418-2 BRACKET, START LOCK - SUPERSEDED 1
BY ITEM 1020C (PRE HC-SL-61-248)
1020C 101225 BRACKET, START LOCK - SUPERSEDES 1
ITEM 1020A (POST HC-SL-61-248)
1080 B-3851-N832 WASHER, FLAT 1 Y
1090 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 1 Y
1110 A-884-4 SPRING
-3AEY HC-B3TN-3AEY
-3AFY HC-B3TN-3AFY
-3BY HC-B3TN-3BY
-3DY HC-B3TN-3DY
-3SY HC-B3TN-3SY
118F
Page 10-63
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-21
1120 A-3427 SPACER -3AFY WITH 3
DE-ICE
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FACTORY
INSTALLED
WITH DE-ICE
-3AEY
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FACTORY
INSTALLED
NO DE-ICE
-3DY ALL
EXCEPT
KENMORE AIR
HARBOR
-3SY
1120A A-3427-1 SPACER -3BY ON 3
DEHAVILLAND
FIELD ADJUST
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FIELD ADJUST
NO DE-ICE
-3AEY HC-B3TN-3AEY
-3AFY HC-B3TN-3AFY
-3BY HC-B3TN-3BY
-3DY HC-B3TN-3DY
-3SY HC-B3TN-3SY
118F
Page 10-64
Rev. 14 Apr/03
-3AEY HC-B3TN-3AEY
-3AFY HC-B3TN-3AFY
-3BY HC-B3TN-3BY
-3DY HC-B3TN-3DY
-3SY HC-B3TN-3SY
1130 A-3419-2 START LOCK PLATE -3AFY 3
-3DY ON
KENMORE AIR
HARBOR
1130A A-3419-2 START LOCK PLATE -3AEY 3
SUPERSEDED BY ITEM -1130E
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FACTORY
INSTALLED
DE-ICE
1130B A-3419-3 START LOCK PLATE -3BY ON 3
DEHAVILLAND
FIELD ADJUST
WITH DE-ICE
1130C A-3419-3 START LOCK PLATE -3BY ON 3
DEHAVILLAND
FIELD ADJUST
NO DE-ICE
1130D A-3419-4 START LOCK PLATE -3BY ON 3
DEHAVILLAND
FACTORY
INSTALLED
NO DE-ICE
-3DY ALL
EXCEPT
KENMORE AIR
HARBOR
1130E A-3419-4 START LOCK PLATE -3AEY 3
SUPERSEDES ITEM -1130A
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FACTORY
INSTALLED
DE-ICE
1130F A-4732 START LOCK PLATE -3SY 3
118F
Page 10-65
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-21
1140 A-2070-7 BUTTON HEAD SOCKET SCREW -3AFY WITH 3 Y
DE-ICE
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FIELD ADJUST
WITH DE-ICE
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FACTORY
INSTALLED
WITH DE-ICE
-3SY
1140A A-2070-8 BUTTON HEAD SOCKET SCREW -3BY 3 Y
ALTERNATE (USED WITH ITEM 1190) DEHAVILLAND
FIELD ADJUST
WITH DE-ICE
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FACTORY
INSTALLED
WITH DE-ICE
-3SY
1140B A-2070-9 BUTTON HEAD SOCKET SCREW -3AFY 3 Y
-3AEY HC-B3TN-3AEY
-3AFY HC-B3TN-3AFY
-3BY HC-B3TN-3BY
-3DY HC-B3TN-3DY
-3SY HC-B3TN-3SY
118F
Page 10-66
Rev. 14 Apr/03
10-21
1145 B-3384-5H HEX HEAD BOLT -3AFY 3 Y
NO DE-ICE
-3DY ON
KENMORE AIR
HARBOR
-3AEY
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FIELD ADJUST
NO DE-ICE
-3AEY
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FACTORY
INSTALLED
NO DE-ICE
-3DY ALL
EXCEPT
KENMORE AIR
HARBOR
-3AEY HC-B3TN-3AEY
-3AFY HC-B3TN-3AFY
-3BY HC-B3TN-3BY
-3DY HC-B3TN-3DY
-3SY HC-B3TN-3SY
118F
Page 10-67
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-21
1150 A-2070-10 BUTTON HEAD SOCKET SCREW -3AFY WITH 3 Y
DE-ICE
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FIELD ADJUST
DE-ICE
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FACTORY
INSTALLED
WITH DE-ICE
-3SY
1150A A-2070-9 BUTTON HEAD SOCKET SCREW -3BY 3 y
ALTERNATE DEHAVILLAND
FIELD ADJUST
DE-ICE
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FACTORY
INSTALLED
WITH DE-ICE
-3SY
-3AEY HC-B3TN-3AEY
-3AFY HC-B3TN-3AFY
-3BY HC-B3TN-3BY
-3DY HC-B3TN-3DY
-3SY HC-B3TN-3SY
118F
Page 10-68
Rev. 14 Apr/03
10-21
1155 B-3384-8H HEX HEAD BOLT -3AFY NO 3 Y
DE-ICE
-3DY ON
KENMORE AIR
HARBOR
-3AEY
N-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FIELD ADJUST
NO DE-ICE
-3AEY
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FACTORY
INSTALLED
NO DE-ICE
-3DY ALL
EXCEPT
KENMORE AIR
HARBOR
-1160 B-3720 HEX HEAD BOLT 3 Y
1170 A-1018 HEX HEAD BOLT - SUPERSEDED BY 6 Y
ITEM 1170A
1170A B-3383-7H HEX HEAD BOLT - SUPERSEDES ITEM 1170 6 Y
-1180 B-3851-0363 WASHER 9 Y
-1190 B-3835-0432 WASHER - (USED WITH ITEM 1140A) -3AFY WITH A/R Y
DE-ICE
-1190 B-3835-0432 WASHER - (USED WITH ITEM 1140A) -3BY ON 3 Y
DEHAVILLAND
FIELD ADJUST
DE-ICE
-3BY ON
DEHAVILLAND
FACTORY
INSTALLED
WITH DE-ICE
-3AEY HC-B3TN-3AEY
-3AFY HC-B3TN-3AFY
-3BY HC-B3TN-3BY
-3DY HC-B3TN-3DY
-3SY HC-B3TN-3SY
118F
Page 10-69
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
118F
Page 10-70
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-22
BPS0041
1310
1360
1330
1350
1340
118F
Page 10-71
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-22
-1300 A-3044 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY (SEE NOTE) RF
ITEM 1310A
1330 A-3025 YOKE UNIT 1
118F
Page 10-72
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-23
W10062
450
470
451 460
490
1310
1320
1340
1330
1360
118F
Page 10-73
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-23
1310 B-6648-31 BOLT, CLEVIS 1 Y
1320 B-3811 NUT 1 Y
1330 A-3025 YOKE UNIT 1
ONLY.
118F
Page 10-74
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-24
W10061
1310
1330
1340
1350
118F
Page 10-75
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-15
ITEM 1310A
1330 A-3073 YOKE UNIT 1
118F
Page 10-76
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-25
1410
1440
1430
1460
1490
1480
1500
1510
APS5078.TIF
118F
Page 10-77
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
HC-B3TN-3BY
10-25
ITEM 1400A
ITEM 1400
ITEM 1410A
ITEM 1410
BY ITEM 1440A
ITEM 1440
1460 B-1453 SPRING 1
1490 B-3041 SPRING 1
118F
Page 10-78
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-26
1410
1420
1430
1440
1450
1480
1460
1490
1470
1500
1510
APS5079.TIF
118F
Page 10-79
Rev. 14 Apr/03
61-10-18
10-26
ITEM 1400A
ITEM 1400
ITEM 1410A
ITEM 1410
1430 A-4018 SPACER 1
BY ITEM 1440A
ITEM 1440
1460 B-1826 SPRING 1
1490 A-3498 SPRING 1
HC-B3TN-3DY
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-80
Rev. 19 Dec/06
Figure 10-27
1410
1540
1420
1430
1440
1450
1490
1460
1480
1470
1500
1510
APS580.TIF
118F
Page 10-81
Rev. 14 Apr/03
61-10-18
10-27
ITEM 1400A
ITEM 1400
ITEM 1410A
ITEM 1410
1430 A-4018 SPACER 1
BY ITEM 1440A
ITEM 1440
1460 B-1826 SPRING 1
1490 A-3498 SPRING 1
1540 A-3342-2 TUBE, LOW PITCH SPACER 1

HC-B3TN-3SY
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-82
Rev. 19 Dec/06
HC-B3TN-3AEY, -3AFY Exploded View
Figure 10-28
B3TN-3MY
1120
118F
Page 10-83
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
HC-B3TN-3AEY, -3AFY
10-28 HC-B3TN-3AEY, PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
-3AFY
ALTERNATE
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 3 Y
150 C-3317-020 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-347-2 O-RING 1 Y
POST SL152A
200 B-1803-4 CYLINDER 1
POST SL155A
220 A-3439 NUT, 3/8-24, HEX, THIN 3 Y
ITEM 300A
ITEM 300
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-84
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-28
330 A-3482 RETAINING RING - (USE WITH 6 Y
ITEM 300A ONLY)
340 A-3067-2 GUIDE LUG 3
SUPERSEDEDBY ITEM 380A
380A C-3003-1 PLATE, SPINNER MOUNTING 1
SUPERSEDES ITEM 380
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
ITEM 420A
-460 B-3851-0432 WASHER, FLAT 24 Y
500 840-60 HUB UNIT 1
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 3
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 3 Y
570A A-1851-T SPLIT BEARING, BLADE, 3
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
(450 PIECE BOX)
HC-B3TN-3AEY, -3AFY
118F
Page 10-85
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-28
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 3 Y
890 C-3317-235 O-RING 1 Y
1000 A-3433-( ) START LOCK KIT - SEE FIGURE 10-21 -3AEY 1
1000A A-7780-( ) START LOCK KIT - SEE FIGURE 10-21 -3AFY (WITH 1
DE-ICE)
1000B A-3433-( ) START LOCK KIT - SEE FIGURE 10-21 -3AFY (NO 1
DEICE)
1300 A-3044 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY - SEE 1
FIGURE 10-30
1300A A-3074 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY - SEE FAIRCHILD, 2
FIGURE 10-31 PILATUS
1300B A-4731 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY - SEE DEHAVILLAND 2
FIGURE 10-32
1400 831-82 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SEE FIGURE 10-33 1
HC-B3TN-3AEY, -3AFY
-3AEY HC-B3TN-3AEY
-3AFY HC-B3TN-3AFY

COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
SPINNER MOUNTING
SPECIFIC. REFER to HARTZELL
APPLICATION GUIDE Manual 159
(61-02-59) AND HARTZELL SPINNER
MANUAL 127 (61-16-27).
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-86
Rev. 14 Apr/03
-
770 840
710
840
860
850
750
760
780
740
730
790
800
730
720
Figure 10-29
CLAMP4.PLT
118F
Page 10-87
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-29
-700 838-95 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -3AEY 3
-700A 838-98 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -3AFY 3
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
800 B-3091-2 COUNTERWEIGHT -3AEY 1
800A B-3328 COUNTERWEIGHT -3AFY 1
HC-B3TN-3AEY, -3AFY
-3AEY HC-B3TN-3AEY
-3AFY HC-B3TN-3AFY
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-88
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-30
BPS0041
1310
1360
1330
1350
1340
118F
Page 10-89
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-30
-1300 A-3044 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY (SEE NOTE) RF
ITEM 1310A
1330 A-3025 YOKE UNIT 1
HC-B3TN-3AEY, -3AFY
118F
Page 10-90
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-31
W10062
1310
1330
1340
1350
118F
Page 10-91
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
ONLY.
HC-B3TN-3AEY, -3AFY
10-31
ITEM 1310A
1330 A-3073 YOKE UNIT 1
118F
Page 10-92
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-32
W10061
450
470
451 460
490
1310
1320 1330
1340
118F
Page 10-93
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
HC-B3TN-3AEY, -3AFY
10-32
1310 B-6648-31 BOLT, CLEVIS 1 Y
1320 B-3811 NUT 1 Y
1330 A-3025 YOKE UNIT 1
118F
Page 10-94
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-33
1410
1420
1430
1440
1450
1480
1460
1490
1470
1500
1510
APS5079.TIF
118F
Page 10-95
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-33
-1400 831-47 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SUPERSEDED BY 1
ITEM 1400A
-1400A 831-82 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SUPERSEDES 1
ITEM 1400
ITEM 1410A
ITEM 1410
1430 A-4018 SPACER 1
1440 -1827-1 CUP, SPRING RETAINER - SUPERSEDED BY 1
ITEM 1440A
ITEM 1440
1460 B-1826 SPRING 1
1490 A-3498 SPRING 1
HC-B3TN-3AEY, -3AFY
118F
Page 10-96
Rev. 14 Apr/03
HC-B3TW-3 Exploded View
Figure 10-34
30
210
90
60 160
170
620
610
590
600
445
440
870
570
560
700
10
70
230
520
380
640
740
670
650
500
880
280
250
270
200
150
1400
260
530
50
80
20
220
250
310
320
330
1300
420
410
290
320
400
360
350
340
390
180
580
405
455
435
B3TW-3X.PLT
630
890
118F
Page 10-97
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-34
HC-B3TW-3 PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF

ALTERNATE
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 3 Y
150 C-3317-020 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-347-2 O-RING 1 Y
170 B-1843 FELT DUST SEAL 1 Y
200 B-1803-4 CYLINDER 1
210 A-2043-1 SELF LOCKING NUT 3 Y
220 A-3439 NUT, 3/8-24, HEX, THIN 3 Y
-300 B-3475A-2 LOW STOP ROD UNIT 3
320 B-3476A-2 BETA ROD 3
340 A-3067-2 GUIDE LUG 3
HC-B3TW-3
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-98
Rev. 19 Dec/06
HC-B3TW-3
10-34
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
405 C-3317-233 O-RING 1 Y
-415 B-6138-8-6 DOWEL PIN 2 Y
420 B-3001-2 COLLAR, LOW STOP 1
435 B-7542 HUB MOUNTING STUD 8 Y
-440 B-7624 WASHER 8 Y
445 B-7458 NUT, SELF LOCKING 8 Y
455 C-7364-2 SPACER 1
-460 B-3851-0432 WASHER, FLAT 24 Y
-460A B-3851-0463 WASHER, FLAT - ALTERNATE 24 Y
-465 B-3868-S52 SCREW, FLAT HEAD 2 Y
500 840-152 HUB UNIT, SUPERCEDED BY ITEM 500A 1
500A 840-153 HUB UNIT, SUPERCEDES ITEM 500 1
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 3
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 3 Y
(450 PIECE BOX)
118F
Page 10-99
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
HC-B3TW-3
10-34
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 3 Y
880 A-2622-1 SUPPORT RING 1 Y
890 C-3317-235 O-RING 1 Y
FIGURE 10-36
GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
MANUAL 159 (61-02-59) AND
(61-16-27).
118F
Page 10-100
Rev. 14 Apr/03
770
840
710
840
860
850
750
760
780
740
730
790
800
730
720
Figure 10-35
CLAMP4.PLT
118F
Page 10-101
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-35
-700 838-65 CLAMP ASSEMBLY - REPLACED BY 3
ITEM 700A
700A 838-67 CLAMP ASSEMBLY - REPLACES ITEM 700 3
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
800 A-890-6 COUNTERWEIGHT 1
840 D-7838-65 BLADE CLAMP - REPLACED BY 1
ITEM 840A
840A D-7838-67 BLADE CLAMP - REPLACES ITEM 840 1
HC-B3TW-3
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-102
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-36
BPS0041
1310
1360
1330
1350
1340
118F
Page 10-103
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-36
-1300 A-3044 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY RF
1310 A-3027 PIN CLEVIS - SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 1310A 1 Y
1330 A-3025 YOKE UNIT 1
HC-B3TW-3
118F
Page 10-104
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-37
1410
1420
1430
1440
1450
1480
1460
1490
1470
1500
1510
APS5079.TIF
118F
Page 10-105
Rev. 14 Apr/03
61-10-18
10-37
1430 A-4018 SPACER 1
1440 C-5976 CUP, SPRING RETAINER 1
1460 B-1826 SPRING 1
1490 A-3498 SPRING 1

HC-B3TW-3
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-106
Rev. 19 Dec/06
B3TW-3Y
HC-B3TW-3Y Exploded View
Figure 10-38
1120
118F
Page 10-107
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-38
HC-B3TW-3Y PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF

ALTERNATE
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 3 Y
150 C-3317-020 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-347-2 O-RING 1 Y
200 B-1803-4 CYLINDER 1
210 A-2043-1 SELF LOCKING NUT 3 Y
220 A-3439 NUT, 3/8-24, HEX, THIN 3 Y
-300 B-3475A-2 LOW STOP ROD UNIT 3
320 B-3476A-2 BETA ROD 3
340 A-3067-2 GUIDE LUG 3
HC-B3TW-3Y
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-108
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-38
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
405 C-3317-233 O-RING 1 Y
-415 B-6138-8-6 DOWEL PIN 2 Y
435 B-7542 HUB MOUNTING STUD 8 Y
-440 B-7624 WASHER 8 Y
445 B-7458 NUT, SELF LOCKING 8 Y
455 C-7364-2 SPACER 1
-460 B-3851-0432 WASHER, FLAT (USE [1] ITEM 460B UNDER DE-ICE AR Y
EACH NO ITEM 450; USE A/R UNDER
HEAD OF ITEM 1145 OR 1155)
-460A B-3851-0463 WASHER, FLAT - ALTERNATE (USE [1] NO DE-ICE AR Y
ITEM 460C UNDER EACH ITEM 450; USE A/R
UNDER HEAD OF ITEM 1145 OR 1155)
-465 B-3868-S52 SCREW, FLAT HEAD 2 Y
-500 840-152 HUB UNIT, SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 500A 1
-500A 840-153 HUB UNIT, SUPERSEDES ITEM 500 1
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 3
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 3 Y
-571 A-1851-TA RACE, HUB SIDE 1
-572 A-1851-TB RACE, BLADE SIDE 1
(450 PIECE BOX)
HC-B3TW-3Y
118F
Page 10-109
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-38
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 3 Y
890 C-3317-235 O-RING 1 Y
1000 A-3433-3 START LOCK ASSEMBLY - SEE 1
FIGURE 10-40
FIGURE 10-41
HC-B3TW-3Y
GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
MANUAL 159 (61-02-59) AND
(61-16-27).
118F
Page 10-110
Rev. 14 Apr/03
770
840
710
840
860
850
750
760
780
740
730
790
800
730
720
Figure 10-39
CLAMP4.PLT
118F
Page 10-111
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-39
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
800 A-890-6 COUNTERWEIGHT 1
840 D-7838-67 BLADE CLAMP 1
HC-B3TW-3Y
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-112
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Start Lock Kit for HC-B3TW-3Y
Figure 10-40
1110
1010-REF
1010A-REF
1140
1145
1150
1155
1010
1010A
1110
1120
1130
1160
1170
APS6273
AREA OF
ENLARGEMENT
BULKHEAD (REF)
CLAMP (REF)
118F
Page 10-113
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-40

-1000 A-3433-3 START LOCK KIT 1
1010 830-26 START LOCK UNIT 1
1020 B-3418-1 BRACKET, START LOCK - SUPERSEDED 1
BY ITEM 1020B (PRE HC-SL-61-248)
1020B 101224 BRACKET, START LOCK - SUPERSEDES 1
ITEM 1020 (POST HC-SL-61-248)
1080 B-3851-N832 WASHER, FLAT 1 Y
1090 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 1 Y
1110 A-884-4 SPRING 1 Y

1010A 830-27 START LOCK UNIT 2
1020A B-3418-2 BRACKET, START LOCK - SUPERSEDED 1
BY ITEM 1020C (PRE HC-SL-61-248)
1020C 101225 BRACKET, START LOCK - SUPERSEDES 1
ITEM 1020A (POST HC-SL-61-248)
1080 B-3851-N832 WASHER, FLAT 1 Y
1090 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 1 Y
1110 A-884-4 SPRING 1 Y
1120 A-3427 SPACER 3
1130 C-7519 START LOCK PLATE 3
1145 B-3384-5H HEX HEAD BOLT 3 Y
-1160 B-3720 HEX HEAD BOLT 3 Y

HC-B3TW-3Y
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-114
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-41
BPS0041
1310
1360
1330
1350
1340
118F
Page 10-115
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-41
1310 A-3027 PIN CLEVIS - SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 1310A 1 Y
1330 A-3025 YOKE UNIT 1
HC-B3TW-3Y
118F
Page 10-116
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-42
1410
1420
1430
1440
1450
1480
1460
1490
1470
1500
1510
APS5079.TIF
118F
Page 10-117
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-42
1430 A-4018 SPACER 1
1440 C-5976 CUP, SPRING RETAINER
1460 B-1826 SPRING 1
1490 A-3498 SPRING 1
HC-B3TW-3Y
118F
Page 10-118
Rev. 14 Apr/03
HC-B3MN-3 Exploded View
Figure 10-43
B3TN-3N.PLT
30
210
90
60 160 170
620
610
590
600
430
440
870
570
560
580
700
10
70
230
180
520
380
640
740
670
650
500
890
280
250
270
200
150
1400
260
530
50
80
20
220
250
310
320
330
130
420
410
290
320
400
360
350
340
390
630
118F
Page 10-119
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-43
HC-B3MN-3 PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
ALTERNATE
50A C-3021 PISTON UNIT - ALTERNATE 1
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 3 Y
150 C-3317-020 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-347-2 O-RING 1 Y
PRE SL152A
POST SL152A
200 B-1803-2 CYLINDER 1
PRE SL155A
POST SL155A
220 A-3439 NUT, 3/8-24, HEX, THIN 3 Y
-295 A-965 WASHER - (USE WITH ITEM 300 ONLY) 3 Y
HC-B3MN-3
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-120
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-20
-300 B-3002-2 LOW STOP ROD UNIT - SUPERSEDED BY RF
ITEM 300A
-300A B-3475A-2 LOW STOP ROD UNIT - SUPERSEDES RF
ITEM 300
310 A-3478 LOW STOP ROD RETAINER 3
320 B-3476A-2 BETA ROD (USE WITH ITEM 300A ONLY) 3
330 A-3482 RETAINING RING - (USE WITH ITEM 3 Y
300A ONLY)
340 A-3067-2 GUIDE LUG 3
SUPERSEDES ITEM 380
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
-500 840-60 HUB UNIT 1
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 3
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 3 Y
570A A-1851 SPLIT BEARING, BLADE, 3
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
590A B-6144-2-450 9/16" DIAMETER STEEL BALL AR
(450 PIECE BOX)
HC-B3MN-3
118F
Page 10-121
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
HC-B3MN-3
10-20
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 3 Y
700 838-109 CLAMP ASSEMBLY - SEE FIGURE 10-44 3
870 A-2037-1 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW 1 Y
890 C-3317-235 O-RING 1 Y
1300 A-3044 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY- SEE 1
FIGURE 10-45
1400 831-47 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SUPERSEDED BY 1
ITEM 1400A
1400A 831-82 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SUPERSEDES 1
ITEM 1400 SEE FIGURE 10-46
GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
MANUAL 159 (61-02-59) AND
(61-16-27).
118F
Page 10-122
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-44
CLAMP5.PLT
770
840
710
840
860
850
750
760
780
740
730
790
800
730
720
118F
Page 10-123
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-44
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
760 A-1306-1 GASKET, BLADE CLAMP 2 Y
840 C-1977-1P BLADE CLAMP 1
840A C1977-4P BLADE CLAMP - ALTERNATE 1
HC-B3MN-3
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-124
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-45
1360
1330
1350
1310
1340
CBLOCK.PLT
118F
Page 10-125
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-45
1310 A-3027 PIN, CLEVIS - SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 1310A 1 Y
1330 A-3025 YOKE UNIT 1
HC-B3MN-3
118F
Page 10-126
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-46
1410
1420
1430
1440
1450
1480
1460
1490
1470
1500
1510
APS5079.TIF
118F
Page 10-127
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-46
ITEM 1400A
ITEM 1400
1410A
ITEM 1410
1430 A-4018 SPACER 1
ITEM 1440A
ITEM 1440
1460 B-1826 SPRING 1
1490 A-3498 SPRING 1
HC-B3MN-3
118F
Page 10-128
Rev. 14 Apr/03
HC-B4MP-3, -3A, -3B, -3C Exploded View
Figure 10-47
B4TN-3.PLT
630
640
620
610
590
600
440
870
570
560
580
700
180
520
380
740
670
650
500
890
280
250
270
200
150
1400
260
530
1300
420
410
320 REF
400
360
350
340
390
430
30
210
90
60 160
170
10
70
230
50
80
220
250 REF
310
320
290
330
20
118F
Page 10-129
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-47
HC-B4MP-3, -3A, PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
-3B, -3C
ALTERNATE
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 4 Y
150 C-3317-020 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-426-2 O-RING 1 Y
POST SL152A
200 B-3406 CYLINDER 1
POST SL155A
220 A-3439 NUT, 3/8-24, HEX, THIN 4 Y
270 A-114-C STAKING PIN 1
HC-B4MP-3, -3A, -3B, -3C
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-130
Rev. 19 Dec/06
HC-B4MP-3, -3A, -3B, -3C
10-47
-295 A-965 WASHER (USE WITH ITEM 300 0NLY) 4 Y
-300 B-3002-3 LOW STOP ROD UNIT - SUPERSEDED BY RF
ITEM 300A
-300A B-3475A-3 LOW STOP ROD UNIT - SUPERSEDES RF
ITEM 300
340 A-3067-2 GUIDE LUG 4
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
420 B-3001-3 COLLAR, LOW STOP -3, -3A 1
420A B-3334 COLLAR, LOW STOP -3B, -3C 1
500 840-140 HUB UNIT 1
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 4
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 4 Y
570A A-1851 SPLIT BEARING, BLADE 4
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
(450 PIECE BOX)
-3 HC-B4MP-3
-3A HC-B4MP-3A
-3B HC-B4MP-3B
-3C HC-B4MP-3C
118F
Page 10-131
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
HC-B4MP-3, -3A, -3B, -3C
10-47
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 4 Y
890 C-3317-240 O-RING 1 Y
FIGURE 10-49
1400 831-( ) SPRING ASSEMBLY - SEE FIGURE 10-50 1
GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
MANUAL 159 (61-02-59) AND
(61-16-27).
118F
Page 10-132
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-48
CLAMP5.PLT
770
840
710
840
860
850
750
760
780
740
730
790
800
730
720
118F
Page 10-133
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
HC-B4MP-3, -3A, -3B, -3C
10-25
700 838-103 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -3, -3B, -3C 4
700A 838-109 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -3A 4
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
800 B-3328 COUNTERWEIGHT -3A 1
800A B-3091-3 COUNTERWEIGHT -3, -3B, -3C 1
840A C-1977-4P BLADE CLAMP - ALTERNATE 1

-3 HC-B4MP-3
-3A HC-B4MP-3A
-3B HC-B4MP-3B
-3C HC-B4MP-3C
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-134
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-49
1360
1330
1350
1340
1310
CBLOCK.PLT
118F
Page 10-135
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-49
1300 A-3044 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY RF
1310 A-3027 PIN, CLEVIS - SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 1310A 1 Y
1330 A-3025 YOKE UNIT 1
HC-B4MP-3, -3A, -3B, -3C
118F
Page 10-136
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-50
APS5076.TIF
1410
1420
1430
1440
1480
1490
1500
1510
118F
Page 10-137
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-50
1400 831-22 SPRING ASSEMBLY - REPLACED BY OBS
ITEM 1400A - PRE SL78C
1400A 831-42 SPRING ASSEMBLY - REPLACED BY OBS
ITEM 1400B - PRE SB173
1400B 831-69 SPRING ASSEMBLY - REPLACED BY OBS
ITEM 1400C - PRE SB175
1400C 831-76 SPRING ASSEMBLY - REPLACES ITEMS RF
1400, 1400A, AND 1400B - POST SB175
1490 A-3496 SPRING 1
1500 A-4008-1 RETAINER, REAR 1
HC-B4MP-3, -3A, -3B, -3C
118F
Page 10-138
Rev. 14 Apr/03
HC-B4TN-3, -3A, -3B, -3C Exploded View
Figure 10-51
B4TN-3.PLT
630
640
620
610
590
600
440
870
570
560
580
700
180
520
380
740
670
650
500
890
280
250
270
200
150
1400
260
530
1300
420
410
320 REF
400
360
350
340
390
430
30
210
90
60 160
170
10
70
230
50
80
220
250 REF
310
320
290
330
20
118F
Page 10-139
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-51
HC-B4TN-3, -3A, PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
-3B, -3C

ALTERNATE
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 4 Y
150 C-3317-020 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-426-2 O-RING 1 Y
POST SL152A
POST SL155A
220 A-3439 NUT, 3/8-24, HEX, THIN 4 Y
HC-B4TN-3, -3A, -3B, -3C
-3 HC-B4TN-3
-3A HC-B4TN-3A
-3B HC-B4TN-3B
-3C HC-B4TN-3C
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-140
Rev. 14 Apr/03
10-51
-295 A-965 WASHER (USE WITH ITEMS 320A AND 4 Y
320B ONLY)
-300 B-3002-1 LOW STOP ROD UNIT - SUPERSEDED BY -3 RF
ITEM 300B
-300A B-3002-3 LOW STOP ROD UNIT - SUPERSEDED BY -3A, -3B, -3C RF
ITEM 300B
-300B B-3475A-3 LOW STOP ROD UNIT - SUPERSEDES -3, -3A, -3B, RF
ITEMS 300 AND 300A -3C
(USE WITH ITEM 300B ONLY)
320 B-3476-3 BETA ROD 4
320A B-3002-1 BETA ROD - ALTERNATE -3A, -3B, -3C 4
(USE WITH ITEM 295)
320B B-3002-3 BETA ROD - ALTERNATE -3 4
(USE WITH ITEM 295)
330 A-3482 RETAINER RING 8 Y
(USE WITH ITEM 320 ONLY)
340 A-3067-2 GUIDE LUG 4
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
420 B-3001-1 COLLAR, LOW STOP - REPLACED BY -3 OBS
ITEM 420A
420A B-3001-3 COLLAR, LOW STOP - REPLACES ITEM 420 -3, -3A, -3C 1
420B B-3334 COLLAR, LOW STOP -3B 1
HC-B4TN-3, -3A, -3B, -3C
-3 HC-B4TN-3
-3A HC-B4TN-3A
-3B HC-B4TN-3B
-3C HC-B4TN-3C
118F
Page 10-141
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-51
500 840-89 HUB UNIT - REPLACED BY ITEM 500A OBS
PRE SL 61-173 (AD 96-18-14)
500A 840-139 HUB UNIT - REPLACES ITEM 500 1
POST SL 61-173 (AD 96-18-14)
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 4
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 4 Y
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
(450 PIECE BOX)
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 4 Y
890 C-3317-240 O-RING 1 Y
FIGURE 10-53
HC-B4TN-3, -3A, -3B, -3C
COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
(61-16-27).
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-142
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-52
CLAMP4.PLT
770 840
710
840
860
850
750
760
780
740
730
790
800
730
720
118F
Page 10-143
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-52
-700 838-82 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -3, -3A, -3B 4
-700A 838-89 CLAMP ASSEMBLY - ALTERNATE -3, -3A, -3B 4
-700B 838-105 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -3C 4
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
800 B-3007-1 COUNTERWEIGHT -3, -3A, -3B 1
800A B-3007-3 COUNTERWEIGHT -3C 1
840A C-1301-1S BLADE CLAMP - ALTERNATE 1
HC-B4TN-3, -3A, -3B, -3C
-3 HC-B4TN-3
-3A HC-B4TN-3A
-3B HC-B4TN-3B
-3C HC-B4TN-3C
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-144
Rev. 14 Apr/03
1330
1360
1310
1340
1350
Figure 10-53
CBLOCK.PLT
118F
Page 10-145
Rev. 14 Apr/03
61-10-18
10-53
-1300 A-3044 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY 1
ITEM 1310A
1330 A-3025 YOKE UNIT 1
HC-B4TN-3, -3A, -3B, -3C
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-146
Rev. 19 Dec/06
Figure 10-54
1410
1420
1440
1450
1490
1480
1500
1510
APS5076.TIF
118F
Page 10-147
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-54
-1400 831-22 SPRING ASSEMBLY - REPLACED BY OBS
ITEM 1400A - PRE SL78C
-1400A 831-42 SPRING ASSEMBLY - REPLACED BY OBS
ITEM 1400B - PRE SB173
-1400B 831-69 SPRING ASSEMBLY - REPLACED BY OBS
ITEM 1400C - PRE SB175
-1400C 831-76 SPRING ASSEMBLY - REPLACES ITEMS RF
1400, 1400A, AND 1400B - POST SB175
1490 A-3496 SPRING 1
1500 A-4008-1 RETAINER, REAR 1
HC-B4TN-3, -3A, -3B, -3C
118F
Page 10-148
Rev. 14 Apr/03
50
80
90
60 160
170
620
610
590
600 570
560
580
520
530
400
700
10
70
230
150
180
1400
1220
1230
200
890
500
740
650
1240
1245
430
440
380
1010
1210
1200
630
640
450
460
1250
870
670
HC-B3TN- 5C, -5D Exploded View
Figure 10-55
B3TN-5.PLT
118F
Page 10-149
Rev. 18 Aug/04
61-10-18
HC-B3TN- 5C, -5D
10-55
HC-B3TN-5C, -5D PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 3 Y
150 C-3317-121 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-347-2 O-RING 1 Y
POST SL152A
200 B-1803-2 CYLINDER 1
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
450 B-3808-4 NUT 9 Y
460 B-3851-0432 WASHER 9 Y
PRE HC-SB-61-261 (AD 96-18-14)
500A A-6514 HUB REPLACEMENT KIT - REPLACES 1
ITEM 500 POST HC-SB-61-261 (AD 96-18-14)
380 B-3029-1 PLATE, SPINNER MOUNTING 1
500B 840-87 HUB UNIT 1
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 3
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 3 Y
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-150
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-55
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
(450 PIECE BOX)
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 3 Y
870 B-3384-10 HEX HEAD BOLT NO DE-ICE 3 Y
SYSTEM
870A B-3865-12 HEX HEAD BOLT DE-ICE 3 Y
SYSTEM
W/836-49
SPINNER
870B B-3384-21 HEX HEAD BOLT DE-ICE 3 Y
SYSTEM
W/836-57
SPINNER
890 C-3317-235 O-RING 1 Y
1010 830-( ) START LOCK UNIT - SEE FIGURE 10-57 3
1200 B-3808-4 NUT - REPLACES ITEM 1200 9 Y
1210 B-3851-0432 WASHER NO DE-ICE 3 Y
1210A B-3851-0432 WASHER DE-ICE 9
1220 A-2016 HEX HEAD BOLT 6 Y
1220A A-2016-2 HEX HEAD BOLT - ALTERNATE 6 Y
-1225 B-3851-0363 WASHER, (USE ONLY WITH ITEM 1220A) 6 Y
HC-B3TN- 5C, -5D
118F
Page 10-151
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-55
1230 A-3079 START LOCK PLATE 3
1240 B-3384-10H HEX HEAD BOLT NO DE-ICE 3 Y
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
W/836-49
SPINNER
SYSTEM
W/836-57
SPINNER
1245 B-3851-0432 WASHER 9 Y
1250 B-3068-1 SPACER RING DE-ICE 1
SYSTEM
W/836-49
SPINNER
1250A B-3068 SPACER RING DE-ICE 1
SYSTEM
W/836-57
SPINNER
1250B 4E1689 (BFG) SPACER RING (V0AJJ0) - ALTERNATE DE-ICE 1
SYSTEM
W/836-57
SPINNER
1250C B-2624 SPACER, BULKHEAD NO DE-ICE 1
1400 831-( ) SPRING ASSEMBLY- SEE FIGURE 10-58 1
HC-B3TN- 5C, -5D
COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
(61-16-27).
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-152
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-56
770
840
710
840
860
850
750
760
780
740
730
790
800
730
720
CLAMP4.PLT
118F
Page 10-153
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-56
700 838-67 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5C 3
700A 838-71 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5D 3
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
800 B-3007 COUNTERWEIGHT -5C 1
800A B-3091 COUNTERWEIGHT -5D 1
HC-B3TN-5C, -5D
-5C HC-B3TN-5C
-5D HC-B3TN-5D
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-154
Rev. 14 Apr/03
830-23 Start Lock Unit
Figure 10-57
1090
1080
1070
1060
1100
1020
APS5042
118F
Page 10-155
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-57
1010 830-23 START LOCK 3
1020 B-3028-3 BRACKET, START LOCK 1
1070 A-3066 SPRING, STOP 1 Y
1080 B-3851-N832 WASHER, FLAT 1 Y
1090 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 1 Y
HC-B3TN-5C, -5D
118F
Page 10-156
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-58
APS5075.TIF
1410
1420
1430
1440
1450
1460
1470
1480
1490
1500
1510
118F
Page 10-157
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
HC-B3TN-5C, -5D
10-58
ITEM 1400E PRE SB177
-1400C 831-45 SPRING ASSEMBLY - REPLACED BY OBS
-1400D 831-48 SPRING ASSEMBLY - REPLACED BY OBS
-1400E 831-75 SPRING ASSEMBLY - REPLACES 1
ITEMS 1400, 1400A, 1400B, 1400C, 1400D
POST SB177
1410 C-1948 PITCH CHANGE ROD 1
1430 A-4018 SPACER 1
1460 B-1826 SPRING 1
1480 B-1993 SPACER TUBE 1
1490 A-3498 SPRING 1
1500 B-5808 RETAINER, REAR 1
118F
Page 10-158
Rev. 14 Apr/03
HC-B3TN- 5CL, -5DL Exploded View
Figure 10-59
B3TN-5DL.PLT
50
80
90
60
160
170
620
610
590
600 570
560
580
520
530
400
700
10
70
230
150
180
1400
1220
1230
200
890
500
740
650
1240
1245
430
440
380
1010
1210
1200
630
640
450
460
1250
870
670
118F
Page 10-159
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-59
HC-B3TN-5CL, -5DL PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF

50 C-3021-1L PISTON UNIT 1
70 B-4016L LINK ARM 3
70A B-1901L LINK ARM - ALTERNATE 3
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 3 Y
150 C-3317-121 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-347-2 O-RING 1 Y
POST SL152A
200 B-1803-2 CYLINDER 1
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
450 B-3808-4 NUT 9 Y
460 B-3851-0432 WASHER 9 Y
PRE HC-SB-61-261 (AD 96-18-14)
500A A-6514 HUB REPLACEMENT KIT - REPLACES ITEM 1
500 POST HC-SB-61-261 (AD 96-18-14)
500B 840-87 HUB UNIT
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 3
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 3 Y
570A A-1851 SPLIT BEARING, BLADE 3
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
HC-B3TN-5CL, -5DL
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-160
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-59
(450 PIECE BOX)
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 3 Y
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
W/836-49
SPINNER
SYSTEM
W/836-57
SPINNER
890 C-3317-235 O-RING 1 Y
1200 B-3808-4 NUT - REPLACES ITEM 1200 9 Y
1210A B-3851-0432 WASHER DE-ICE 9 Y
1220A A-2016-2 HEX HEAD BOLT, ALTERNATE 6 Y
1230 A-3086-1 START LOCK PLATE -5CL 3
1230B A-3086-2 START LOCK PLATE -5DL 3
SYSTEM
HC-B3TN-5CL, -5DL
-5CL HC-B3TN-5CL
-5DL HC-B3TN-5DL
118F
Page 10-161
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-59
1240A B-3865-15A HEX HEAD BOLT DE-ICE 3 Y
SYSTEM
W/836-49
SPINNER
SYSTEM
W/836-57
SPINNER
1245 B-3851-0432 WASHER 9 Y
SYSTEM
W/836-49
SPINNER
SYSTEM
W/836-57
SPINNER
1250B 4E1689 (BFG) SPACER RING - ALTERNATE DE-ICE 1
SYSTEM
W/836-57
SPINNER
1400 831-( ) SPRING ASSEMBLY- SEE FIGURE 10-62 1
HC-B3TN-5CL, -5DL
COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-162
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-60
770
840
710
840
860
850
750
760
780
740
730
790
800
730
720
CLAMP4.PLT
118F
Page 10-163
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-60
700 838-67L CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5CL 3
700A 838-71L CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5DL 3
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
800 B-3007 COUNTERWEIGHT -5CL 1
800A B-3091 -1 COUNTERWEIGHT -5DL 1
800B B-3091-2 COUNTERWEIGHT -5DL 1
HC-B3TN-5CL, -5DL
-5CL HC-B3TN-5CL
-5DL HC-B3TN-5DL
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-164
Rev. 14 Apr/03
830-23L Start Lock Unit
Figure 10-61
830-23L
1090
1080
1070
1060
1020
1100
APS5042
118F
Page 10-165
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-61
1010 830-23L START LOCK 3
1020A B-3028 BRACKET, START LOCK - ALTERNATE -5CL 1
1020B B-3028-2 BRACKET, START LOCK - ALTERNATE -5DL 1
1080 B-3851-N832 WASHER, FLAT 1 Y
1090 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 1 Y
HC-B3TN-5CL, -5DL
-5CL HC-B3TN-5CL
-5DL HC-B3TN-5DL
118F
Page 10-166
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-62
APS5075.TIF
1410
1420
1430
1440
1450
1460
1470
1480
1490
1500
1510
118F
Page 10-167
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
HC-B3TN-5CL, -5DL
10-62
ITEMS 1400, 1400A, 1400B, 1400C, 1400D
POST SB177
1430 A-4018 SPACER 1
1460 B-1826 SPRING 1
1490 A-3498 SPRING 1
118F
Page 10-168
Rev. 17 Jun/04
HC-B3TN- 5E, -5F, -5FL, -5G, -5K, Exploded View
Figure 10-63
B3TN-5E.PLT
50
80
90
60 160
170
620
590
600 570
560
580
520
530
400
700
10
70
230
150 180
1400
1220
1230
200
890
500
740
650
670
1240
1245
430
440
380
1010
1210
1200
630
640
450
460
1250
870
55
65
260
270
250
280
610
(Right-hand view shown)
118F
Page 10-169
Rev. 18 Aug/04
61-10-18
10-63 -1 HC-B3TN-5E, -5F, PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
-5FL, -5G, -5K
50 C-3021-4 PISTON UNIT -5E, -5F, -5G, 1
-5K
50A C-3021-4L PISTON UNIT -5FL 1
55 A-717 GUIDE ROD 3
70 B-4016 LINK ARM -5E, -5F, -5G, 3
-5K
70A B-1901 LINK ARM - ALTERNATE -5E, -5F, -5G, 3
-5K
70B B-4016L LINK ARM -5FL 3
70C B-1901L LINK ARM - ALTERNATE -5FL 3
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 3 Y
150 C-3317-121 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-347-2 O-RING 1 Y
POST SL152A
200 B-1803-2 CYLINDER 1

HC-B3TN- 5E, -5F, -5FL, -5G, -5K
-5K HC-B3TN-5K -5E HC-B3TN-5E
-5F HC-B3TN-5F
-5FL HC-B3TN-5FL
-5G HC-B3TN-5G

118F
61-10-18
Page 10-170
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-63
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
450 B-3808-4 NUT 9 Y
460 B-3851-0432 WASHER 9 Y
500 C-840-87 HUB UNIT, REPLACED BY ITEM 500A OBS
PRE HC-SB-61-261 (AD 96-18-14)
500A A-6514 HUB REPLACEMENT KIT, REPLACES ITEM 1
500 POST HC-SB-61-261 (AD 96-18-14)
500B C-840-87 HUB UNIT 1
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 3
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 3 Y
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
(450 PIECE BOX)
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 3 Y
SYSTEM
870A B-3384-5H HEX HEAD BOLT NO DE-ICE 3 Y
SYSTEM
870B B-3865-15A HEX HEAD BOLT DE-ICE 6 Y
SYSTEM
W/836-49
SPINNER
HC-B3TN- 5E, -5F, -5FL, -5G, -5K
118F
Page 10-171
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-63
870C B-3865-12 HEX HEAD BOLT DE-ICE 3 Y
SYSTEM
W/836-49
SPINNER
870D B-3384-21 HEX HEAD BOLT DE-ICE 6 Y
SYSTEM
W/836-57
SPINNER
870E B-3384-16 HEX HEAD BOLT DE-ICE 3 Y
SYSTEM
W/836-57
SPINNER
890 C-3317-235 O-RING 1 Y
1200 B-3808-4 NUT 9 Y
DE-ICE 9 Y
1230 A-3079 START LOCK PLATE -5E, -5F, -5K 3
1230A A-3757 START LOCK PLATE -5G 3
1230B A-3086-2 START LOCK PLATE -5FL 3
SYSTEM
1240A B-3865-15A HEX HEAD BOLT DE-ICE 3 Y
SYSTEM
W/836-49
SPINNER
SYSTEM
W/836-57
SPINNER
1245 B-3851-0432 WASHER 9 Y
HC-B3TN- 5E, -5F, -5FL, -5G, -5K
-5K HC-B3TN-5K -5E HC-B3TN-E
-5F HC-B3TN-5F
-5FL HC-B3TN-5FL
-5G HC-B3TN-5G
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-172
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-63
SYSTEM
W/836-49
SPINNER
SYSTEM
W/836-57
SPINNER
1250B 4E1689 (BFG) SPACER RING, ALTERNATE DE-ICE 1
SYSTEM
W/836-57
SPINNER
HC-B3TN- 5E, -5F, -5FL, -5G, -5K
COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
APPLICATION GUIDE MANUAL 159
(61-02-59) AND HARTZELL SPINNER
MANUAL 127 (61-16-27).
118F
Page 10-173
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
118F
Page 10-174
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-64
770
840
710
840
860
850
750
760
780
740
730
790
800
730
720
CLAMP4.PLT
118F
Page 10-175
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-64
700 838-67 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5C, -5E, -5G 3
700A 838-67L CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5CL 3
700B 838-71 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5D, -5F 3
700C 838-71L CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5DL, -5FL 3
700D 838-95 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5K 3
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
800 B-3007 COUNTERWEIGHT -5C, -5CL, -5E, 1
- -5G
800A B-3091 COUNTERWEIGHT -5D, -5F 1
800B B-3091 -1 COUNTERWEIGHT -5DL, -5FL, 1
800C B-3091-2 COUNTERWEIGHT -5DL, -5FL, -5K 1
840 C-1301-9S BLADE CLAMP -5C, -5D, -5E, 1
-5F, -5G, -5K
840A C-1301-10S BLADE CLAMP -5CL, -5DL, 1
-5FL
HC-B3TN- 5E, -5F, -5FL, -5G, -5K
-5F HC-B3TN-5F
-5FL HC-B3TN-5FL
-5G HC-B3TN-5G
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-176
Rev. 14 Apr/03
830-23( ) Start Lock
Figure 10-65
830-23
830-23L
1090
1080
1070
1060
1100
1020
1090
1080
1070
1060
1020
1100
APS5042
118F
Page 10-177
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-36
1010 830-23 START LOCK -5E, -5F, -5G, 3
-5K
-1010A 830-23L START LOCK -5FL 3
1020A B-3028 BRACKET, START LOCK - ALTERNATE -5E, -5F, -5G 1
-5K
1020B B-3028-2 BRACKET, START LOCK - ALTERNATE -5FL 1
1080 B-3851-N832 WASHER, FLAT 1 Y
1090 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 1 Y
HC-B3TN- 5E, -5F, -5FL, -5G, -5K
-5F HC-B3TN-5F
-5FL HC-B3TN-5FL
-5G HC-B3TN-5G
118F
Page 10-178
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-66
APS5075.TIF
1410
1420
1430
1440
1450
1460
1470
1480
1490
1500
1510
118F
Page 10-179
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
HC-B3TN- 5E, -5F, -5FL, -5G, -5K
10-66
ITEMS 1400, 1400A, 1400B, 1400C, 1400D
POST SB177
1430 A-4018 SPACER 1
1460 B-1826 SPRING 1
1490 A-3498 SPRING 1
118F
Page 10-180
Rev. 17 Jun/04
50
80 90
1290
1280
55
160
60
170
10
70
230
65
620
610
570
560
580
700
150
180
1400
520
530
400
630
640
670
650
740
500 880
890
1040
1010
280 250
270
1270
200
430
440
450
460
550
870
380
360
380
590
600
-
HC-B3TN-5M, -5ML, -5N, ,-5NL, -5P, -5SL, -5U, -5V, -5W Exploded View
Figure 10-67
4WAY-5GL.PLT
118F
Page 10-181
Rev. 17 Jun/04
61-10-18
10-67 -1 HC-B3TN-5M, -5N, PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
-5P, -5U, -5ML,
-5NL, -5SL
50 C-3021-4 PISTON UNIT -5M, -5N, -5P, 1
-5U, -5V, -5W
50A C-3021-4L PISTON UNIT -5ML, -5NL, 1
-5SL
70 B-4016 LINK ARM -5M, -5N, -5P, 3
-5U, -5V, -5W
70A B-1901 LINK ARM - ALTERNATE -5M, -5N, -5P, 3
-5U, -5V, -5W
70B B-4016 L LINK ARM -5ML, -5NL, 3
-5SL
70C B-1901L LINK ARM - ALTERNATE -5ML, -5NL, 3
-5SL
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 3 Y
150 C-3317-121 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-347-2 O-RING 1 Y
POST SL152A
200 B-1803-4 CYLINDER 1
250 C-2631 GUIDE COLLAR 1
HC-B3TN-5M, -5ML, -5N, ,-5NL, -5P, -5SL, -5U, -5V, -5W
-5SL HC-B3TN-5SL
-5U HC-B3TN-5U
-5V HC-B3TN-5V
-5W HC-B3TN-5W
-5M HC-B3TN-5M
-5ML HC-B3TN-5ML
-5N HC-B3TN-5N
-5NL HC-B3TN-5NL
-5P HC-B3TN-5P
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-182
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-67
380 C-2625 PLATE, SPINNER MOUNTING 1
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
450 B-3808-4 NUT, SELF-LOCKING 9 Y
460 B-3851-0432 WASHER 9 Y
500 840-60 HUB UNIT 1
520 B-3897-1 EXPANSION PLUG - REPLACES ITEM 520 3 Y
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 3
550 B-3068 SPACER RING DE-ICE 1
SYSTEM
W/836-57
SPINNER
550A B-3068-1 SPACER RING DE-ICE 1
SYSTEM
W/836-49
SPINNER
550B B-2624 SPACER, BULKHEAD NO DE-ICE 1
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 3 Y
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
(450 PIECE BOX)
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 3 Y
118F
Page 10-183
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-67
870 B-3384-8H HEX HEAD BOLT NO DE-ICE 9 Y
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
W/836-57
SPINNER
SYSTEM
W/836-49
SPINNER
880 A-2622 RING, COLLAR SUPPORT 1
880A A-2622-1 RING, COLLAR SUPPORT - ALTERNATE 1
890 C-3317-235 O-RING 1 Y
1010 830-( ) START LOCK - SEE FIGURE 10-69 3
1050 A-2629 BUSHING 3
1290 A-319 SPACER AR
GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
MANUAL 159 (61-02-59) AND
(61-16-27).
118F
Page 10-184
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-68
770
840
840
730
860
850
710
750
760
780
720
800
740
730
790
CLAMP4.PLT
118F
Page 10-185
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-68
-700 838-67 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5M 3
-700A 838-67L CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5ML, -5SL 3
-700B 838-71 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5N 3
-700C 838-71L CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5NL 3
-700D 838-95 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5P, -5U, -5V, 3
-5W
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
800 B-3007 COUNTERWEIGHT -5M, -5ML, -5SL 1
800A B-3091 COUNTERWEIGHT -5N 1
800B B-3091 -1 COUNTERWEIGHT -5NL 1
800C B-3091-2 COUNTERWEIGHT -5NL, -5P, -5U, 1
-5V, -5W
840 C-1301-9S BLADE CLAMP -5M, -5N, -5P, 1
-5U, -5V, -5W
840A C-1301-10S BLADE CLAMP -5ML, -5NL, 1
-5SL
HC-B3TN-5M, -5ML, -5N, -5NL, -5P, -5SL, -5U, -5V, -5W
-5SL HC-B3TN-5SL
-5U HC-B3TN-5U
-5V HC-B3TN-5V
-5W HC-B3TN-5W
-5M HC-B3TN-5M
-5ML HC-B3TN-5ML
-5N HC-B3TN-5N
-5NL HC-B3TN-5NL
-5P HC-B3TN-5P
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-186
Rev. 14 Apr/03
A-717
Guide Rod
(REF)
20
10
30
40
50
60
1040
1070
1090
1060
1030
1050
1280
830-37 and 830-41 Start Lock Unit
Figure 10-69
1040
1030
1050
834-23 Guide Collar
(REF)
B3TN-5M.PLT
APS5028
1290
118F
Page 10-187
Rev. 15 Nov/03 61-10-18
-5SL HC-B3TN-5SL
-5U HC-B3TN-5U
-5V HC-B3TN-5V
-5W HC-B3TN-5W
-5M HC-B3TN-5M
-5ML HC-B3TN-5ML
-5N HC-B3TN-5N
-5NL HC-B3TN-5NL
-5P HC-B3TN-5P
10-69
-1010 830-36 START LOCK - SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 1010A -5M, -5P 3
1030 B-2619 HOUSING, START LOCK 1
1060 A-2620-1 STOP PIN 1
1070 A-2621-1 SPRING - REPLACED BY ITEM 1070A OBS
PRE SI 146B
1070A A-2628 SPRING - REPLACES ITEM 1070 1 Y
SI 146B
1090 B-3838-3-5 COTTER PIN 1 Y
-1010A 830-37 START LOCK - SUPERSEDES ITEM 1010 -5M, -5P, -5U, 3
- SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 1010B -5V, -5W
1050 A-2629 BUSHING 1
1060 A-2620-1 STOP PIN 1
PRE SI 146B
1070A A-2628 SPRING - REPLACES ITEM 1070 -POST 1 Y
SI 146B
1090 B-3838-3-5 COTTER PIN 1 Y
-1010B 830-43 START LOCK - SUPERSEDES ITEM 1010A -5M, -5P, -5U, 3
-5V, -5W
1030 B-2630-1 HOUSING, START LOCK 1
1050 A-2629 BUSHING 1
1060 A-2620-3 STOP PIN 1
1070 A-2628 SPRING 1 Y
1090 B-7715 COTTER PIN 1 Y
-1010C 830-37 START LOCK - REPLACED BY ITEM 1010D -5N 3
NOTE: ALL START LOCK UNITS MUST BE
THE SAME PART NUMBER ON A
PROPELLER ASSEMBLY.
118F
Page 10-188
Rev. 15 Nov/03
-5M HC-B3TN-5M
-5ML HC-B3TN-5ML
-5N HC-B3TN-5N
-5NL HC-B3TN-5NL
-5P HC-B3TN-5P
470
-5SL HC-B3TN-5SL
-5U HC-B3TN-5U
-5V HC-B3TN-5V
-5W HC-B3TN-5W
-1010D 830-41 START LOCK - REPLACES -5N 3
ITEM 1010C - SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 1010E
1050 A-2629 BUSHING 1
1060 A-2620-1 STOP PIN 1
1070 A-6064 SPRING 1 Y
1090 B-3838-3-5 COTTER PIN 1 Y
-1010E 100026 START LOCK - SUPERSEDES ITEM 1010D -5N 3
1050 A-2629 BUSHING 1
1060 A-2620-3 STOP PIN 1
1070 A-6064 SPRING 1 Y
-1010F 830-36L START LOCK - SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 1010G -5ML, -5SL 3
1030 B-2619L HOUSING, START LOCK 1
1060 A-2620-1 STOP PIN 1
PRE SI 146B
SI 146B
1090 B-3838-3-5 COTTER PIN 1 Y
-1010G 830-37L START LOCK -SUPERSEDES ITEM 1010F -5ML, -5SL 3
- SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 1010H
1050 A-2629 BUSHING 1
1060 A-2620-1 STOP PIN 1
PROPELLER ASSEMBLY.
118F
Page 10-189
Rev. 15 Nov/03 61-10-18
-5M HC-B3TN-5M
-5ML HC-B3TN-5ML
-5N HC-B3TN-5N
-5NL HC-B3TN-5NL
-5P HC-B3TN-5P
-5SL HC-B3TN-5SL
-5U HC-B3TN-5U
-5V HC-B3TN-5V
-5W HC-B3TN-5W
PRE SI 146B
SI 146B
1090 B-3838-3-5 COTTER PIN 1 Y
-1010H 830-43L START LOCK - SUPERSEDES ITEM 1010G -5ML, -5SL 3
1050 A-2629 BUSHING 1
1060 A-2620-3 STOP PIN 1
1070 A-2868 SPRING 1 Y
1010J 830-37L START LOCK - REPLACED BY ITEM 1010K -5NL
-1010K 830-41L START LOCK - REPLACES ITEM 1010J -5NL 3
- SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 1010L
1050 A-2629 BUSHING 1
1060 A-2620-1 STOP PIN 1
1070 A-6064 SPRING 1 Y
1090 B-3838-3-5 COTTER PIN 1 Y
-1010L 100026L START LOCK - SUPERSEDES ITEM 1010K -5NL 3
1050 A-2629 BUSHING 1
1060 A-2620-3 STOP PIN 1
1070 A-6064 SPRING 1 Y
PROPELLER ASSEMBLY.
118F
Page 10-190
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-70
1410
1420
1430
1440
1450
1460
1470
1480
1490
1500
1510
APS5075.TIF
118F
Page 10-191
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-70
ITEM 1400A PRE SB177
-1400A 831-75 SPRING ASSEMBLY - REPLACES ITEM 1400 1
POST SB177
1430 A-4018 SPACER 1
1460 B-1826 SPRING 1
1490 A-3498 SPRING 1
118F
Page 10-192
Rev. 14 Apr/03
HC-B4MN-5L Exploded View
Figure 10-71
1200
460
1010
870
380
1210
450
400 440
430
1260
1210
360
380
70
230
90
80
60 160
170
10
50
180
150
1400
200
890
650
500
1220
1230
700
640
630
530
520
580
560
740
670
600
590
570
610
620
4WAY-5GL.PLT
118F
Page 10-193
Rev. 17 Jun/04
61-10-18
10-71
HC-B4MN-5L PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF

90 B-3840-6 SCREW 4 Y
150 C-3317-121 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-426-2 O-RING 1 Y
POST SL152A
360 A-2051 BOLT, HEX HEAD 10 Y
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
460 B-3851-0432 WASHER AR Y
500 840-139 HUB UNIT 1
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 4
HC-B4MN-5L
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-194
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-71
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 4 Y
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
(450 PIECE BOX)
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 4 Y
870 B-3384-12 HEX HEAD BOLT 8 Y
890 C-3317-240 O-RING 1 Y
1200 B-3808-4 NUT 12 Y
1210 B-3851-0432 WASHER AR Y
1230 A-3486-1 START LOCK PLATE 3
HC-B4MN-5L
118F
Page 10-195
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
118F
Page 10-196
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-72
770
840
840
730
860
850
710
750 760
780
720
800
740
730
790
CLAMP5.PLT
118F
Page 10-197
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-72
-700 838-94L CLAMP ASSEMBLY 4
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
HC-B4MN-5L
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-198
Rev. 14 Apr/03
1020
1090
1080
1070
1060
1100
Figure 10-73
APS5046
118F
Page 10-199
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-73
1020 B-3493 BRACKET, START LOCK 1
1060 A-883 PIN, AUTO HIGH STOP 1
1080 B-3864-38 WASHER, FLAT 1 Y
1090 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 1 Y
HC-B4MN-5L
118F
Page 10-200
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-74
1410
1440
1420
1430
1450
1480
1460
1490
1470
1500
1510
APS5073.TIF
118F
Page 10-201
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-74
1430 A-4018 SPACER 1
1460 B-1826 SPRING 1
1490 A-3496 SPRING 1
HC-B4MN-5L
118F
Page 10-202
Rev. 17 Jun/04
HC-B4MN-5AL Exploded View
Figure 10-75
1200
460
1010 870
380
1210
450
400
440
430
1260
1210
360
380
70
230
90
80
60 160
170
10
50
180
150
1400
200
890
650
500
1220
1230
700
640
630
530
520
580
560
740
670
600
590
570
610
620
65
55
260
280
250
270
4WAY-5K.PLT
118F
Page 10-203
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-75
HC-B4MN-5AL PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
70A B-1901L LINK ARM - ALTERNATE 4
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 4 Y
150 C-3317-121 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-426-2 O-RING 1 Y
PRE SL152A
POST SL152A
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
460 B-3851-0432 WASHER AR Y
500 840-139 HUB UNIT 1
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 4
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 4 Y
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
-572A A-1851-TB RACE, BLADE SIDE- USE WITH ITEM 570A
HC-B4MN-5AL
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-204
Rev. 19 Dec/06
110-75
(450 PIECE BOX)
630 B-3840-( ) SCREW AR Y
630A A-80-( ) BOLT, 10-32, HEX HEAD, ALTERNATE AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 4 Y
890 C-3317-240 O-RING 1 Y
1200 B-3808-4 NUT 12 Y
1210 B-3851-0432 WASHER AR Y
1230A A-3495 START LOCK PLATE 4
HC-B4MN-5AL
COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
118F
Page 10-205
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
118F
Page 10-206
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-76
770
840
840
730
860
850
710
750 760
780
720
800
740
730
790
CLAMP5.PLT
118F
Page 10-207
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-76
-700 838-97L CLAMP ASSEMBLY 4
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
HC-B4MN-5AL
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-208
Rev. 14 Apr/03
1020
1090
1080
1070
1060
1100
Figure 10-77
APS5046
118F
Page 10-209
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-77
1020 B-3493 BRACKET, START LOCK 1
1080 B-3864-38 WASHER, FLAT 1 Y
1090 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 1 Y
HC-B4MN-5AL
118F
Page 10-210
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-78
1410
1440
1420
1430
1450
1480
1460
1490
1470
1500
1510
APS5073.TIF
118F
Page 10-211
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-78
1430 A-4018 SPACER 1
1460 B-1826 SPRING 1
1490 A-3496 SPRING 1
HC-B4MN-5AL
118F
Page 10-212
Rev. 14 Apr/03
HC-B4TN-5, -5A, -5AL, -5C, -5CL. -5DL, -5EL Exploded View
Figure 10-79
1200
1210
1215
1010
380
1245
1260
400
440
430
450
460
1240
10
50
80 90
60
160 170
180
150
1400
570
1230
700
580
560
620
610
590
600
520
530
200
890
500
1220
740
650 670
640
630
230
70
4WAY-5
118F
Page 10-213
Rev. 18 Aug/04
61-10-18
10-79
HC-B4TN-5,-5A, PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
-5C, -5AL, -5CL,
-5DL, -5EL
50 C-2303-5 PISTON UNIT -5, -5A, -5C 1
50A C-2303-5L PISTON UNIT -5AL, -5CL, 1
-5DL, -5EL
70 B-4016 LINK ARM -5, -5A, -5C 4
70A B-1901 LINK ARM - ALTERNATE -5, -5A, -5C 4
70B B-4016L LINK ARM -5AL, -5CL, 4
-5DL, -5EL
70C B-1901L LINK ARM - ALTERNATE -5AL, -5CL, 4
-5DL, -5EL
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 4 Y
150 C-3317-116 O-RING -5, -5A, -5AL 1 Y
150A C-3317-121 O-RING -5C, -5CL, 1 Y
-5DL, -5EL
160 C-3317-426-2 O-RING 1 Y
POST SL152A
380 B-3408 PLATE, SPINNER MOUNTING - REPLACED BY OBS
ITEM 380A - PRE HC-SB-61-261 (AD 96-18-14)
380A C-3492 PLATE, SPINNER MOUNTING, REPLACES 1
ITEM 380 POST HC-SB-61-261 (AD 96-18-14)
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
-5DL HC-B4TN-5DL
-5EL HC-B4TN-5EL
-5 HC-B4TN-5
-5A HC-B4TN-5A
-5AL HC-B4TN-5AL
-5C HC-B4TN-5C
-5CL HC-B4TN-5CL
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-214
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-79
460 B-3851-0432 WASHER AR Y
500 840-91 HUB UNIT, REPLACED BY ITEM 500A OBS
PRE HC-SB-61-261 (AD 96-18-14)
500A 840-139 HUB UNIT, REPLACES ITEM 500 1
POST HC-SB-61-261 (AD 96-18-14)
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 4
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 4 Y
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
(450 PIECE BOX)
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 4 Y
890 C-3317-240 O-RING 1 Y
1200 H10-4 NUT - REPLACED BY ITEM 1200A OBS
PRE HC-SL-61-170
1200A B-3808-4 NUT - REPLACES ITEM 1200 8 Y
POST HC-SL-61-170
1210 B-3851-0463 WASHER AR Y
118F
Page 10-215
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-79
1215 B-3851-0432 WASHER 8 Y
1220 A-2016 HEX HEAD BOLT, PLATE 8 Y
1230 A-3079 START LOCK PLATE -5, -5A, -5C 4
1230A A-3086-1 START LOCK PLATE -5AL 4
1230B A-3486 START LOCK PLATE -5CL, -5DL, -5EL 4
1240 B-3384-3H HEX HEAD BOLT (WITH 4 Y
C-3410( )-( )
SPINNER)
1240A B-3384-5H HEX HEAD BOLT (WITH 4 Y
C-3434( )-( )
SPINNER)
1245 B-3851-0432 WASHER 16 Y
C-3410-( )( )
OR 5798( )
SPINNER)
C-3434-( )
SPINNER)
-5DL HC-B4TN-5DL
-5EL HC-B4TN-5EL
-5 HC-B4TN-5
-5A HC-B4TN-5A
-5AL HC-B4TN-5AL
-5C HC-B4TN-5C
-5CL HC-B4TN-5CL
COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
REFER TO HARTZELL
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-216
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-80
770
840
840
800
730
720
860
850
710
750
760
780
740
730
790
CLAMP4.PLT
118F
Page 10-217
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-80
-700 838-67 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5, -5A, -5C 4
-700A 838-67L CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5AL, -5CL 4
-700B 838-92L CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5DL 4
-700C 838-98L CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5EL 4
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
800 B-3007 COUNTERWEIGHT -5, -5A, -5C, 1
-5AL, -5CL,
800A B-3091-3 COUNTERWEIGHT -5DL 1
800B B-3328 COUNTERWEIGHT -5EL 1
840 C-1301-9S BLADE CLAMP -5, -5A, -5C 1
840A C-1301-10S BLADE CLAMP -5AL, -5CL, 1
-5DL, -5EL,
-5DL HC-B4TN-5DL
-5EL HC-B4TN-5EL
-5 HC-B4TN-5
-5A HC-B4TN-5A
-5AL HC-B4TN-5AL
-5C HC-B4TN-5C
-5CL HC-B4TN-5CL
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-218
Rev. 14 Apr/03
830-( ) Start Lock Assembly
Figure 10-81
830-32
830-32L
APS5044
APS5045
1020
1090
1080
1070
1060
1110
1100
1020
1090
1080
1070
1060
118F
Page 10-219
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-81
-1010 830-32 START LOCK UNIT -5, -5A, -5C 4
-1010A 830-32L START LOCK UNIT -5AL, -5CL, 4
-5DL, -5EL
1020 B-3489 BRACKET -5, -5A, -5C 1
1020A B-3488 BRACKET -5AL, -5CL, 1
-5DL, -5EL
1060 A-883 PIN 1
1070 A-3066 SPRING 1 Y
1080 B-3851-N832 WASHER 1 Y
1090 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 1 Y
-5DL HC-B4TN-5DL
-5EL HC-B4TN-5EL
-5 HC-B4TN-5
-5A HC-B4TN-5A
-5AL HC-B4TN-5AL
-5C HC-B4TN-5C
-5CL HC-B4TN-5CL
118F
Page 10-220
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-82
1410
1420
1440
1450
1480
1490
1520
1500
1510
APS5057.TIF
118F
Page 10-221
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-82
1490 A-3496 SPRING 1
1520 A-1997 WASHER 1
118F
Page 10-222
Rev. 14 Apr/03
1200
460
1215
1010
380
1260
400
440
430
450
1210
10
50
80
60 160 170
180
150
1400
570
1230
700
560
620
610
590
600
520
530
200
890
500
1220
740
650
670
640
630
70
230
870
360
380
90
580
HC-B4TN-5F, -5FL, -5GL, -5HL Exploded View
Figure 10-83
4WAY-5F.PLT
118F
Page 10-223
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
HC-B4TN-5F, -5FL, -5GL, -5HL
10-83
-1 HC-B4TN-5F, PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
-5FL, -5GL, -5HL
50 C-2303-5 PISTON UNIT -5F 1
50A C-2303-5L PISTON UNIT -5FL, -5GL, 1
-5HL
70 B-4016 LINK ARM -5F 4
70A B-1901 LINK ARM - ALTERNATE -5F 4
70B B-4016L LINK ARM -5FL, -5GL, 4
-5HL
70C B-1901L LINK ARM - ALTERNATE -5FL, -5GL, 4
-5HL
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 4 Y
150 C-3317-121 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-426-2 O-RING 1 Y
PRE SL152A
POST SL152A
-5F HC-B4TN-5F
-5FL HC-B4TN-5FL
-5GL HC-B4TN-5GL
-5HL HC-B4TN-5HL
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-224
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-83
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
460 B-3851-0432 WASHER AR Y
500 840-139 HUB UNIT RF
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 4
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 4 Y
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
-572A A-1851-TB RACE, BLADE SIDE - USE WITH ITEM 570A 1
(450 PIECE BOX)
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 4 Y
C-3410-( )( )
OR 5798( )
SPINNER)
C-3434-( )
SPINNER)
890 C-3317-240 O-RING 1 Y
118F
Page 10-225
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-83
1200 B-3808-4 NUT - 8 Y
1210 B-3851-0463 WASHER AR Y
1215 B-3851-0432 WASHER 8 Y
1230 A-3079 START LOCK PLATE -5F 4
1230A A-3495 START LOCK PLATE -5FL, -5GL, 4
C-3410-( )( )
OR 5798( )
SPINNER)
C-3434-( )
SPINNER)

-5F HC-B4TN-5F
-5FL HC-B4TN-5FL
-5GL HC-B4TN-5GL
-5HL HC-B4TN-5HL
COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
(61-16-27).
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-226
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-84
770
840
840
800
730
720
860
850
710
750
760
780
740
730
790
CLAMP4.PLT
118F
Page 10-227
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-84
-700 838-67 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5F 4
-700A 838-67L CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5FL 4
-700B 838-92L CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5GL, 4
-700C 838-98L CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5HL 4
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
800 B-3007 COUNTERWEIGHT -5F, -5FL 1
800A B-3091-3 COUNTERWEIGHT -5GL 1
800B B-3328 COUNTERWEIGHT -5HL 1
840 C-1301-9S BLADE CLAMP -5F 1
840A C-1301-10S BLADE CLAMP -5FL, -5GL, 1
-5HL
-5F HC-B4TN-5F
-5FL HC-B4TN-5FL
-5GL HC-B4TN-5GL
-5HL HC-B4TN-5HL
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-228
Rev. 14 Apr/03
830-34( ) Start Lock Assembly
Figure 10-85
830-34
830-34L
1020
APS5046
APS5047
1020
1090
1080
1070
1060
1100
1100
1090
1080
1070
1060
118F
Page 10-229
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-85
-1010 830-34 START LOCK UNIT -5F 4
-1010A 830-34L START LOCK UNIT -5FL, -5GL, 4
-5HL
1020 B-3494 BRACKET -5F 1
1020A B-3493 BRACKET -5FL, -5GL, 1
-5HL
1060 A-883 PIN 1
1070 A-3066 SPRING 1 Y
1080 B-3851-N832 WASHER 1 Y
1090 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 1 Y
-5F HC-B4TN-5F
-5FL HC-B4TN-5FL
-5GL HC-B4TN-5GL
-5HL HC-B4TN-5HL
118F
Page 10-230
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-86
1410
1420
1440
1450
1480
1490
1520
1500
1510
APS5057.TIF
118F
Page 10-231
Rev. 14 Apr/03
61-10-18
10-86
1490 A-3496 SPRING 1
1520 A-1997 WASHER 1
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-232
Rev. 19 Dec/06
1200
460
1010
870
380
460
450
400 440
430
360
380
1260
1210
70
230
90
80
65
55
60
160
170
620
610
590
600
570
560
580
520
530
10
50
180
150
1400
280
260
670
270
250
890
200
650
740
500
630
640
700
1230
1220
HC-B4TN-5JL, -5KL, -5ML, -5NL, -5PL, -5QL Exploded View
Figure 10-87
4WAY-5K.PLT
118F
Page 10-233
Rev. 17 Jun/04
61-10-18
10-87 -1 HC-B4TN-5JL PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
-5KL,-5ML, -5NL,
-5PL, -5QL
65 A-114-A STAKING PIN 4
70B B-1901L LINK ARM - ALTERNATE 4
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 4 Y
150 C-3317-121 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-426-2 O-RING 1 Y
POST SL152A
250 C-3407 GUIDE COLLAR 1
260 A-3023 PLASTIC BUSHING 4
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
460 B-3851-0432 WASHER AR Y
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-234
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-87
500 840-139 HUB UNIT RF
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 4
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 4 Y
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
(450 PIECE BOX)
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 4 Y
C-3410-( )( )
OR 5798( )
SPINNER)
C-3434-( )
SPINNER)
890 C-3317-240 O-RING 1 Y
1200 B-3808-4 NUT - REPLACES ITEM 1200A 8 Y
1210 B-3851-0463 WASHER AR Y
118F
Page 10-235
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
1230 A-3495 START LOCK PLATE 4
C-3410-( )( )
OR 5798( )
SPINNER)
C-3434-( )
SPINNER)
1400 831-72 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SEE FIGURE 10-90 -5JL, -5KL, -5ML 1
FOR THE DEHAVILLAND DHC-3, -5NL, -5PL
(HC-B4TN-5NL) STC-SA09866SC TEXAS
TURBINES ONLY, THE 1400 SPRING ASSEMBLY
IS SUPERSEDED BY THE 1400A SPRING
ASSEMBLY.
1400A 831-73 SPRING ASSEMBLY - SEE FIGURE 10-91 -5QL 1
THE 1400A SPRING ASSEMBLY IS TO
BE USED ONLY ON HC-B4TN-5QL
PROPELLERS, ANDTHE DEHAVILLAND
DHC-3 STC-SA09866SC TEXAS TURBINES
(HC-B4TN-5NL).
-5QL HC-B4TN-5QL -5JL HC-B4TN-5JL
-5KL HC-B4TN-5KL
-5ML HC-B4TN-5ML
-5NL HC-B4TN-5NL
-5PL HC-B4TN-5PL
GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
MANUAL 159 (61-02-59) AND
(61-16-27).
118F
Page 10-236
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-88
770
840
840
800
730
720
860
850
710
750
760
780
740
730
790
CLAMP4.PLT
118F
Page 10-237
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-88
-700 838-92L CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5JL, -5ML, 4
-5PL
-700A 838-98L CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5KL, -5NL, 4
-5QL
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
800 B-3091-3 COUNTERWEIGHT -5JL, -5ML, 1
-5PL
800B B-3328 COUNTERWEIGHT -5KL, -5NL, 1
-5QL
-5QL HC-B3TN-5QL -5JL HC-B3TN-5JL
-5KL HC-B3TN-5KL
-5ML HC-B3TN-5ML
-5NL HC-B3TN-5NL
-5PL HC-B3TN-5PL
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-238
Rev. 14 Apr/03
830-34L Start Lock Assembly
Figure 10-89
APS5047
1020
1100
1090
1080
1070
1060
118F
Page 10-239
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-89
-1010 830-34L START LOCK UNIT 4
1020 B-3493 BRACKET 1
1060 A-883 PIN 1
1070 A-3066 SPRING 1 Y
1080 B-3851-N832 WASHER 1 Y
1090 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 1 Y
118F
Page 10-240
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-90
1410
1420
1440
1450
1480
1490
1520
1500
1510
APS5073.TIF
118F
Page 10-241
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-90
1490 A-3496 SPRING 1
1520 A-1997 WASHER 1
HC-B4TN-5JL, -5KL, -5ML, -5NL, -5PL
-5JL HC-B4TN-5JL
-5KL HC-B4TN-5KL
-5ML HC-B4TN-5ML
-5NL HC-B4TN-5NL
-5PL HC-B4TN-5PL
118F
Page 10-242
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-91
1410
1440
1420
1430
1450
1480
1460
1490
1470
1500
1510
APS5073.TIF
118F
Page 10-243
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-91
1430 A-4018 SPACER 1
1460 B-1826 SPRING 1
1490 A-3496 SPRING 1
HC-B4TN-5QL
118F
Page 10-244
Rev. 17 Jun/04
100
120
110
160
60
170
55
90
80
50
10
230
70
65
610
590
600
620
530
560
570
580
520
700
400
430
440
950
960
940
970
150
180
1400
260
630
640
740
670 650
280
250
890
270
500
200
870
460
490
460
450
360
1600
HC-A3(MV,V)F-7, -7A, -7B Exploded View
Figure 10-92
A3VF-7.PLT
118F
Page 10-245
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
HC-A3(MV,V)F-7, -7A, -7B
10-92 HC-A3(MV,V)F-7, PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
-7A, -7B

65 A-114-B STAKING PIN, SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 65A 3
65A B-6582-0875 STAKING PIN, SUPERSEDES ITEM 65 3
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 3 Y
110 B-3368 JAM NUT 3 Y
120 A-1444 WASHER - REPLACED BY ITEM 120A
120A A-1444-1 WASHER - REPLACES ITEM 120 3 Y
150 C-3317-020 O-RING, PILOT TUBE 1 Y
-155 C-3317-012-2 O-RING, ROD 1 Y
160 C-3317-343-2 O-RING, PISTON 1 Y
PRE SL152A
POST SL152A
180 B-3720 HEX HEAD BOLT 4 Y
200 B-854-1 CYLINDER 1
-240 834-1A GUIDE COLLAR UNIT RF
-240A 834-1B GUIDE COLLAR UNIT - ALTERNATE RF
250 B-1402A GUIDE COLLAR 1
ONLY AVAILABLE AS PART OF ITEM 240
250A B-1402B GUIDE COLLAR - ALTERNATE 1
ONLY AVAILABLE AS PART OF ITEM 240A
260 A-116D-1 BUSHING, PLASTIC 3
-370 A-3491 SPINNER MOUNTING KIT RF
400 C-3317-228 O-RING, SHAFT 1 Y
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-246
Rev. 17 Jun/04
HC-A3(MV,V)F-7, -7A, -7B
10-92
430 A-1328-1 DOUBLE HEX HEAD BOLT 6 Y
440 A-1381 STEEL WASHER 6 Y
460 B-3851-0432 WASHER 18 Y
490 B-3490 BRACKET, SPINNER MOUNTING, 3
490A C-6932 BRACKET, SPINNER MOUNTING, 3
SUPERSEDES ITEM 490
500 840-82 HUB UNIT 1
520 B-7070-17 PLUG - SUPERSEDES ITEM 520 3 Y
530 A-1496 PILOT TUBE - SUPERSEDES BY 3
ITEM 530A
530A D-7080 PILOT TUBE - SUPERSEDES ITEM 530 3
-540 B-6138-8-8 DOWEL, 0.5002 X 1 INCH 2 Y
560 C-3317-230 O-RING, BLADE 3 Y
(450 PIECE BOX)
600 A-311 BALL SPACER 3 Y
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 3 Y
870 B-3384-18 HEX HEAD BOLT - SUPERSEDED BY 6 Y
ITEM 870A
870A B-3384-18H HEX HEAD BOLT - SUPERSEDES 6 Y
ITEM 870
890 C-3317-235 O-RING, CYLINDER 1 Y
940 B-3840-8 SCREW, PLATE 4 Y
950 A-1467 PLATE, RING RETENTION 1
118F
Page 10-247
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-92
960 A-859 SPLIT RETAINER 1
970 A-1869 SPACER V-7A, MV-7A 1
1600 C-3630-1 BETA VALVE ASSEMBLY - SEE 1
FIGURE 10-95
1600A C-3630-2 BETA VALVE ASSEMBLY, 1
ALTERNATE - SEE FIGURE 10-96
HC-A3(MV,V)F-7, -7A, -7B
GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
MANUAL 159 (61-02-59) AND
(61-16-27).
V-7 HC-A3(MV,V)F-7
V-7A HC-A3(MV,V)F-7A
V-7B HC-A3(MV,V)F-7B
MV-7 HC-A3(MV,V)F-7
MV-7A HC-A3(MV,V)F-7A
MV-7B HC-A3(MV,V)F-7B
118F
Page 10-248
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-93
CLAMP2.PLT
840
800
770 840
710
730
720
860
860
850
850
750
740
760
730
790
780
118F
Page 10-249
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-93
-700 838-80 CLAMP ASSEMBLY VF-7, -VF-7A 3
-700A 838-113 CLAMP ASSEMBLY VF-7B
-700B 838-1080 CLAMP ASSEMBLY MVF-7, 3
MVF-7A
-700C 838-1113 CLAMP ASSEMBLY MVF-7B 3
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
760 A-47-1 GASKET, BLADE CLAMP VF-7, VF-7A, 2 Y
VF-7B
760A A-6871-1 GASKET, BLADE CLAMP MVF-7, 2 Y
MVF-7A,
MVF-7B
-775 A-2031 WASHER 2 Y
780 A-2043-1 CLAMP NUT, SELF LOCKING 2 Y
790 A-2036-22 SCREW, SOCKET HEAD CAP VF-7B, 2 Y
MVF-7B
790A A-2036-24 SCREW, SOCKET HEAD CAP VF-7, F-7A 2 Y
MVF-7,
MVF-7A
800 833-29RL COUNTERWEIGHT VF-7, VF-7A 1
MVF-7,
MVF-7A
800A C-3669 COUNTERWEIGHT VF-7B 1
MVF-7B
-810 B-3663-3 SLUG VF-7B 1
MVF-7B
-810A A-890-12 SLUG VF-7, VF-7A 2
MVF-7,
MVF-7A
-820 B-3386-14H BOLT VF-7B, 2 Y
MVF-7B
-820A B-3384-10H BOLT F-7, F-7A 4 Y
MVF-7,
MVF-7A
840 C-3-1A BLADE CLAMP VF-7, F-7A, 1
F -7B
840A D-6831-1A BLADE CLAMP MVF-7, MVF-7A 1
MVF-7B
HC-A3(MV,V)F-7, -7A, -7B
V-7 HC-A3VF-7
V-7A HC-A3VF-7A
V-7B HC-A3VF-7B
MV-7 HC-A3MVF-7
MV-7A HC-A3MVF-7A
MV-7B HC-A3MVF-7B
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-250
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-94
1410
1530
1440
1460
1490
1430
1500
1510
APS5057.TIF
118F
Page 10-251
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-94
1410 B-3421-1 PITCH CHANGE ROD 1
1430 B-1461 SPACER 1
1440 A-3613 CUP, SPRING RETAINER 1
1460 B-1453 SPRING 1
1490 B-1454 SPRING 1
1500 A-1460 REAR RETAINER 1
1530 B-3720 BOLT 4 Y
HC-A3(MV,V)F-7, -7A, -7B
118F
Page 10-252
Rev. 14 Apr/03
C-3630-1 Beta Valve
Figure 10-95
1610
1630
1620
1640
1650
1660
1670
1680
PITCH CHANGE
ROD (REF.)
RETAINING
RING (REF.)
1700
1710
1730
1690
1720
1750
1740
1760
1770
1780
1790
1800
1810
1820
1840
1860
1850
1870
1830
1880
3630-1.PLT
REF.
118F
Page 10-253
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-95
-1600 C-3630-1 BETA VALVE RF
1610 A-2678 SELF LOCKING NUT 1 Y
1610A B-3368 CHECK NUT - ALTERNATE 2 Y
1620 A-2246-1 SPACER 1
1620A A-2246-8 SPACER - ALTERNATE 1
1630 C-3317-012-2 O-RING 1 Y
1640 B-3645 SPRING RETAINER 1
1650 A-3607 OUTER SPRING 1
1660 A-3608 INNER SPRING 1
1670 B-3606 BETA FEEDBACK ROD 1
1680 B-6378-0750 ROLL PIN 1 Y
1690 C-3317-014 O-RING 1 Y
1700 A-3619-1 REVERSE PITCH INDICATOR PIN 1
1710 A-3641 BETA VALVE WASHER 1
1720 B-3631-1 BETA VALVE SLEEVE 1
1730 C-3317-024 O-RING 1 Y
1740 C-3317-116 O-RING 2 Y
1750 B-3602 BETA VALVE SHAFT ADAPTOR 1
1760 C-3317-028 O-RING 1 Y
1770 B-3632 BETA VALVE SPOOL 1
1780 B-6132-0125 SPRING PIN 1 Y
1790 B-3633 BETA VALVE PUSH ROD 1
1800 C-3317-006 O-RING 1 Y
1810 C-3317-141 O-RING 1 Y
1820 C-3317-111 O-RING 1 Y
1830 B-3611 ENGINE COVER - SUPERSEDED BY 1
ITEM 1830A
1830A B-2692 ENGINE COVER - SUPERSEDES ITEM 1830 1
1840 B-3397 NUT 1 Y
1850 A-3634 VALVE BUSHING 1 Y
1860 A-3621-2 ROD END FITTING 1
1870 A-3622 ROD END CAP 1
1880 B-6635-34 SET SCREW 1 Y
HC-A3(MV,V)F-7, -7A, -7B
118F
Page 10-254
Rev. 14 Apr/03
3630-2.PLT
C-3630-2 Beta Valve
Figure 10-96
1610
1630
1620
1640
1650
1660
1670
1680
PITCH
CHANGE
ROD (REF.)
RETAINING
RING
(REF.)
1700
1710
1730
1690
1720
1750
1740
1760
1790
1800
1810
1840
1860
1850
1870
1830
1880
REF.
1820
118F
Page 10-255
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-96
1620 A-2246-1 SPACER 1
1630 C-3317-012-2 O-RING 1 Y
1640 B-3645 SPRING RETAINER 1 Y
1680 B-6378-0750 ROLL PIN 1 Y
1690 C-3317-014 O-RING 1 Y
1700A 101345 PIN, INDICATOR, PITCH - UNIT 1
1730 C-3317-024 O-RING, SUPERSEDED 1 Y
BY ITEM 1730A
1730A SUPPLIED BY O-RING, SUPERSEDES ITEM 1730 1 Y
ENGINE
MANUFACTURER
1740 C-3317-116 O-RING 2 Y
1750 B-3602 BETA VALVE SHAFT ADAPTOR, 1
1750A SUPPLIED BY BETA VALVE SHAFT ADAPTOR, 1
ENGINE
MANUFACTURER SUPERSEDES ITEM 1750
1760 C-3317-028 O-RING, SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 1760A 1 Y
ENGINE
MANUFACTURER
1800 C-3317-006 O-RING 1 Y
1810 C-3317-141 O-RING 1 Y
1820 C-3317-111 O-RING 1 Y
ITEM 1830A
1840 B-3397 NUT 1 Y
1880 B-6635-34 SET SCREW 1 Y

HC-A3(MV,V)F-7, -7A, -7B
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-256
Rev. 19 Dec/06
HC-B3TF-7, -7A, -7B, -7C Exploded View
Figure 10-97
590
100 120
110
160
60
170
55
90 80
50
10
230
70
65
610
600
620
530
560
570
580
520
700
400
430
440
950
960
940
150
180
1400
260
630
640
740
670
650
280 250
890
270
500
200
870
460
450
360
1600
380
B3TF-7.PLT
365
118F
Page 10-257
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
HC-B3TF-7, -7A, -7B, -7C
-7 HC-B3TF-7
-7A HC-B3TF-7A
-7B HC-B3TF-7B
-7C HC-B3TF-7C
10-97
HC-B3TF-7, -7A, PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
-7B, -7C

65 A-114-B STAKING PIN, SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 65A 3
65A B-6582-0875 SPRING PIN, 3/16", CRES - 3
SUPERSEDES ITEM 65
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 3 Y
110 B-3368 JAM NUT 3 Y
120 A-1444 WASHER - REPLACED BY ITEM 120A -7, -7A, -7B
120A A-1444-1 WASHER - REPLACES ITEM 120A -7, -7A, -7B 3 Y
120B A-719 WASHER -7C 3 Y
150 C-3317-020 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-343-2 O-RING 1 Y
PRE SL152A
POST SL152A
180 B-3720 HEX HEAD BOLT 4 Y
200 B-854-1 CYLINDER 1
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-258
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-97
-240 834-1A GUIDE COLLAR UNIT RF
-240A 834-1B GUIDE COLLAR UNIT - ALTERNATE RF
250 B-1402A GUIDE COLLAR 1
250A B-1402B GUIDE COLLAR - ALTERNATE 1
260 A-116D-1 BUSHING, PLASTIC 3
360 B-3384-1H HEX HEAD BOLT SPINNER 6 Y
A-3640( )
360A B-3384-4H HEX HEAD BOLT SPINNER 6 Y
835-39( )
-365 B-3851-0463 WASHER 6 Y
-370 A-3648 SPINNER MOUNTING KIT SPINNER 1
A-3640( )
-370A A-3491 SPINNER MOUNTING KIT SPINNER 1
835-39( )
380 C-3643 SPINNER SUPPORT PLATE 1
400 C-3317-228 O-RING 1 Y
430 A-1328-1 DOUBLE HEX HEAD BOLT 6 Y
440 A-1381 STEEL WASHER 6 Y
460 B-3851-0432 WASHER SPINNER 6 Y
A-3640( )

460 B-3851-0432 WASHER SPINNER 18 Y
835-39( )

HC-B3TF-7, -7A, -7B, -7C
118F
Page 10-259
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
HC-B3TF-7, -7A, -7B, -7C
10-97
490 B-3490 BRACKET, SPINNER MOUNTING, SPINNER 3
SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 490A 835-39( )
NOTE: THE PART NUMBER OF ALL THREE
SPINNER MOUNTING BRACKETS MUST BE
THE SAME.
490A C-6932 BRACKET, SPINNER MOUNTING, SPINNER 3
SUPERSEDES ITEM 490 835-39( )
NOTE: THE PART NUMBER OF ALL THREE
SPINNER MOUNTING BRACKETS MUST BE
THE SAME.
500 840-116 HUB UNIT 1
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 3
-540 B-6138-8-8 DOWEL, 0.5002 X 1 INCH 2 Y
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 3 Y
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
-572A A-1851-TB RACE, BLADE SIDE - USE WITH ITEM 570A 1
(450 PIECE BOX)
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 3 Y
700 838-( ) CLAMP ASSEMBLY - SEE FIGURE 10-98 RF
870 B-3384-3 HEX HEAD BOLT SPINNER 6 Y
A-3640( )
870A B-3384-18 HEX HEAD BOLT - SUPERSEDED BY SPINNER 6 Y
ITEM 870B A-3640( )
870B B-3384-18H HEX HEAD BOLT - SUPERSEDES ITEM 870A SPINNER 6 Y
A-3640( )
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-260
Rev. 14 Apr/03
10-99
890 C-3317-235 O-RING 1 Y
940 B-3840-8 SCREW, PLATE 4 Y
950 A-1467 PLATE, RING RETENTION 1
960 A-859 SPLIT RETAINER 1
-970 A-1869 SPACER 1
1600 C-3630-1 BETA VALVE ASSEMBLY - SEE 1
FIGURE 10-100
1600A C-3630-2 BETA VALVE ASSEMBLY - ALTERNATE - 1
SEE FIGURE 10-101
HC-B3TF-7, -7A, -7B, -7C
COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
REFER TO HARTZELL
118F
Page 10-261
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
118F
Page 10-262
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-98
840
800
770
840
710
730
720
860
850
750
740
760
730
790
780
CLAMP4.PLT
118F
Page 10-263
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-99
-700 838-85 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -7, -7B, -7C 3
-700A 838-93 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -7A 3
710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
800 B-3661 COUNTERWEIGHT -7, -7B, -7C 1
800A B-3661-1 COUNTERWEIGHT -7A 1
-810 B-3663-3 SLUG -7A 1
-810A B-3663-4 SLUG -7C 1
-820 B-3386-14H BOLT 2 Y
-830 B-3834-0663 WASHER 2 Y
-830A B-3834-0662 WASHER - ALTERNATE 2 Y
840A C-1301-9S BLADE CLAMP - ALTERNATE 1
HC-B3TF-7, -7A, -7B, -7C
-7 HC-B3TF-7
-7A HC-B3TF-7A
-7B HC-B3TF-7B
-7C HC-B3TF-7C
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-264
Rev. 14 Apr/03
Figure 10-99
APS5057.TIF
1410
1530
1440
1460
1490
1430
1500
1510
118F
Page 10-265
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-66
1410 B-3421-1 PITCH CHANGE ROD 1
1430 B-1461 SPACER 1
1440 A-3613 CUP, SPRING RETAINER 1
1460 B-1453 SPRING 1
1490 B-1454 SPRING 1
1500 A-1460 REAR RETAINER 1
1530 B-3720 BOLT 4 Y
HC-B3TF-7, -7A, -7B, -7C
118F
Page 10-266
Rev. 14 Apr/03
C-3630-1 Beta Valve
Figure 10-100
1610
1630
1620
1640
1650
1660
1670
1680
PITCH CHANGE
ROD (REF.)
RETAINING
RING (REF.)
1700
1710
1730
1690
1720
1750
1740
1760
1770
1780
1790
1800
1810
1820
1840
1860
1850
1870
1830
1880
3630-1.PLT
REF.
118F
Page 10-267
Rev. 14 Apr/03 61-10-18
10-95
1610A B-3368 CHECK NUT - ALTERNATE 2 Y
1620 A-2246-1 SPACER 1
1630 C-3217-012 O-RING 1 Y
1630A C-3317-012-2 O-RING - ALTERNATE 1 Y
1640 B-3645 SPRING RETAINER 1
1680 B-6378-0750 ROLL PIN 1 Y
1690 C-3317-014 O-RING 1 Y
1730 C-3317-024 O-RING 1 Y
1740 C-3317-116 O-RING 2 Y
1750 B-3602 BETA VALVE SHAFT ADAPTOR 1
1760 C-3317-028 O-RING 1 Y
1770 B-3632 BETA VALVE SPOOL 1
1780 B-6132-0125 SPRING PIN 1 Y
1800 C-3317-006 O-RING 1 Y
1810 C-3317-141 O-RING 1 Y
1820 C-3317-111 O-RING 1 Y
ITEM 1830A
1840 B-3397 NUT 1 Y
1880 B-6635-34 SET SCREW 1 Y
HC-B3TF-7, -7A, -7B, -7C
118F
Page 10-268
Rev. 14 Apr/03
3630-2.PLT
C-3630-2 Beta Valve
Figure 10-101
1610
1630
1620
1640
1650
1660
1670
1680
PITCH
CHANGE
ROD (REF.)
RETAINING
RING
(REF.)
1700
1710
1730
1690
1720
1750
1740
1760
1790
1800
1810
1840
1860
1850
1870
1830
1880
REF.
1820
118F
Page 10-269
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
HC-B3TF-7, -7A, -7B, -7C
10-101
1620 A-2246-1 SPACER 1
1630 C-3317-012-2 O-RING 1 Y
1640 B-3645 SPRING RETAINER 1 Y
1680 B-6378-0750 ROLL PIN 1 Y
1690 C-3317-014 O-RING 1 Y
1700A 101345 PIN, INDICATOR, PITCH - UNIT 1
1730 C-3317-024 O-RING, SUPERSEDED 1 Y
BY ITEM 1730A
ENGINE
MANUFACTURER
1740 C-3317-116 O-RING 2 Y
1750 B-3602 BETA VALVE SHAFT ADAPTOR, 1
1750A SUPPLIED BY BETA VALVE SHAFT ADAPTOR, 1
ENGINE SUPERSEDES ITEM 1750
MANUFACTURER
1760 C-3317-028 O-RING, SUPERSEDED BY ITEM 1760A 1 Y
ENGINE
MANUFACTURER
1800 C-3317-006 O-RING 1 Y
1810 C-3317-141 O-RING 1 Y
1820 C-3317-111 O-RING 1 Y
ITEM 1830A
1840 B-3397 NUT 1 Y
1880 B-6635-34 SET SCREW 1 Y

118F
61-10-18
Page 10-270
Rev. 17 Jun/04
HC-B4MN-5B(L) Exploded View
Figure 10-102
4WAY-5K.PLT
1200
460
1010
870
380
1210
450
400 440
430
1260
1210
380
70
230
90
80
60
160
170
10
50
180
150
1400
200
890
650
500
1220
1230
700
640
630
530
520
580
560
740
670
590
570
610
620
65
55
260
280
250
270
360
600
118F
Page 10-271
Rev. 17 Jun/04
61-10-18
10-102
HC-B4MN-5B PROPELLER ASSEMBLY RF
HC-B4MN-5BL
50 C-2303-6 PISTON UNIT -5B 1
50A C-2303-6L PISTON UNIT -5BL 1
70 B-4016 LINK ARM -5B 4
70A B-4016L LINK ARM -5BL 4
70B B-1901 LINK ARM - ALTERNATE -5B 4
70C B-1901L LINK ARM - ALTERNATE -5BL 4
90 B-3840-6 SCREW 4 Y
150 C-3317-121 O-RING 1 Y
160 C-3317-426-2 O-RING 1 Y
400 C-3317-230 O-RING 1 Y
460 B-3851-0432 WASHER AR Y
500 840-139 HUB UNIT 1
530 A-1891-( )A PILOT TUBE 4
560 C-3317-232 O-RING 4 Y
HC-B4MN-5B(L)
-5B HC-B4MN-5B
-5BL HC-B4MN-5BL
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-272
Rev. 19 Dec/06
10-102
ALTERNATE - SL 131A
(450 PIECE BOX)
630 B-3840-6 SCREW AR Y
670 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 4 Y
890 C-3317-240 O-RING 1 Y
1200 B-3808-4 NUT 12 Y
1210 B-3851-0432 WASHER AR Y
1230 A-3079 START LOCK PLATE -5B 3
1230A A-3495 START LOCK PLATE -5BL 3
REPLACED BY ITEM 1230B
1230B A-3495-1 START LOCK PLATE -5BL 3
REPLACES ITEM 1230A
HC-B4MN-5B(L)
-5B HC-B4MN-5B
-5BL HC-B4MN-5BL
118F
Page 10-273
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-102
HC-B4MN-5B(L)
COUNTERWEIGHT SLUG
GUIDE MANUAL 159 (61-02-59).
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-274
Rev. 15 Nov/03
Figure 10-103
CLAMP5.PLT
770
840
840
730
860
850
710
750
760
780
720
800
740
730
790
118F
Page 10-275
Rev. 19 Dec/06
61-10-18
10-103
-700 838-114 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5B 4
-700A 838-111 CLAMP ASSEMBLY -5BL 4

710 B-3838-3-2 COTTER PIN 2 Y
(PRE HC-SB-61-285)
(POST HC-SB-61-285)
840 C-1977-4P BLADE CLAMP -5B 1
840A C-1977-3P BLADE CLAMP -5BL 1
HC-B4MN-5B(L)
-5B HC-B4MN-5B
-5BL HC-B4MN-5BL
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-276
Rev. 15 Nov/03
1020
1090
1080
1070
1060
1100
APS5046
830-34(L) Start Lock Unit
Figure 10-104
118F
Page 10-277
Rev. 15 Nov/03 61-10-18
10-104
1010 830-34 START LOCK -5B 4
1010A 830-34L START LOCK -5BL 4
1020 B-3494 BRACKET, START LOCK -5B 1
1020A B-3493 BRACKET, START LOCK -5BL 1
1080 B-3851-N832 WASHER, FLAT 1 Y
1090 B-3838-3-3 COTTER PIN 1 Y
HC-B4MN-5B(L)
118F
61-10-18
Page 10-278
Rev. 15 Nov/03
Figure 10-105
APS5073.TIF
1410
1440
1420 1430
1450
1480
1490
1500
1510
118F
Page 10-279
Rev. 15 Nov/03 61-10-18
10-105
1430 A-1997 WASHER 1
1490 A-3496 SPRING 1
HC-B4MN-5B(L)
118F
Page 10-280
Rev. 15 Nov/03

118F 0000 A

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

118F 0000 A

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

HC-B3TN-3K

Surface of assembly table

Вам также может понравиться